summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Master')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES238
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdfbin0 -> 568706 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html9067
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdfbin0 -> 483215 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex3718
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdfbin0 -> 43307 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.tex27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdfbin0 -> 80216 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.tex105
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdfbin0 -> 50358 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.tex43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdfbin0 -> 36734 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.tex30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdfbin0 -> 35296 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.tex32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdfbin0 -> 139014 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.tex126
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdfbin0 -> 146773 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.tex114
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdfbin0 -> 40122 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.tex21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdfbin0 -> 45245 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.tex27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdfbin0 -> 54597 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.tex44
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdfbin0 -> 63390 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.tex30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdfbin0 -> 125188 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.tex73
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdfbin0 -> 42711 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.tex42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdfbin0 -> 58058 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.tex58
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdfbin0 -> 57809 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.tex25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdfbin0 -> 160032 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.tex305
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdfbin0 -> 67675 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.tex41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdfbin0 -> 44382 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.tex49
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdfbin0 -> 106058 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.tex60
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdfbin0 -> 19834 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.tex55
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdfbin0 -> 43469 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.tex50
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdfbin0 -> 37051 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.tex47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdfbin0 -> 68864 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.tex77
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdfbin0 -> 33107 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.tex24
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdfbin0 -> 33219 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.tex21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdfbin0 -> 60484 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.tex90
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdfbin0 -> 45734 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.tex26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx9943
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty4853
-rwxr-xr-xMaster/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check3
-rw-r--r--Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexextra.tlpsrc1
-rw-r--r--Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/glossaries-extra.tlpsrc0
66 files changed, 29517 insertions, 1 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..94cfcf2f314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+1.0 (2016-01-24 First stable release):
+
+ * indexcrossrefs is now initially set to false but will
+ be automatically switched on if the "see" key is used.
+
+0.5.4 (2015-12-15):
+
+ * Modified \glsdohyperlink and \glsdonohyperlink to ameliorate
+ the problems resulted from nested link-text.
+
+ * Added per unit entry counting.
+
+ * Modified \cglsformat etc to check for the regular attribute.
+
+ * Added \GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly
+
+ * Added \GlsXtrSetAltModifier and \GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts
+
+ * Added \glsxtrprotectlinks to deal with nested \gls etc.
+
+ * Added \glsxtrpostunset, \glsxtrpostlocalunset,
+ \glsxtrpostreset and \gslxtrpostlocalreset
+
+ * Added checks for entry's existence in shortcut tests
+ \glshasattribute and \glsifattribute and in
+ \glspostlinkhook
+
+ * Added \glsxtrdowrglossaryhook
+
+ * Added package option indexcrossrefs
+
+ * Fixed \@newglossaryentryposthook so that it will add an empty
+ see value if not set. Added "see" element to field map
+ \@gls@keymap.
+
+ * Added redefinition of \@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts to
+ set the default index value.
+
+ * \MakeAcronymsAbbreviations now disables \setacronymstyle
+
+0.5.3 (2015-12-08):
+
+ * Fixed bug in "abbreviations" package option.
+
+ * Added support for "indexname" and "dualindex" attributes
+ with associated new commands.
+
+ * Added provision for language modules (but none provided).
+
+ * Removed \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoAutoMakeMain
+ (identical to \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain)
+
+ * Added check for \glsdescwidth and \glspagelistwidth and
+ fixed adjustment for \glslistdottedwidth.
+
+0.5.2 (2015-12-08):
+
+ * Modified the "nonumberlist" key (\printglossary) so that
+ it saves the number list.
+
+ * Added \GlsXtrFormatLocationList
+
+ * New command \GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging
+
+ * Added \glsxtrfieldtitlecase
+
+ * Modified \glossentrydesc to check for "glossdesc" attribute.
+
+ * Modified \glossentryname to check for "glossname" attribute.
+
+ * Fixed misspelt glossaries-accsupp (final letter was missing)
+ in \@ifpackageloaded
+
+ * Modified commands like \@glstext@ to use \glsaccess...
+ instead of \glsentry... if glossaries-accsupp loaded.
+
+ * Added:
+
+ \GLSaccessname
+ \GLSaccesstext
+ \GLSaccessplural
+ \GLSaccessfirst
+ \GLSaccessfirstplural
+ \GLSaccesssymbol
+ \GLSaccesssymbolplural
+ \GLSaccessdesc
+ \GLSaccessdescplural
+ \GLSaccessshort
+ \GLSaccessshortpl
+ \GLSaccesslong
+ \glsaccesslongpl
+ \Glsaccesslongpl
+ \GLSaccesslongpl
+
+ * Removed \glsxtrabbrvfmt and moved
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{\glslabel}} to \glsentryfmt
+
+ * Added check for post-definition style switch.
+
+ * Added \glsxtrnewabbrevpresetkeyhook
+
+0.5.1 (2015-12-07):
+
+ * Removed \ifglsxtruseuchead
+ Now implemented through the "headuc" attribute.
+ Commands like \glsxtrheadshort modified to accommodate this.
+
+ * Added:
+ \Glsaccessname
+ \Glsaccesstext
+ \Glsaccessplural
+ \Glsaccessfirst
+ \Glsaccessfirstplural
+ \Glsaccesssymbol
+ \Glsaccesssymbolplural
+ \Glsaccessdesc
+ \Glsaccessdescplural
+
+ * Abbreviation styles (non-regular) now switch off regular
+ attribute if it has been set. (In case the style is
+ switched for a given category, e.g the "acronym" category.)
+
+0.5 (2015-12-07):
+
+ * Renamed \glsentryfmtshort -> \glsfmtshort etc
+ These now use new commands \glsxtrtitleshort and
+ \glsxtrheadmarkshort etc to work better in page headers
+ that convert to upper case.
+
+ * Added new commands for use in section headings:
+ \glsfmttext, \Glsfmttext, \glsfmtplural, \Glsfmtplural,
+ \glsfmtfirst, \Glsfmtfirst, \glsfmtfirstpl,
+ \Glsfmtfirstpl
+
+ * New commands \glshascategoryattribute and \glshasattribute
+
+ * Added \glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont and \glsfirstlongdefaultfont
+ Styles now set \glsfirstabbrvfont and \glsfirstlongfont
+
+ * \markright and \markboth redefined so that they use
+ \glsxtrmarkhook (use \glsxtrRevertMarks to restore
+ original definitions).
+
+ * Redefined \glsenableentrycount and added
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger (support for "entrycount"
+ attribute). Added \GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting
+
+ * Changed default behaviour of commands like \cgls
+ so they don't produce a warning if used without
+ \glsenableentrycount. Instead a warning is triggered
+ if \glsenableentrycount is used without setting
+ the "entrycount" attribute.
+
+ * Added \cGLS, \cGLSpl
+
+ * \acronymfont and \firstacronymfont redefined to
+ use \glsabbrvfont and \glsfirstabbrvfont (switched back
+ with \RestoreAcronyms).
+
+ * New abbreviation styles: footnote-sc, postfootnote-sc,
+ long-short-sm, long-short-sm-desc, short-sm-long,
+ short-sm-long-desc, short-sm, short-sm-desc, short-desc,
+ long-sm, long-desc-sm, footnote-sm, postfootnote-sm,
+ long-short-em, long-short-em-desc, short-em-long,
+ short-em-long-desc, short-em, short-em-desc, short-desc,
+ long-em, long-desc-em, footnote-em, postfootnote-em.
+
+ * New command \glsxtrsmfont for use in *-sm abbreviation
+ styles and \glsxtrsmsuffix for the default short plural
+ suffix.
+
+ * New command \glsxtrscfont for use in *-sc abbreviation
+ styles and \glsxtrscsuffix for the default short plural
+ suffix.
+
+0.4 (2015-12-03):
+
+ * The "abbreviations" option redefines \acronymtype if
+ the "acronym" option hasn't been used.
+
+ * Redefinition of \newacronym sets the default type to
+ \acronymtype
+
+ * Added \glsxtrifemptyglossary
+
+ * \glsxtrnewsymbol and \glsxtrnewnumber adjusted so that the
+ name and label need to be supplied.
+
+ * Fixed bug in \newterm
+
+ * Changed \glsentryfmtshort etc to use \glsxtrshort etc
+
+0.3 (2015-12-03):
+
+ * Added \glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning and "nomissingglstext" option.
+
+ * Added \glsshortpltok and \glslongpltok. Abbreviation styles
+ now additionally set the first, firstplural and plural
+ keys even if the regular attribute isn't set to true.
+ (Allows the use of commands like \glsfirst, although
+ limitations apply.)
+
+ * Added \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse and
+ \glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse
+
+ * \glsentryfmt also checks for the presence of the short key.
+
+ * Added support for insertdots attribute.
+
+ * Added \glsxtrpostlinkendsentence
+
+ * Added \glsxtrshortpl etc.
+
+ * Renamed \abbrvdefaultfont -> \glsabbrvdefaultfont
+
+ * Added abbreviation plural shortcuts.
+
+ * Added glossaries-accsupp support.
+
+ * Bug fix in long-short-desc and short-long-desc abbreviation
+ styles
+ - argument of \glsxtrfullformat should be \the\glslabeltok
+ not \the\glsshorttok
+
+ * Bug fix in *-sc abbreviation styles
+
+0.2 (2015-11-30):
+
+ * Name changes:
+
+ \glsxtrlongfont -> \glsfirstlongfont
+ \abbrvfont -> \glsabbrvfont
+ \firstabbrvfont -> \glsfirstabbrvfont
+
+ * "short" abbreviation style uses "short (long)"
+ for the inline full style.
+
+0.1 (2015-11-22): Initial experimental release.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0676db15789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.0
+
+Last Modified : 2016-01-24
+
+Author : Nicola Talbot
+
+This package provides improvements and extra features to the
+glossaries package. Some of the default glossaries.sty behaviour
+is changed by glossaries-extra.sty. See the user manual
+glossaries-extra-manual.pdf for further details.
+
+Requires the glossaries package (and, naturally, all packages
+required by glossaries.sty).
+
+LICENCE
+
+This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3
+for the details of that license.
+
+Author's home page: http://www.dickimaw-books.com/
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d4f61465667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..235453b63c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
@@ -0,0 +1,9067 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
+<!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd-->
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+>
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
+<!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 -->
+<meta name="src" content="glossaries-extra-manual.tex" />
+<meta name="date" content="2016-01-24 17:10:00" />
+
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+
+/* start css.sty */
+.cmmi-10{font-style: italic;}
+.ecrm-1728{font-size:170%;}
+.ecrm-1200{font-size:120%;}
+.ectt-1200{font-size:120%; font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1200{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{font-size:90%; font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ectt-0900{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecsx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+.ecit-1000{ font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;}
+p.noindent { text-indent: 0em }
+td p.noindent { text-indent: 0em; margin-top:0em; }
+p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; }
+p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em }
+@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}
+a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
+center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
+.Canvas { position:relative; }
+img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
+li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
+li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
+li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}
+.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}
+.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;}
+.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}
+div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}
+.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }
+div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
+.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }
+.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }
+td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
+.centerline {text-align:center;}
+.rightline {text-align:right;}
+div.verbatim {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; }
+.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+div.fbox {display:table}
+div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+div.minipage{width:100%;}
+div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}
+div.center div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}
+div.flushright div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushleft {text-align: left;}
+.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }
+.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }
+.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+.framebox-c {text-align:center;}
+.framebox-l {text-align:left;}
+.framebox-r {text-align:right;}
+span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }
+span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; }
+div.footnotes{border-top:solid 1px black; border-bottom:solid 1px black; padding-bottom:1ex; padding-top:0.5ex; margin-right:15%; margin-top:2ex; font-style:italic; font-size:85%;}
+div.footnotes p{margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0;}
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
+table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
+td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; }
+.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}
+span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; }
+span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;}
+a span.TEX span.E {text-decoration: none; }
+span.LATEX span.A{ position:relative; top:-0.5ex; left:-0.4em; font-size:85%;}
+span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; }
+div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+div.float img {text-align:center;}
+div.figure img {text-align:center;}
+.marginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}
+.marginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}
+table.equation {width:100%;}
+.equation td{text-align:center; }
+td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+td.equation-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
+td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; }
+td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; }
+table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;}
+div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}
+div.array {text-align:center;}
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
+table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
+span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
+table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
+span.bar-css {text-decoration:overline;}
+img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}
+.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;}
+.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold;}
+.index-item, .index-subitem, .index-subsubitem {display:block}
+div.caption {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:3em; margin-right:1em; text-align:left;}
+div.caption span.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }
+h1.partHead{text-align: center}
+p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
+p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
+.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
+.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
+.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:justify;}
+.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
+div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
+h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
+div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
+div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
+div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
+.quotation {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }
+h1.partHead{text-align: center}
+.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
+div.abstract {width:100%;}
+.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; }
+.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; }
+.equation td{text-align:center; }
+.equation-star td{text-align:center; }
+table.equation-star { width:100%; }
+table.equation { width:100%; }
+table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:100%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;}
+table.align-star, table.alignat-star, table.xalignat-star, table.flalign-star {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; white-space: nowrap;}
+td.align-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
+td.align-odd { text-align:right; padding-right:0.3em;}
+td.align-even { text-align:left; padding-right:0.6em;}
+table.multline, table.multline-star {width:100%;}
+td.gather {text-align:center; }
+table.gather {width:100%;}
+div.gather-star {text-align:center;}
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+div.longtable{text-align:center;}
+.supertabular {text-align:center}
+div.important { border : solid red; }
+div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; padding-top: 2ex; padding-bottom: 2ex;}
+span.HoLogo-XeLaTeX span.HoLogo-Xe{margin-right:-.13em;}
+span.HoLogo-Xe span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.5ex;left-margin:-.1em;}
+span.HoLogo-LaTeX span.HoLogo-a{position:relative;top:-.5ex;margin-left:-.36em;margin-right:-.15em;font-size:85%;}
+span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.5ex;margin-left:-.1667em;margin-right:-.125em;}
+a span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{text-decoration:none;}
+/* end css.sty */
+
+
+-->
+</style>
+</head><body
+>
+<!--l. 149--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ id="top"></a>
+</p><!--l. 149--><p class="indent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 149--><p class="indent" >
+
+
+
+</p>
+<div class="center"
+>
+<!--l. 149--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 149--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ecrm-1728">glossaries-extra.sty v1.0: an extension to the</span>
+<span
+class="ecrm-1728">glossaries package</span>
+</p>
+<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col
+id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ecrm-1200">Nicola L.C. Talbot </span></td>
+</tr><tr
+class="vspace" style="font-size:10.0pt"><td
+>&nbsp;</td></tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-2-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ecrm-1200">Dickimaw Books </span></td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-3-1"
+class="td11"><a
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span
+class="ectt-1200">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table>
+</div>
+<!--l. 149--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ecrm-1200">2016-01-24</span></p></div>
+ <div
+class="abstract"
+>
+<!--l. 151--><p class="indent" >
+
+
+
+</p>
+<div class="center"
+>
+<!--l. 151--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 151--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">Abstract</span></p></div>
+<!--l. 152--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package is an extension to the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-2"></a> package, providing
+additional features. Some of the features provided by this package are only available
+with <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-3"></a> version 4.19 (or above). This document assumes familiarity with the
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4"></a> package.
+
+
+
+</p>
+ </div>
+<!--l. 160--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>internally loads the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-5"></a> package, you also need to have
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-6"></a> installed and all the packages that <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-7"></a> depends on (including, but not
+limited to, <span
+class="ecss-1000">tracklang</span><a
+ id="dx1-8"></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">mfirstuc</span><a
+ id="dx1-9"></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">etoolbox</span><a
+ id="dx1-10"></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">xkeyval</span><a
+ id="dx1-11"></a> (at least version dated 2006/11/18),
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">textcase</span><a
+ id="dx1-12"></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">xfor</span><a
+ id="dx1-13"></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">datatool-base</span><a
+ id="dx1-14"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">amsgen</span><a
+ id="dx1-15"></a>. These packages are all available in the
+current <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live and Mik<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions. If any of them are missing, please
+update your <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution using your update manager. (For help on this see, for
+example, <a
+href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution" >How do I update my <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution?</a> or <a
+href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux" >Updating <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;on Linux</a>.)
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 175--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
+ id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h2> <div class="tableofcontents">
+ <span class="chapterToc" >1 <a
+href="#sec:intro" id="QQ2-1-2">Introduction</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.1 <a
+href="#sec:defaults" id="QQ2-1-3">Package Defaults</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.2 <a
+href="#sec:pkgopts" id="QQ2-1-4">New or Modified Package Options</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.3 <a
+href="#sec:modifications" id="QQ2-1-5">Modifications to Existing Commands or Styles</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.1 <a
+href="#sec:wrglossary" id="QQ2-1-6">Entry Indexing</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.2 <a
+href="#sec:entryfmtmods" id="QQ2-1-7">Entry Display Style Modifications</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.3 <a
+href="#sec:entrycountmods" id="QQ2-1-8">Entry Counting Modifications</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.4 <a
+href="#sec:nested" id="QQ2-1-9">Nested Links</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.5 <a
+href="#sec:acronymmods" id="QQ2-1-10">Acronym Style Modifications</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.6 <a
+href="#sec:glosstylemods" id="QQ2-1-11">Glossary Style Modifications</a></span>
+<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >2 <a
+href="#sec:abbreviations" id="QQ2-1-12">Abbreviations</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.1 <a
+href="#sec:tagging" id="QQ2-1-13">Tagging Initials</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.2 <a
+href="#sec:abbrstyle" id="QQ2-1-14">Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.3 <a
+href="#sec:abbrshortcuts" id="QQ2-1-15">Shortcut Commands</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.4 <a
+href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-17">Predefined Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.4.1 <a
+href="#sec:predefregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-18">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.4.2 <a
+href="#sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-19">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don&#8217;t Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.5 <a
+href="#sec:newabbrvstyle" id="QQ2-1-20">Defining New Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >3 <a
+href="#sec:headtitle" id="QQ2-1-21">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers and Contents</a></span>
+<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >4 <a
+href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-22">Categories</a></span>
+<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >5 <a
+href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-23">Entry Counting</a></span>
+<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >6 <a
+href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-24">Auto-Indexing</a></span>
+<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >7 <a
+href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-25">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span>
+<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >8 <a
+href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-26">Supplemental Packages</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >8.1 <a
+href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-27">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
+<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >8.2 <a
+href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-28">Accessibility Support</a></span>
+<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a
+href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-29">Sample Files</a></span>
+<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >10 <a
+href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-30">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span>
+<br /> <span class="chapterToc" > <a
+href="#glossary">Glossary</a></span>
+ </div>
+
+
+
+<!--l. 180--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a
+ id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2>
+</p><!--l. 183--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-2001"></a> package is a flexible package, but it&#8217;s also a heavy-weight package
+that uses a lot of resources. As package developer, I&#8217;m caught between those users
+who complain about the drawbacks of a heavy-weight package with a large user
+manual and those users who want more features (which necessarily adds to the
+package weight and manual size).
+</p><!--l. 190--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package is an attempt to provide a&#x00A0;compromise for this
+conflict. Version 4.21 of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries </span>package is the last version to incorporate new
+features. Future versions of <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries </span>will just be bug fixes. New features will instead
+be added to <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>. This means that the base <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries </span>package won&#8217;t
+increase in terms of package loading time and allocation of resources, but those users
+who do want extra features available will have more of a chance of getting their
+feature requests accepted.
+</p>
+<!--l. 201--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a
+ id="sec:defaults"></a>Package Defaults</h3>
+<!--l. 204--><p class="noindent" >I&#8217;m not happy with some of the default settings assumed by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-3001"></a> package,
+and, judging from code I&#8217;ve seen, other users also seem unhappy with them, as
+certain package options are often used in questions posted on various sites. I can&#8217;t
+change the default behaviour of <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries </span>as it would break backward compatibility,
+but since <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>is a separate package, I have decided to implement some of
+these commonly-used options by default. You can switch them back if they&#8217;re not
+appropriate.
+</p><!--l. 214--><p class="indent" > The new defaults are: </p>
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ecss-1000">toc=true</span><a
+ id="dx1-3002"></a> (add the glossaries to the table of contents). Use <span
+class="ecss-1000">toc=false</span><a
+ id="dx1-3003"></a> to
+ switch this back off.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ecss-1000">nopostdot=true</span><a
+ id="dx1-3004"></a> (suppress the terminating full stop after the description
+ in the glossary). Use <span
+class="ecss-1000">nopostdot=false</span><a
+ id="dx1-3005"></a> to restore the terminating full stop
+ (period).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ecss-1000">noredefwarn=true</span><a
+ id="dx1-3006"></a> (suppress warnings when the <span
+class="ecss-1000">theglossary</span><a
+ id="dx1-3007"></a><a
+ id="dx1-3008"></a> environment
+ and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossary </span>are redefined while <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-3009"></a> is loading). To restore
+ the warnings, use <span
+class="ecss-1000">noredefwarn=false</span><a
+ id="dx1-3010"></a>. Note that this won&#8217;t have any effect
+ if the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-3011"></a> package has already been loaded before you use the
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">If <span
+class="ecss-1000">babel</span><a
+ id="dx1-3012"></a> has been loaded, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">translate=babel</span><a
+ id="dx1-3013"></a> option is switched on. To
+ revert to using the <span
+class="ecss-1000">translator</span><a
+ id="dx1-3014"></a> interface, use <span
+class="ecss-1000">translate=true</span><a
+ id="dx1-3015"></a>. There is no
+ change to the default if <span
+class="ecss-1000">babel</span><a
+ id="dx1-3016"></a> hasn&#8217;t been loaded.
+ </li></ul>
+
+
+
+<!--l. 238--><p class="indent" > Examples:
+ </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3018x1">
+
+
+
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
+ \documentclass{article}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 244--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
+ \documentclass{article}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 250--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p></li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3020x2">
+
+
+
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
+ \documentclass[british]{article}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 257--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
+ \documentclass[british]{article}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot,translate=babel]{glossaries}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 264--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p></li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-3022x3">
+
+
+
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
+ \documentclass{memoir}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 270--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
+ \documentclass{memoir}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot,noredefwarn]{glossaries}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 276--><p class="nopar" > <span
+class="ecti-1000">However</span>
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
+ \documentclass{memoir}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 282--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
+ \documentclass{memoir}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
+ &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 288--><p class="nopar" > Since by the time <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>has been loaded, <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-3023"></a> has already
+ redefined <span
+class="ecss-1000">memoir</span><a
+ id="dx1-3024"></a>&#8217;s glossary-related commands.</p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 294--><p class="indent" > Another noticeable change is that by default <span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossary </span>will now display
+information text in the document if the external glossary file doesn&#8217;t exist. This is
+explanatory text to help new users who can&#8217;t work out what to do next to complete
+the document build. Once the document is set up correctly and the external files have
+been generated, this text will disappear.
+</p><!--l. 301--><p class="indent" > This change is mostly likely to be noticed by users with one or more
+redundant empty glossaries who ignore transcript messages, explicitly use
+<a
+ id="dx1-3025"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeindex</span></a>/<a
+ id="dx1-3026"></a><a
+href="#glo:xindy"><span
+class="ectt-1000">xindy</span></a> on just the non-empty glossary (or glossaries) and use the iterative
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-3027"></a> command instead of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossary</span><a
+ id="dx1-3028"></a>. For example, consider the
+following:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
+&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
+&#x00A0;<br />emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />\gls{laser}
+&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 325--><p class="nopar" > The above document will only display the list of acronyms at the place where
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-3029"></a> occurs. However it will also attempt to input the <span
+class="ectt-1000">.gls </span>file
+associated with the <span
+class="ectt-1000">main </span>glossary.
+</p><!--l. 331--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
+ id="dx1-3030"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeglossaries</span></a>, you&#8217;ll get the warning message:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+Warning:&#x00A0;File&#x00A0;&#8217;test.glo&#8217;&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;empty.
+&#x00A0;<br />Have&#x00A0;you&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;&#8217;main&#8217;?
+&#x00A0;<br />Remember&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;option&#x00A0;&#8217;nomain&#8217;&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;you
+&#x00A0;<br />don&#8217;t&#x00A0;want&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary.
+</div>
+<!--l. 337--><p class="nopar" > (where the original file is called <span
+class="ectt-1000">test.tex</span>) but if you simply call <a
+ id="dx1-3031"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeindex</span></a> directly
+to generate the <span
+class="ectt-1000">.acr </span>file (without attempting to create the <span
+class="ectt-1000">.gls </span>file) then the
+transcript file will always contain the message:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+No&#x00A0;file&#x00A0;test.gls.
+</div>
+<!--l. 344--><p class="nopar" > This doesn&#8217;t occur with <a
+ id="dx1-3032"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeglossaries</span></a> as it will create the <span
+class="ectt-1000">.gls </span>file containing
+the single command <span
+class="ectt-1000">\null</span>.
+</p><!--l. 348--><p class="indent" > If you simply change from <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-3033"></a> to <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>in this document, you&#8217;ll find
+a change in the resulting PDF if you don&#8217;t use <a
+ id="dx1-3034"></a><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeglossaries </span>and you only
+generate the <span
+class="ectt-1000">.acr </span>file with <a
+ id="dx1-3035"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeindex</span></a>.
+</p><!--l. 353--><p class="indent" > The transcript file will still contain the message about the missing <span
+class="ectt-1000">.gls</span>, but now
+you&#8217;ll also see information in the actual PDF document. The simplest remedy is to
+follow the advice inserted into the document at that point, which is to add the
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">nomain</span><a
+ id="dx1-3036"></a> package option:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
+\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[nomain,acronym]{glossaries-extra}
+&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
+&#x00A0;<br />emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />\gls{laser}
+&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 375--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 378--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 378--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a
+ id="sec:pkgopts"></a>New or Modified Package Options</h3>
+<!--l. 381--><p class="noindent" >If you haven&#8217;t already loaded <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4001"></a>, you can use any of the package options
+provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4002"></a> when you load <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>and they will automatically be
+passed to <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4003"></a> (which <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>will load). If <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4004"></a> has already
+been loaded, then those options will be passed to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\setupglossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4005"></a>, but
+remember that not all of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4006"></a> package options may be used in that
+command.
+</p><!--l. 389--><p class="indent" > In addition to those options recognised by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4007"></a>, there are some new ones
+provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>:
+ </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-4008"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Load the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-4009"></a> package (if not already loaded).
+ <!--l. 396--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support
+ provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-4010"></a> use the <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">xxx</span>&#x27E9; type of commands
+ instead of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">xxx</span>&#x27E9; (for example, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesstext</span><a
+ id="dx1-4011"></a> instead of
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentrytext</span><a
+ id="dx1-4012"></a>). If <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-4013"></a> hasn&#8217;t been loaded those commands
+ are equivalent (for example, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesstext </span>just does <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentrytext</span>)
+ but if it has been loaded, then the <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands will add
+ the accessibility information. (See <a
+href="#sec:accsupp">&sect;8.2 </a><a
+href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a> for further
+ details.)
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <span
+class="ecss-1000">accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-4014"></a> option can only be used as a&#x00A0;package option (not
+ through <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossariesextrasetup</span><a
+ id="dx1-4015"></a>) since the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-4016"></a> package
+ must be loaded before <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>if it&#8217;s required.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">undefaction</span><a
+ id="dx1-4017"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This is a &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">value</span>&#x27E9; option, which has two allowed values: <span
+class="ecss-1000">warn</span>
+ and <span
+class="ecss-1000">error</span>. This indicates what to do if an undefined glossary entry is
+ referenced. The default behaviour is <span
+class="ecss-1000">undefaction=error</span><a
+ id="dx1-4018"></a>, which produces an
+ error message (the default for <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4019"></a>). You can switch this to a warning
+ message (and ?? appearing in the text) with <span
+class="ecss-1000">undefaction=warn</span><a
+ id="dx1-4020"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">docdef</span><a
+ id="dx1-4021"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This is a boolean option, which indicates whether or not it&#8217;s permitted
+ for the command <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry</span><a
+ id="dx1-4022"></a> to be used in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">document</span><a
+ id="dx1-4023"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4024"></a>
+ environment. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4025"></a> package allows <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry </span>within the
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">document</span><a
+ id="dx1-4026"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4027"></a> environment (when used with <a
+ id="dx1-4028"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeindex</span></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-4029"></a><a
+href="#glo:xindy"><span
+class="ectt-1000">xindy</span></a>) but the user
+ manual warns against this usage. By default the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package
+ <span
+class="ecti-1000">prohibits </span>this, only allowing definitions within the preamble. If you are
+ really determined to define entries in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">document</span><a
+ id="dx1-4030"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4031"></a> environment, despite
+ all the associated drawbacks, you can restore this with <span
+class="ecss-1000">docdef=true</span><a
+ id="dx1-4032"></a>. Note
+ that this doesn&#8217;t change the prohibitions that the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4033"></a> package has
+ in certain circumstances (for example, when using &#8220;option&#x00A0;1&#8221;). See the
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4034"></a> user manual for further details.
+ <!--l. 435--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry</span>,
+ such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the &#8220;on-the-fly&#8221; commands described
+ in <a
+href="#sec:onthefly">&sect;7 </a><a
+href="#sec:onthefly">On-the-Fly Document Definitions<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:onthefly --></a>.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">nomissingglstext</span><a
+ id="dx1-4035"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the
+ warning text that will appear in the document if the external glossary files
+ haven&#8217;t been generated due to an incomplete document build. However,
+ it&#8217;s probably simpler just to fix whatever has caused the failure to build
+ the external file or files.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">indexcrossrefs</span><a
+ id="dx1-4036"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This is a boolean option. If <span
+class="ecss-1000">true</span>, this will automatically index
+ any cross-referenced entries that haven&#8217;t been marked as used at the end
+ of the document. Note that this necessarily adds to the overall document
+ build time, especially if you have defined a large number of entries, so this
+ defaults to <span
+class="ecss-1000">false</span>, but it will be automatically switched on if you use the
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">see</span><a
+ id="dx1-4037"></a> key in any entries. To force it off, even if you use the <span
+class="ecss-1000">see</span><a
+ id="dx1-4038"></a>, you need to
+ explicitly set <span
+class="ecss-1000">indexcrossrefs</span><a
+ id="dx1-4039"></a> to <span
+class="ecss-1000">false</span>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">abbreviations</span><a
+ id="dx1-4040"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This option has no value and can&#8217;t be cancelled. If used, it will
+ automatically create a new glossary with the label <span
+class="ectt-1000">abbreviations </span>and
+ redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrabbrvtype </span>to this label. In addition, it defines a shortcut
+ command
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 461--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\printabbreviations</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-4041"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\printabbreviations[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 463--><p class="noindent" >
+ which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
+ <div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossary[type=\glsxtrabbrvtype,</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]</span>
+</div>
+ </div> The title of the new glossary is given by
+ <!--l. 469--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\abbreviationsname</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-4042"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\abbreviationsname </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 471--><p class="noindent" >
+ If this command is already defined, it&#8217;s left unchanged. Otherwise it&#8217;s defined
+ to &#8220;Abbreviations&#8221; if <span
+class="ecss-1000">babel</span><a
+ id="dx1-4043"></a> hasn&#8217;t been loaded or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acronymname </span>if
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">babel</span><a
+ id="dx1-4044"></a> has been loaded. However, if you&#8217;re using <span
+class="ecss-1000">babel</span><a
+ id="dx1-4045"></a> it&#8217;s likely you
+ will need to change this. (See <a
+href="#sec:lang">&sect;10 </a><a
+href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a> for further
+ details.)
+ </p><!--l. 478--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don&#8217;t use the <span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviations</span><a
+ id="dx1-4046"></a> package option, the <span
+class="ectt-1000">\abbreviationsname</span>
+ command won&#8217;t be defined (unless it&#8217;s defined by an included language file).
+ </div>
+ </p><!--l. 482--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 484--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviations</span><a
+ id="dx1-4047"></a> option is used and the <span
+class="ecss-1000">acronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-4048"></a> option provided by the
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4049"></a> package hasn&#8217;t been used, then <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acronymtype</span><a
+ id="dx1-4050"></a> will be set to
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span><a
+ id="dx1-4051"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-4052"></a> can be added
+ to the list of abbreviations. If you want acronyms in the <span
+class="ectt-1000">main </span>glossary and
+ other abbreviations in the <span
+class="ectt-1000">abbreviations </span>glossary then you will need to
+ redefine <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acronymtype </span>to <span
+class="ectt-1000">main</span>:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{main}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 494--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 496--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4053"></a> package&#8217;s <span
+class="ecss-1000">acronymlists</span><a
+ id="dx1-4054"></a>
+ option (or associated commands) as the abbreviation mechanism is handled
+ differently with <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">symbols</span><a
+ id="dx1-4055"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This is passed to <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4056"></a> but will additionally define
+ <!--l. 503--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-4057"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 505--><p class="noindent" >
+ which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
+ <div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{name={</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">},</span>
+ <br /><span
+class="ectt-1000">&#x00A0;sort={</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">},type=symbols,category=symbol,</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div>
+ </div> Note that the <span
+class="ecss-1000">sort</span><a
+ id="dx1-4058"></a> key is set to the &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9; not the &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">symbol</span>&#x27E9; as the symbol will
+ likely contain commands.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">numbers</span><a
+ id="dx1-4059"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This is passed to <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4060"></a> but will additionally define
+ <!--l. 516--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-4061"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrnewnumber[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">number</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 518--><p class="noindent" >
+ which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
+ <div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{name={</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">number</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">},</span>
+ <br /><span
+class="ectt-1000">&#x00A0;sort={</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">},type=numbers,category=number,</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div>
+ </div>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">shortcuts</span><a
+ id="dx1-4062"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Unlike the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4063"></a> package option of the same name, this option isn&#8217;t
+ boolean but has multiple values:
+
+
+
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=acronyms</span><a
+ id="dx1-4064"></a> (or <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=acro</span><a
+ id="dx1-4065"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
+ by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4066"></a> package for acronyms (such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\ac</span>).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=abbreviations</span><a
+ id="dx1-4067"></a> (or <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=abbr</span><a
+ id="dx1-4068"></a>):
+ set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
+href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">&sect;2.3
+ </a><a
+href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>.) These settings don&#8217;t switch on the acronym
+ shortcuts provided by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4069"></a> package.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=other</span><a
+ id="dx1-4070"></a>: set the &#8220;other&#8221; shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
+ commands for abbreviations or the acronym shortcuts provided by
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-4071"></a>. The &#8220;other&#8221; shortcuts are:
+ <ul class="itemize2">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\newentry</span><a
+ id="dx1-4072"></a> equivalent to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry</span><a
+ id="dx1-4073"></a>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\newsym</span><a
+ id="dx1-4074"></a> equivalent to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a
+ id="dx1-4075"></a> (see the <span
+class="ecss-1000">symbols</span><a
+ id="dx1-4076"></a>
+ option).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\newnum</span><a
+ id="dx1-4077"></a> equivalent to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a
+ id="dx1-4078"></a> (see the <span
+class="ecss-1000">numbers</span><a
+ id="dx1-4079"></a>
+ option).</li></ul>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=all</span><a
+ id="dx1-4080"></a> (or <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=true</span><a
+ id="dx1-4081"></a>): define all the shortcut commands.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=none</span><a
+ id="dx1-4082"></a> (or <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=false</span><a
+ id="dx1-4083"></a>): don&#8217;t define any of the shortcut
+ commands (default).</li></ul>
+ <!--l. 557--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts</span><a
+ id="dx1-4084"></a> option <span
+class="ecti-1000">within the same option</span>
+ <span
+class="ecti-1000">list </span>will override each other.</p></dd></dl>
+<!--l. 561--><p class="indent" > After the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package has been loaded, you can set available options
+using
+</p><!--l. 563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glossariesextrasetup</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-4085"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossariesextrasetup{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 565--><p class="noindent" >
+The <span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviations</span><a
+ id="dx1-4086"></a> option may only be used in the preamble.
+</p><!--l. 568--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 568--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3 </span> <a
+ id="sec:modifications"></a>Modifications to Existing Commands or Styles</h3>
+<!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" >The commands used by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-5001"></a> to automatically produce an error if an entry is
+undefined (such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsdoifexists</span><a
+ id="dx1-5002"></a>) are changed to take the <span
+class="ecss-1000">undefaction</span><a
+ id="dx1-5003"></a> option into
+account.
+</p><!--l. 575--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry </span>command has a new key called <span
+class="ecss-1000">category</span><a
+ id="dx1-5004"></a>, which sets the
+category label for the given entry. By default this is <span
+class="ectt-1000">general</span>. See <a
+href="#sec:categories">&sect;4 </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for
+further information about categories.
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 581--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newterm</span><a
+ id="dx1-5005"></a> command (defined through the <span
+class="ecss-1000">index</span><a
+ id="dx1-5006"></a> package option) is modified
+so that the category defaults to <span
+class="ecss-1000">index</span><a
+ id="dx1-5007"></a>. The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-5008"></a> command is modified
+to use the new abbreviation interface provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
+href="#sec:abbreviations">&sect;2
+</a><a
+href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 587--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.1 </span> <a
+ id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h4>
+<!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package provides an extra key for commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>and
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glstext </span>called <span
+class="ecss-1000">noindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-6001"></a>. This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing.
+(That is, it prevents <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>or whatever from adding a line to the external glossary
+file.) This is more useful than the <span
+class="ecss-1000">indexonlyfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-6002"></a> package option provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-6003"></a>,
+as the <a
+ id="dx1-6004"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> might not be the most pertinent use. (If you want to apply
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">indexonlyfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-6005"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them, you can use the <span
+class="ecss-1000">indexonlyfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-6006"></a>
+attribute, see <a
+href="#sec:categories">&sect;4 </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) Note that the <span
+class="ecss-1000">noindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-6007"></a> key isn&#8217;t
+available for <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsadd</span><a
+ id="dx1-6008"></a> (and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaddall</span><a
+ id="dx1-6009"></a>) since the whole purpose of that command is
+to index an entry.
+</p><!--l. 605--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that&#8217;s used each time indexing information is written to the
+external glossary files:
+</p><!--l. 607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-6010"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined.
+(See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span
+class="ectt-1000">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses
+this hook to determine which entries haven&#8217;t been indexed.)
+</p><!--l. 616--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">see</span><a
+ id="dx1-6011"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn&#8217;t the case with <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-6012"></a>,
+where the <span
+class="ecss-1000">see</span><a
+ id="dx1-6013"></a> attribute is simply used to directly write a line to the corresponding
+glossary file and is then discarded. This is why the <span
+class="ecss-1000">see</span><a
+ id="dx1-6014"></a> key can&#8217;t be used
+before <span
+class="ectt-1000">\makeglossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-6015"></a> (since the file hasn&#8217;t been opened yet). It&#8217;s also the
+reason why the <span
+class="ecss-1000">see</span><a
+ id="dx1-6016"></a> key doesn&#8217;t have any effect when used in entries that
+are defined in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">document</span><a
+ id="dx1-6017"></a><a
+ id="dx1-6018"></a> environment. Since the value isn&#8217;t saved, it&#8217;s
+not available when the <span
+class="ectt-1000">.glsdefs </span>file is created at the end of the document
+and so isn&#8217;t available at the start of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">document</span><a
+ id="dx1-6019"></a><a
+ id="dx1-6020"></a> environment on the next
+run.
+</p><!--l. 629--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>to provide
+</p><!--l. 630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-6021"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 632--><p class="noindent" >
+which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused
+cross-references unless the package option <span
+class="ecss-1000">indexcrossrefs</span><a
+ id="dx1-6022"></a> was set to false.
+</p><!--l. 637--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">see</span><a
+ id="dx1-6023"></a> key will now work for entries
+defined in the document environment, but it&#8217;s still best to define entries in the
+preamble, and the <span
+class="ecss-1000">see</span><a
+ id="dx1-6024"></a> key still can&#8217;t work before the file has been opened by
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\makeglossaries</span>.
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 643--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 643--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.2 </span> <a
+ id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h4>
+<!--l. 646--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-7001"></a> package that commands such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>display text at
+that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant
+line in the glossary). This text is referred to as the &#8220;<a
+ id="dx1-7002"></a><a
+href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>&#8221; regardless of
+whether or not it actually has a hyperlink. The actual text and the way
+it&#8217;s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>) and the entry
+format.
+</p><!--l. 653--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryfmt</span><a
+ id="dx1-7003"></a>) used in the <a
+ id="dx1-7004"></a>link-text by commands like
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>(but not commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glstext</span>) is changed by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>to test for
+regular entries, which are determined as follows:
+</p>
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-7005"></a> attribute set (see <a
+href="#sec:categories">&sect;4
+ </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>), the entry is considered a&#x00A0;regular entry, even if it has a&#x00A0;value
+ for the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-7006"></a> key. In this case <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
+ id="dx1-7007"></a>
+ (provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-7008"></a>), which uses the <span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span><a
+ id="dx1-7009"></a> (or <span
+class="ecss-1000">firstplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-7010"></a>) value on <a
+ id="dx1-7011"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first
+ use</a> and the <span
+class="ecss-1000">text</span><a
+ id="dx1-7012"></a> (or <span
+class="ecss-1000">plural</span><a
+ id="dx1-7013"></a>) value on subsequent use.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">An entry that doesn&#8217;t have a&#x00A0;value for the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-7014"></a> key is assumed to be
+ a&#x00A0;regular entry, even if the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-7015"></a> attribute isn&#8217;t set to &#8220;true&#8221; (since it can&#8217;t
+ be an abbreviation without the short form). In this case <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryfmt</span>
+ uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
+ id="dx1-7016"></a>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">If an entry does has a&#x00A0;value for the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-7017"></a> key and hasn&#8217;t been marked as
+ a&#x00A0;regular entry through the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-7018"></a> attribute, it&#8217;s not considered a regular
+ entry. In this case <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a
+ id="dx1-7019"></a> (defined by
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>) which is governed by the abbreviation style (see <a
+href="#sec:abbrstyle">&sect;2.2
+ </a><a
+href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>).
+ </li></ul>
+<!--l. 683--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
+than abbreviations if it&#8217;s more appropriate for the desired style.
+</p><!--l. 687--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-7020"></a> package to insert information
+after the <a
+ id="dx1-7021"></a>link-text produced by commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glstext </span>is redefined
+to
+</p><!--l. 690--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7022"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 692--><p class="noindent" >
+This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <span
+class="ecss-1000">discardperiod</span><a
+ id="dx1-7023"></a> attribute
+is set to &#8220;true&#8221; for the current entry&#8217;s category. It will also do
+</p><!--l. 696--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrpostlink</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7024"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" >
+if a full stop hasn&#8217;t be discarded and
+</p><!--l. 700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7025"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 702--><p class="noindent" >
+if a full stop has been discarded.
+</p><!--l. 705--><p class="indent" > By default <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category</span>&#x27E9;<a
+ id="dx1-7026"></a>&#x00A0;if
+it exists, where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category</span>&#x27E9; is the category label for the current entry. (For
+example, for the <span
+class="ecss-1000">general</span><a
+ id="dx1-7027"></a> category, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been
+defined.)
+</p><!--l. 710--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category</span>&#x27E9;<a
+ id="dx1-7028"></a>&#x00A0;is defined the hook will do that and then insert a
+full stop with the space factor adjusted to match the end of sentence. If
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category</span>&#x27E9;<a
+ id="dx1-7029"></a>&#x00A0;hasn&#8217;t been defined, the space factor is adjusted to match
+the end of sentence. This means that if you have, for example, an entry that ends
+with a full stop, a redundant following full stop will be discarded and the space factor
+adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional
+material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be
+reinserted.
+</p><!--l. 722--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
+the post-<a
+ id="dx1-7030"></a><a
+href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks:
+</p><!--l. 724--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7031"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 726--><p class="noindent" >
+This will add the description in parentheses on <a
+ id="dx1-7032"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
+</p><!--l. 729--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
+ id="dx1-7033"></a>first
+use for entries in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">symbol</span><a
+ id="dx1-7034"></a> category:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinksymbol}{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 736--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7035"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 740--><p class="noindent" >
+This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a
+ id="dx1-7036"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
+</p><!--l. 744--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can&#8217;t use
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\ifglsused</span><a
+ id="dx1-7037"></a> within the post-<a
+ id="dx1-7038"></a><a
+href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook as by this point the <a
+ id="dx1-7039"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have
+been unset. Instead you can use
+</p><!--l. 747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7040"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">true</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">false</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 749--><p class="noindent" >
+This will do &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">true</span>&#x27E9; if the last used entry was the <a
+ id="dx1-7041"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it
+will do &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">false</span>&#x27E9;. (Requires at least <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-7042"></a> v4.19 to work properly.) This command is
+locally set by commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>, so don&#8217;t rely on it outside of the post-<a
+ id="dx1-7043"></a>link-text
+hook.
+</p><!--l. 757--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-7044"></a> and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-7045"></a> fake <a
+ id="dx1-7046"></a>first use for the
+benefit of the post-<a
+ id="dx1-7047"></a>link-text hooks by setting <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse </span>to
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\@firstoftwo</span>. (Although, depending on the styles in use, they may not exactly
+match the text produced by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-7048"></a>-like commands on <a
+ id="dx1-7049"></a>first use.) </div>
+</p><!--l. 763--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 765--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
+ id="dx1-7050"></a>link-text
+on <a
+ id="dx1-7051"></a>first use for the <span
+class="ecss-1000">general</span><a
+ id="dx1-7052"></a> category:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 771--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 773--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ecss-1000">postfootnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-7053"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a
+ id="dx1-7054"></a><a
+href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the
+footnote after trailing punctuation characters.
+</p><!--l. 777--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslink</span><a
+ id="dx1-7055"></a>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-7056"></a> etc with:
+</p><!--l. 779--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7057"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 781--><p class="noindent" >
+For example, if you mostly don&#8217;t want to index entries then you can do:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
+\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex}
+</div>
+<!--l. 786--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want
+the location added to the <a
+ id="dx1-7058"></a><a
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. These defaults may be overridden by other
+settings (such as category attributes) in addition to any settings passed in the option
+argument of commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslink </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>.
+</p><!--l. 793--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don&#8217;t want <span
+class="ecti-1000">any </span>indexing, just omit <span
+class="ectt-1000">\makeglossaries </span>and
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossaries </span>(or analogous commands).
+</p><!--l. 797--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-7059"></a> have star (<span
+class="ectt-1000">*</span>) and plus (<span
+class="ectt-1000">+</span>) modifiers as a short cut for
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">hyper=false </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">hyper=true</span>. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a
+third modifier, if required, using
+</p><!--l. 801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7060"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">char</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 803--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">char</span>&#x27E9; is the character used as the modifier and &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">options</span>&#x27E9; is the default set of
+options (which may be overridden). Note that &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">char</span>&#x27E9; must be a single character (not a
+UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>).
+</p><!--l. 810--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">char</span>&#x27E9; take care of any changes in category code.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 815--><p class="indent" > Example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
+\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex}
+</div>
+<!--l. 818--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It&#8217;s
+not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
+\gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample}
+</div>
+<!--l. 824--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you
+can&#8217;t combine the <span
+class="ectt-1000">* </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">! </span>modifiers.
+</p><!--l. 829--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 829--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.3 </span> <a
+ id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h4>
+<!--l. 832--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-8001"></a> command is modified to allow for the <span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-8002"></a>
+attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsenableentrycount</span>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a
+href="#sec:categories">&sect;4
+</a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
+</p><!--l. 838--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
+\glsenableentrycount
+</div>
+<!--l. 841--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
+\glsenableentrycount
+&#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
+</div>
+<!--l. 846--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-8003"></a> category, but any
+entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged.
+</p><!--l. 851--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
+described in <a
+href="#sec:entrycount">&sect;5 </a><a
+href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 854--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 854--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.4 </span> <a
+ id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h4>
+<!--l. 857--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-9001"></a> in the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-9002"></a> field (or <span
+class="ecss-1000">text</span><a
+ id="dx1-9003"></a> or <span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span><a
+ id="dx1-9004"></a>
+fields, if set). This tends to occur with abbreviations that extend other abbreviations.
+For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an
+abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext
+Markup Language.
+</p><!--l. 865--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-9005"></a> package:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
+\newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{Server&#x00A0;Side&#x00A0;Includes}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext&#x00A0;Markup&#x00A0;Language}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 871--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 873--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
+ </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-9007x1">The first letter upper casing commands, such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-9008"></a>, won&#8217;t work for the
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>entry on <a
+ id="dx1-9009"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> if the long form is displayed before the short
+ form (which is the default abbreviation style). This will attempt to
+ do
+
+
+
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
+ \gls{\uppercase&#x00A0;ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 881--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn&#8217;t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn&#8217;t work either as this
+ will effectively try to do
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
+ \uppercase{\gls{ssi}}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 886--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
+class="ectt-1000">ssi </span>so the entry won&#8217;t be recognised.
+ This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLS</span><a
+ id="dx1-9010"></a>.
+ </p></li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-9012x2">The long and abbreviated forms accessed through <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentrylong</span><a
+ id="dx1-9013"></a> and
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-9014"></a> are no longer expandable and so can&#8217;t be used be used in
+ contexts that require this, such as PDF bookmarks.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-9016x3">The <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>entry produces inconsistent results depending on whether the <span
+class="ectt-1000">ssi </span>or
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">html </span>entries have been used. Suppose both <span
+class="ectt-1000">ssi </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">html </span>are used before
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml</span>. For example:
+
+
+
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
+ This&#x00A0;section&#x00A0;discusses&#x00A0;\gls{ssi},&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{shtml}.
+</div>
+ <!--l. 902--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
+ markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div>
+ <!--l. 908--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ id="dx1-9017"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>entry produces &#8220;SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)&#8221;.
+ </p><!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" >Now let&#8217;s suppose the <span
+class="ectt-1000">html </span>entry is used before the <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>but the <span
+class="ectt-1000">ssi </span>entry is
+ used after the <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>entry, for example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
+ The&#x00A0;sample&#x00A0;files&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;either&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;but&#x00A0;let&#8217;s
+ &#x00A0;<br />first&#x00A0;discuss&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}.
+</div>
+ <!--l. 917--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
+ or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let&#8217;s
+ first discuss SSI.</p></div>
+ <!--l. 925--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ id="dx1-9018"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>entry now produces &#8220;server side includes (SSI)
+ enabled HTML (SHTML)&#8221;, which looks a bit strange.
+ </p><!--l. 929--><p class="noindent" >Now let&#8217;s suppose the <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two
+ entries:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+ This&#x00A0;article&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;introduction&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\gls{shtml}.
+</div>
+ <!--l. 933--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 936--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
+ enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div>
+ <!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ id="dx1-9019"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>entry now produces &#8220;server side includes (SSI)
+ enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)&#8221;, which is even more
+ strange.
+ </p><!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using <span
+class="ectt-1000">\setacronymstyle</span>. For
+ example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
+ \setacronymstyle{long-short}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 947--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslabel </span>when displaying the
+ long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>, so
+ instead of displaying &#8220;(SHTML)&#8221; at the end of the <a
+ id="dx1-9020"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, it now
+ displays &#8220;(HTML)&#8221;, since <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslabel </span>has been changed to <span
+class="ectt-1000">html </span>by
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls{html}</span></span></span>.
+ </p><!--l. 955--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
+class="ectt-1000">html </span>entry between uses of the <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml</span>
+ entry. For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
+ \gls{shtml}&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;\glsreset{html}\gls{shtml}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 959--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>produces &#8220;Shypertext markup language (HTML)&#8221;,
+ which is downright weird.
+ </p><!--l. 963--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
+ amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem
+ for some styles, but if you use one of the &#8220;sm&#8221; styles (that use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\textsmaller</span><a
+ id="dx1-9021"></a>),
+ this will produce an odd result.
+ </p></li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-9023x4">Each time the <span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>entry is used, the <span
+class="ectt-1000">html </span>entry will also be indexed and
+ marked as used, and on <a
+ id="dx1-9024"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> this will happen to both the <span
+class="ectt-1000">ssi </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">html</span>
+ entries. This kind of duplication in the location list isn&#8217;t usually particularly
+ helpful to the reader.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-9026x5">If <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-9027"></a> is in use, you&#8217;ll get nested hyperlinks and there&#8217;s no consistent
+ way of dealing with this across the available PDF viewers. If on the
+ <a
+ id="dx1-9028"></a>first use case, the user clicks on the &#8220;HTML&#8221; part of the &#8220;SSI enabled
+ HTML (SHTML)&#8221; link, they may be directed to the HTML entry
+ in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the
+ glossary.
+ </li></ol>
+<!--l. 984--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it&#8217;s better to use the simple expandable commands
+like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentrytext</span><a
+ id="dx1-9029"></a> or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-9030"></a> in the definition of other entries
+(although that doesn&#8217;t fix the first problem). Alternatively use something
+like:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
+\newacronym
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}]
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
+</div>
+<!--l. 992--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-9031"></a> or:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
+\newabbreviation
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort{html}}]
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
+</div>
+<!--l. 998--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don&#8217;t
+use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsdesc</span><a
+ id="dx1-9032"></a>). Note that replacing <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acrshort </span>in the original example
+may fix the <a
+ id="dx1-9033"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn&#8217;t fix any of the other problems listed
+above.
+</p><!--l. 1005--><p class="indent" > However if you&#8217;re really determined to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-9034"></a> in a field that may be included
+within some <a
+ id="dx1-9035"></a><a
+href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>patches internals used by the linking commands
+so that if <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>(or plural or case changing variants) occurs in the <a
+ id="dx1-9036"></a>link-text it will
+behave as though you used <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glstext</span><a
+ id="dx1-9037"></a><span
+class="ectt-1000">[hyper=false,noindex] </span>instead. Grouping is
+also added so that, for example, when <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls{shtml}</span></span></span> is used for the first time the long
+form
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
+\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1016--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
+{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}}&#x00A0;enabled
+&#x00A0;<br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1021--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes the last three problems listed above, but still doesn&#8217;t fix the first
+two.
+</p><!--l. 1025--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrlong</span><a
+ id="dx1-9038"></a> or
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\acrlong</span><a
+ id="dx1-9039"></a> will be temporarily redefined to just use </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">{\glsentrylong</span><a
+ id="dx1-9040"></a><span
+class="ectt-1000">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> (or case-changing versions). Similarly the short form commands, such as
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-9041"></a> or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-9042"></a> will use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-9043"></a> in the argument of either
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>(for <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span>) or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acronymfont </span>(for <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acrshort</span>). So if the
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">shtml </span>entry had instead been defined as:
+
+
+
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
+\newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1038--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short</span><a
+ id="dx1-9044"></a> style) the <a
+ id="dx1-9045"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
+{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}}&#x00A0;enabled
+&#x00A0;<br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
+</div>
+<!--l. 1044--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
+\newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
+&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrshort{html}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1049--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
+ id="dx1-9046"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
+{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}}&#x00A0;enabled
+&#x00A0;<br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
+</div>
+<!--l. 1054--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acrshort </span>or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in
+this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The
+abbreviation style that governs <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-9047"></a> will be set for <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-9048"></a>. Note
+that <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acrshort </span>doesn&#8217;t set the abbreviation style.
+</p><!--l. 1062--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-9049"></a> or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glstext</span><a
+ id="dx1-9050"></a>, (either
+all caps or first letter upper casing) don&#8217;t use any of the linking commands, such as
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-9051"></a> or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glstext</span><a
+ id="dx1-9052"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used
+by those case-changing commands. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1068--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.5 </span> <a
+ id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h4>
+<!--l. 1073--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and
+redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-10001"></a> to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation </span>(see <a
+href="#sec:abbreviations">&sect;2 </a><a
+href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>). If you want
+to restore the generic acronym function provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-10002"></a> you need to
+use
+</p><!--l. 1078--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\RestoreAcronyms</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-10003"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1080--><p class="noindent" >
+but be careful using this if you also want abbreviations as they will clash if you
+attempt to use them in the same glossary as generic acronyms from the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-10004"></a>
+package.
+</p><!--l. 1085--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsacspace</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-10005"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsacspace{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" >
+The space command <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-sp-short</span><a
+ id="dx1-10006"></a> acronym style provided
+by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-10007"></a> is modified so that it uses
+</p><!--l. 1091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsacspacemax</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-10008"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1093--><p class="noindent" >
+instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be
+changed using <span
+class="ectt-1000">\renewcommand</span>.
+</p><!--l. 1097--><p class="indent" > The <a
+ id="dx1-10009"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command
+</p><!--l. 1098--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\firstacronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1100--><p class="noindent" >
+is redefined to use the <a
+ id="dx1-10010"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-10011"></a>.
+This will be reset if you use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
+</p><!--l. 1105--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 1106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" >
+is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-10012"></a>.
+This will be reset if you use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
+</p><!--l. 1113--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1113--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.6 </span> <a
+ id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h4>
+<!--l. 1116--><p class="noindent" >The default value of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a
+ id="dx1-11001"></a> is changed so that it&#8217;s set at the start
+of the document (if it hasn&#8217;t been changed in the preamble). This should
+take into account situations where <span
+class="ectt-1000">\hsize </span>isn&#8217;t set until the start of the
+document.
+</p><!--l. 1121--><p class="indent" > The commands <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossentryname</span><a
+ id="dx1-11002"></a> and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossentrydesc</span><a
+ id="dx1-11003"></a> are modified to take
+into account the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossname</span><a
+ id="dx1-11004"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossdesc</span><a
+ id="dx1-11005"></a> attributes (see <a
+href="#sec:categories">&sect;4 </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This means
+you can make simple case-changing modifications to the name and description
+without defining a new glossary style.
+</p><!--l. 1127--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossentryname</span><a
+ id="dx1-11006"></a> and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glossentryname</span><a
+ id="dx1-11007"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 1129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-11008"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1131--><p class="noindent" >
+By default this checks the <span
+class="ecss-1000">indexname</span><a
+ id="dx1-11009"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
+category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed
+using
+</p><!--l. 1136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a
+ id="dx1-11010"></a><span
+class="ectt-1000">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{indexname} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1137--><p class="noindent" >
+See <a
+href="#sec:autoindex">&sect;6 </a><a
+href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
+</p><!--l. 1140--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
+does
+</p><!--l. 1142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrpostdescription</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-11011"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >
+This occurs before the original <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <span
+class="ecss-1000">nopostdot=false</span><a
+ id="dx1-11012"></a>
+option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop.
+</p><!--l. 1149--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category</span>&#x27E9; if it exists, where
+&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category</span>&#x27E9; is the category label associated with the current entry. For example
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostdescgeneral </span>for entries with the category set to <span
+class="ecss-1000">general</span><a
+ id="dx1-11013"></a> or
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set to <span
+class="ecss-1000">acronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-11014"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1156--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossentry </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\subglossentry </span>set
+</p><!--l. 1157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glscurrententrylabel</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-11015"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" >
+to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these
+post-description hooks if you need to reference the label.
+</p><!--l. 1164--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
+description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">general</span><a
+ id="dx1-11016"></a> category, then you could
+do:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;(plural:&#x00A0;\glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1170--><p class="nopar" > This means you don&#8217;t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
+more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the
+underlying glossary style.)
+</p><!--l. 1175--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can&#8217;t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspostdescription </span>or if
+you redefine <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostdescription</span>.
+(For example, if you redefine <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspostdescription </span>to do nothing instead of using
+the <span
+class="ecss-1000">nopostdot</span><a
+ id="dx1-11017"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) </div>
+</p><!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p>
+<!--l. 1184--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 1184--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a
+ id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2>
+</p><!--l. 1187--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
+&#8220;laser&#8221;), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as &#8220;html&#8221;, that aren&#8217;t pronounced
+as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often replaced by an
+apostrophe, such as &#8220;don&#8217;t&#8221;). The &#8220;acronym&#8221; code provided by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-12001"></a>
+package is misnamed as it&#8217;s more often than not used for initialisms instead.
+Acronyms tend not to be <span
+class="ecti-1000">expanded </span>on <a
+ id="dx1-12002"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> (although they may need
+to be <span
+class="ecti-1000">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore
+more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the
+glossary.
+</p><!--l. 1199--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better
+abbreviation handling, with
+</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\newabbreviation</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-12003"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1205--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
+class="ecss-1000">category</span><a
+ id="dx1-12004"></a> key to <span
+class="ectt-1000">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be
+overridden in &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;. The category may have attributes that modify the way
+abbreviations are defined. For example, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">insertdots</span><a
+ id="dx1-12005"></a> attribute will automatically
+insert full stops (periods) into &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9; or the <span
+class="ecss-1000">noshortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-12006"></a> attribute will set the default
+value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-12007"></a> key to just &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9; (without appending the plural suffix). See <a
+href="#sec:categories">&sect;4
+</a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.
+</p><!--l. 1215--><p class="indent" > See <a
+href="#sec:nested">&sect;1.3.4 </a><a
+href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-12008"></a> or
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-12009"></a> within &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9; or &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">long</span>&#x27E9;.
+</p><!--l. 1219--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
+or they may not be correctly applied. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1224--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-12010"></a> command provided by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-12011"></a> package is redefined to
+use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation </span>with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">category</span><a
+ id="dx1-12012"></a> set to <span
+class="ectt-1000">acronym</span>. If you want to
+restore the original behaviour of acronyms (as implemented by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-12013"></a>
+package&#8217;s <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronym</span>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\setacronymstyle</span><a
+ id="dx1-12014"></a> and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronymstyle</span><a
+ id="dx1-12015"></a>) you need to
+use
+</p><!--l. 1231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\RestoreAcronyms</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-12016"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1233--><p class="noindent" >
+However, if you do this take care not to mix acronyms with other types of entries
+within the same glossary. (You may also need to redefine <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acronymtype</span><a
+ id="dx1-12017"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 1238--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-12018"></a>
+package&#8217;s <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronym </span>but you can apply different styles to different categories. The
+default style is <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-12019"></a> for entries in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">acronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-12020"></a> category and <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-12021"></a> for
+entries in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-12022"></a> category. (These aren&#8217;t the same as the acronym
+styles provided by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-12023"></a> package, although they may produce similar
+results.)
+</p><!--l. 1247--><p class="indent" > The short form is displayed within commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>using
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 1248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-12024"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">short-form</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1250--><p class="noindent" >
+on <a
+ id="dx1-12025"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and
+</p><!--l. 1252--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsabbrvfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-12026"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">short-form</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1254--><p class="noindent" >
+for subsequent use.
+</p><!--l. 1257--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> These commands (<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstabbrvfont </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont</span>) are reset by the
+abbreviation styles and whenever an abbreviation is used by commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>
+(but not by commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-12027"></a>) so don&#8217;t try redefining them outside of
+an abbreviation style. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1263--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1265--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short</span><a
+ id="dx1-12028"></a> style, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>is redefine to use
+</p><!--l. 1267--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-12029"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1269--><p class="noindent" >
+whereas the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-sc</span><a
+ id="dx1-12030"></a> style redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span>. If
+you want to use a different font-changing command you can either redefine
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvdefaultfont </span>and use one of the base styles, such as <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short</span><a
+ id="dx1-12031"></a>, or define a
+new style in a similar manner to the &#8220;sc&#8221;, &#8220;sm&#8221; or &#8220;em&#8221; styles.
+</p><!--l. 1277--><p class="indent" > All predefined abbreviation styles redefine <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstabbrvfont </span>to use
+</p><!--l. 1279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-12032"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">short-form</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1281--><p class="noindent" >
+By default, this just does <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short-form</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span>so the <a
+ id="dx1-12033"></a>first use format
+matches the subsequence use format for the short form.
+</p><!--l. 1286--><p class="indent" > The commands that display the full form for abbreviations use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span>
+to display the short form and
+</p><!--l. 1288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfirstlongfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-12034"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1290--><p class="noindent" >
+to display the long form. As with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-12035"></a>, this command is changed by all
+styles. Currently all predefined abbreviation styles provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>
+redefine <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use
+</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-12036"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" >
+You can redefine this command if you want to change the font used by the long form
+on <a
+ id="dx1-12037"></a>first use for all your abbreviations, or you can define your own abbreviation style
+that provides a different format for only those abbreviations defined with that
+style.
+</p><!--l. 1303--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on <a
+ id="dx1-12038"></a>first use
+by commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-12039"></a> and the inline full form, which is used by commands like
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-12040"></a>. For some of the abbreviation styles, such as <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short</span><a
+ id="dx1-12041"></a>, the display and
+inline forms are the same. In the case of styles such as <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-12042"></a> or <span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-12043"></a>, the display
+and inline full forms are different.
+</p><!--l. 1310--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren&#8217;t stored in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-12044"></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-12045"></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">long</span><a
+ id="dx1-12046"></a> or
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">longplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-12047"></a> fields, which means they won&#8217;t be used within commands like
+
+
+
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryshort </span>(but they are used within commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort </span>and
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtshort</span>). Note that <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrlong</span><a
+ id="dx1-12048"></a> and the case-changing variants don&#8217;t use
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstlongfont</span>.
+</p>
+<!--l. 1318--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a
+ id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3>
+<!--l. 1321--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
+underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can
+use
+</p><!--l. 1324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-13001"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1326--><p class="noindent" >
+before you define your abbreviations.
+</p><!--l. 1329--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">cs</span>&#x27E9; (a control sequence) to accept a single
+argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal
+behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in
+the glossary it&#8217;s activated for those categories that have the <span
+class="ecss-1000">tagging</span><a
+ id="dx1-13002"></a> attribute set to
+&#8220;true&#8221;. For those cases it will use
+</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrtagfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-13003"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1338--><p class="noindent" >
+This command defaults to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\underline</span><a
+ id="dx1-13004"></a><span
+class="ectt-1000">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span>but may be redefined as required.
+</p><!--l. 1342--><p class="indent" > The control sequence &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">cs</span>&#x27E9; can&#8217;t already be defined when used with the unstarred
+version of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred
+version will overwrite any previous definition of &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">cs</span>&#x27E9;. As with redefining any
+commands, ensure that you don&#8217;t redefine something important. In fact, just
+forget the existence of the starred version and let&#8217;s pretend I didn&#8217;t mention
+it.
+</p><!--l. 1351--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list
+of category names. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">tagging</span><a
+ id="dx1-13005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for those
+categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see <a
+href="#sec:categories">&sect;4 </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but
+this must be done before the glossary is displayed.
+</p><!--l. 1358--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
+class="ectt-1000">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both
+the <span
+class="ecss-1000">acronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-13006"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-13007"></a> categories:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
+\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1363--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
+class="ectt-1000">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For
+example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
+\newacronym
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={a&#x00A0;system&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;detecting&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;location&#x00A0;and
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;speed&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;ships,&#x00A0;aircraft,&#x00A0;etc,&#x00A0;through&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radio
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;waves}%&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;term
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;]
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{radar}%&#x00A0;identifying&#x00A0;label
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{radar}%&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;(i.e.&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;word)
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\itag{ra}dio&#x00A0;\itag{d}etection&#x00A0;\itag{a}nd&#x00A0;\itag{r}anging}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{e\itag{x}tensible&#x00A0;\itag{m}arkup&#x00A0;\itag{l}anguage}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1378--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
+entries with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">tagging</span><a
+ id="dx1-13008"></a> attribute set.
+</p><!--l. 1383--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1383--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a
+ id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3>
+<!--l. 1386--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
+</p><!--l. 1388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\setabbreviationstyle</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14001"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1390--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">style-name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the style and &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category</span>&#x27E9; is the category label
+(<span
+class="ectt-1000">abbreviation </span>by default). New abbreviations will pick up the current style
+according to their given category. If there is no style set for the category,
+the fallback is the style for the <span
+class="ectt-1000">abbreviation </span>category. Some styles may
+automatically modify one or more of the attributes associated with the given
+category. For example, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long</span><a
+ id="dx1-14002"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-14003"></a> styles set the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-14004"></a> attribute to
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">true</span>.
+</p><!--l. 1401--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
+different category to each group and set the style for the given category.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 1405--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1407--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+class="ectt-1000">\setacronymstyle</span><a
+ id="dx1-14005"></a> is disabled by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+
+
+
+</div>
+</div> instead. The original acronym interface can be restored with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\RestoreAcronyms </span>(see
+<a
+href="#sec:acronymmods">&sect;1.3.5 </a><a
+href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>).
+<!--l. 1415--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-14006"></a> commands, such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-14007"></a>,
+but don&#8217;t use the acronym commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-14008"></a> (which use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acronymfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-14009"></a>).
+The short form can be produced with:
+</p><!--l. 1419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrshort</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14010"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1421--><p class="noindent" >
+(Use this instead of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-14011"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 1424--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
+</p><!--l. 1425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrlong</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14012"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >
+(Use this instead of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acrlong</span><a
+ id="dx1-14013"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 1430--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ecti-1000">inline </span>full form can be produced with
+</p><!--l. 1431--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrfull</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14014"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1433--><p class="noindent" >
+(This this instead of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acrfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-14015"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 1436--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
+used on <a
+ id="dx1-14016"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>. For example, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-14017"></a> style only displays the short form
+on <a
+ id="dx1-14018"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the short form in
+parentheses.
+</p><!--l. 1442--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
+commands described in <a
+href="#sec:headtitle">&sect;3 </a><a
+href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a>
+instead. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1446--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1448--><p class="indent" > The arguments &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9; are the same as for commands such as
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands:
+</p><!--l. 1452--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 1453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrshort</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14019"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1455--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1457--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 1458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrlong</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14020"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1460--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1462--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 1463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrfull</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14021"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1465--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1467--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 1468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrshort</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14022"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1470--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1472--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 1473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrlong</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14023"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 1475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1477--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 1478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GLSxtrfull</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14024"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1480--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1482--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
+</p><!--l. 1484--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 1485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrshortpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14025"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1487--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14026"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1490--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14027"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1495--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 1496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrlongpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14028"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1498--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14029"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1501--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14030"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1504--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1506--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 1507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrfullpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14031"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1509--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14032"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1512--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-14033"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1515--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryfull</span>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryfullpl </span>and
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsentryfullpl</span>. These commands will use the currently applied style rather
+than the style in use when the entry was defined. If you have mixed styles,
+you&#8217;ll need to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-14034"></a> instead. Similarly for <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryshort </span>etc.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 1523--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 1525--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1525--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a
+ id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3>
+<!--l. 1528--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=abbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-15001"></a> (or <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts=abbr</span><a
+ id="dx1-15002"></a>). This defines the commands listed in
+<a
+href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table&#x00A0;2.1</a>.
+</p>
+ <div class="table">
+
+
+
+<!--l. 1533--><p class="indent" > <a
+ id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
+>
+
+
+
+ <div class="caption"
+><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;2.1: </span><span
+class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-150031 -->
+<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col
+id="TBL-2-1" /><col
+id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ecbx-1000">Shortcut</span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ecbx-1000">Equivalent Command</span></td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\ab</span><a
+ id="dx1-15004"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\cgls</span><a
+ id="dx1-15005"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\abp</span><a
+ id="dx1-15006"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\cglspl</span><a
+ id="dx1-15007"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\as</span><a
+ id="dx1-15008"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-15009"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\asp</span><a
+ id="dx1-15010"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshortpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-15011"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\al</span><a
+ id="dx1-15012"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrlong</span><a
+ id="dx1-15013"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\alp</span><a
+ id="dx1-15014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrlongpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-15015"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\af</span><a
+ id="dx1-15016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-15017"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\afp</span><a
+ id="dx1-15018"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-15019"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\As</span><a
+ id="dx1-15020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-15021"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Asp</span><a
+ id="dx1-15022"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-15023"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Al</span><a
+ id="dx1-15024"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrlong</span><a
+ id="dx1-15025"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Alp</span><a
+ id="dx1-15026"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-15027"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Af</span><a
+ id="dx1-15028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-15029"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Afp</span><a
+ id="dx1-15030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-15031"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\AS</span><a
+ id="dx1-15032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-15033"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\ASP</span><a
+ id="dx1-15034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-15035"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\AL</span><a
+ id="dx1-15036"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrlong</span><a
+ id="dx1-15037"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\ALP</span><a
+ id="dx1-15038"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-15039"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\AF</span><a
+ id="dx1-15040"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-15041"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\AFP</span><a
+ id="dx1-15042"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-15043"></a> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbr</span><a
+ id="dx1-15044"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2"
+class="td11"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-15045"></a> </td></tr></table></div>
+
+
+
+ </div><hr class="endfloat" />
+ </div>
+<!--l. 1563--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a
+ id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3>
+<!--l. 1566--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
+regular entry (so that <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-16001"></a> uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
+ id="dx1-16002"></a>) and those that don&#8217;t treat the
+abbreviation as a regular entry (so that <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-16003"></a> uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a
+ id="dx1-16004"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 1571--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-16005"></a> attribute to &#8220;true&#8221; for the
+category assigned to each abbreviation with that style. This means that on <a
+ id="dx1-16006"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>,
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-16007"></a> uses the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span><a
+ id="dx1-16008"></a> field and on subsequent use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-16009"></a> uses the value of the
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">text</span><a
+ id="dx1-16010"></a> field (and analogously for the plural and case-changing versions). The <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-16011"></a> and
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">long</span><a
+ id="dx1-16012"></a> fields are set as appropriate and may be accessed through commands like
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-16013"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1580--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don&#8217;t modify the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-16014"></a> attribute. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span><a
+ id="dx1-16015"></a>
+and <span
+class="ecss-1000">text</span><a
+ id="dx1-16016"></a> fields (and their plural forms) are set and can be accessed through
+commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirst</span>, but they aren&#8217;t used by commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-16017"></a>, which
+instead use the short form (stored in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-16018"></a> key) and the display full
+format (through commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a
+ id="dx1-16019"></a> that are defined by the
+style).
+</p><!--l. 1588--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
+ id="dx1-16020"></a>first use of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-16021"></a> may not match the text produced by
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-16022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
+</p><!--l. 1592--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the &#8220;sc&#8221; styles that use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\textsc</span><a
+ id="dx1-16023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
+some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold
+and small-caps. I recommend that you at least use the <span
+class="ecss-1000">fontenc</span><a
+ id="dx1-16024"></a> package with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">T1</span>
+option or something similar. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1598--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1600--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;sc&#8221; styles all use
+</p><!--l. 1601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrscfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-16025"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1603--><p class="noindent" >
+which is defined as
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrscfont}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1607--><p class="nopar" > The default plural suffix for the short form is set to
+</p><!--l. 1609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrscsuffix</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-16026"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1611--><p class="noindent" >
+This just defined as
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1615--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glstextup</span><a
+ id="dx1-16027"></a> command is provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-16028"></a> and is used to switch off the
+small caps font for the suffix. If you override the default short plural using the
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-16029"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to make the
+appropriate adjustment if necessary. (Remember that the default plural suffix
+behaviour can be modified through the use of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">aposplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-16030"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">noshortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-16031"></a>
+attributes. See <a
+href="#sec:categories">&sect;4 </a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
+</p><!--l. 1626--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;sm&#8221; styles all use
+</p><!--l. 1627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrsmfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-16032"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1629--><p class="noindent" >
+This is defined as:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{#1}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1633--><p class="nopar" > If you want to use this, you must explicitly load the <span
+class="ecss-1000">relsize</span><a
+ id="dx1-16033"></a> package which defines the
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\textsmaller</span><a
+ id="dx1-16034"></a> command. If you want to easily switch between the &#8220;sc&#8221; and &#8220;sm&#8221;
+styles, you may find it easier to redefine this command to convert to upper
+case:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1640--><p class="nopar" > The default plural suffix for the short form is set to
+</p><!--l. 1642--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-16035"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1644--><p class="noindent" >
+This just does <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspluralsuffix</span><a
+ id="dx1-16036"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1647--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;em&#8221; styles all redefine <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-16037"></a> to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-16038"></a>. This is done explicitly
+and not through a helper command such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span>.
+</p><!--l. 1651--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use
+</p><!--l. 1652--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrfullsep</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-16039"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1654--><p class="noindent" >
+as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by
+default, but may be changed as required. For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1659--><p class="nopar" > or
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1663--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1666--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1666--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4.1 </span> <a
+ id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
+<!--l. 1669--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-17001"></a> attribute to &#8220;true&#8221; for all categories
+that have abbreviations defined with any of these styles.
+ </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-17002"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This only displays the short form on <a
+ id="dx1-17003"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-17004"></a> is set to the
+ short form. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-17005"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form
+ displays &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">long</span>&#x27E9;). The long form on its own can be displayed through
+ commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrlong</span><a
+ id="dx1-17006"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-sc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17007"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-17008"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-17009"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-sm</span><a
+ id="dx1-17010"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-17011"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-17012"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-em</span><a
+ id="dx1-17013"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-17014"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-17015"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17016"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-17017"></a> style, but the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-17018"></a> is set to the full form
+ and the <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-17019"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer
+ to use the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-17020"></a> style with the post-description hook set to display
+ the long form and override the <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-17021"></a> key. (See the sample file
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span>.)
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-sc-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17022"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-17023"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-17024"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-sm-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17025"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17026"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-17027"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-em-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17028"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17029"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-17030"></a>.
+
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17031"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or
+ subsequent use of commands <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-17032"></a>. The short form may be accessed
+ through commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-17033"></a>. The inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">long</span>&#x27E9;
+ (&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9;).
+ <!--l. 1719--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-17034"></a> is set to the long form and the <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-17035"></a> must be provided by
+ the user. The predefined glossary styles won&#8217;t display the short form. You
+ can use the post-description hook to automatically append the short form
+ to the description. The inline full form will display &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9;).
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-desc-sc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17036"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17037"></a> style but the short form (accessed through
+ commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-17038"></a>) use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-17039"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-desc-sm</span><a
+ id="dx1-17040"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17041"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-17042"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-desc-em</span><a
+ id="dx1-17043"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17044"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-17045"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long</span><a
+ id="dx1-17046"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This style doesn&#8217;t really make sense if you don&#8217;t use the short form
+ anywhere in the document, but is provided for completeness. This is like
+ the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17047"></a> style, but the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-17048"></a> is set to the short form and the <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-17049"></a>
+ is set to the long form.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-sc</span><a
+ id="dx1-17050"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long</span><a
+ id="dx1-17051"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands like
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-17052"></a>) use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-17053"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-sm</span><a
+ id="dx1-17054"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">long</span><a
+ id="dx1-17055"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-17056"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-em</span><a
+ id="dx1-17057"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">long</span><a
+ id="dx1-17058"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-17059"></a>.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1760--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1760--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4.2 </span> <a
+ id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don&#8217;t Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
+<!--l. 1763--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-18001"></a> attribute to &#8220;false&#8221; if it has
+previously been set. If it hasn&#8217;t already been set, it&#8217;s left unset. Other attributes may
+also be set, depending on the style.
+
+
+
+ </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-short</span><a
+ id="dx1-18002"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">On <a
+ id="dx1-18003"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9;). The inline and
+ display full forms are the same. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-18004"></a> is set to the short form. The
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-18005"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated
+ by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullsep</span>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-short-sc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18006"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short</span><a
+ id="dx1-18007"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18008"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-short-sm</span><a
+ id="dx1-18009"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short</span><a
+ id="dx1-18010"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18011"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-short-em</span><a
+ id="dx1-18012"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short</span><a
+ id="dx1-18013"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-18014"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-short-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18015"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">On <a
+ id="dx1-18016"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9;). The inline
+ and display full forms are the same. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-18017"></a> is set to the full form. The
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-18018"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short forms are
+ separated by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullsep</span>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-short-sc-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18019"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18020"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18021"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-short-sm-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18022"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18023"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18024"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">long-short-em-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18025"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18026"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-18027"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-18028"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">On <a
+ id="dx1-18029"></a>first use, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">long</span>&#x27E9;). The inline and
+ display full forms are the same. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-18030"></a> is set to the short form. The
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-18031"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long forms are separated
+ by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullsep</span>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-sc-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-18032"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-18033"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18034"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-sm-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-18035"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-18036"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18037"></a>.
+
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-em-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-18038"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-18039"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-18040"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18041"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">On <a
+ id="dx1-18042"></a>first use, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">long</span>&#x27E9;). The inline
+ and display full forms are the same. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-18043"></a> is set to the full form. The
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-18044"></a> must be supplied by the user. The short and long forms are
+ separated by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullsep</span>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-sc-long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18045"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18046"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18047"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-sm-long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18048"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18049"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18050"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">short-em-long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18051"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-long-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18052"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-18053"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">footnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-18054"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">On <a
+ id="dx1-18055"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as a
+ footnote. This style automatically sets the <span
+class="ecss-1000">nohyperfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-18056"></a> attribute to &#8220;true&#8221;
+ for the supplied category, so the <a
+ id="dx1-18057"></a>first use won&#8217;t be hyperlinked (but the
+ footnote marker may be, if the <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-18058"></a> package is used).
+ <!--l. 1852--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">long</span>&#x27E9;) style. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-18059"></a> is set to the
+ short form. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-18060"></a> is set to the long form.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">footnote-sc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18061"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-18062"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18063"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">footnote-sm</span><a
+ id="dx1-18064"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-18065"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18066"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">footnote-em</span><a
+ id="dx1-18067"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-18068"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-18069"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">postfootnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-18070"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This is similar to the <span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-18071"></a> style but doesn&#8217;t modify the
+ category attribute. Instead it changes <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category</span>&#x27E9;<a
+ id="dx1-18072"></a>&#x00A0;to insert
+ the footnote after the <a
+ id="dx1-18073"></a><a
+href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> on <a
+ id="dx1-18074"></a>first use. This will also defer the
+ footnote until after any following punctuation character that&#8217;s recognised
+ by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18075"></a>.
+ <!--l. 1876--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">long</span>&#x27E9;) style. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-18076"></a> is set to the
+ short form. The <span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-18077"></a> is set to the long form.
+
+
+
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">postfootnote-sc</span><a
+ id="dx1-18078"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">postfootnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-18079"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18080"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">postfootnote-sm</span><a
+ id="dx1-18081"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">postfootnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-18082"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-18083"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">postfootnote-em</span><a
+ id="dx1-18084"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Like <span
+class="ecss-1000">postfootnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-18085"></a> but redefines <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\emph</span><a
+ id="dx1-18086"></a>.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1894--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1894--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a
+ id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3>
+<!--l. 1897--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
+</p><!--l. 1898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\newabbreviationstyle</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19001"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviationstyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">setup</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">fmts</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1900--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a
+ id="dx1-19002"></a>). This is similar but not identical to the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-19003"></a> package&#8217;s
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronymstyle</span><a
+ id="dx1-19004"></a> command.
+</p><!--l. 1906--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can&#8217;t use styles defined by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>
+unless you have reverted <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-19005"></a> back to its generic definition from
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-19006"></a> (using <span
+class="ectt-1000">\RestoreAcronyms</span><a
+ id="dx1-19007"></a>). The acronym styles from the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-19008"></a>
+package can&#8217;t be used with abbreviations defined with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span>.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 1913--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1915--><p class="indent" > The &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">setup</span>&#x27E9; argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may
+set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should
+redefine
+</p><!--l. 1918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19009"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1920--><p class="noindent" >
+to set the entry fields including the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-19010"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">sort</span><a
+ id="dx1-19011"></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span><a
+ id="dx1-19012"></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">firstplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-19013"></a>. Other fields may also be set, such as <span
+class="ecss-1000">text</span><a
+ id="dx1-19014"></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">plural</span><a
+ id="dx1-19015"></a> and
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span><a
+ id="dx1-19016"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1927--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to
+protect commands that shouldn&#8217;t be expanded. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1930--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1932--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short</span><a
+ id="dx1-19017"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">setup</span>&#x27E9;:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok})},%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok})},%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+</div>
+<!--l. 1946--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span><a
+ id="dx1-19018"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">firstplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-19019"></a> are set even though they&#8217;re not used by
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>.
+</p><!--l. 1950--><p class="indent" > The &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">setup</span>&#x27E9; argument may also redefine
+</p><!--l. 1951--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19020"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1953--><p class="noindent" >
+which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do
+nothing.)
+</p><!--l. 1957--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote</span><a
+ id="dx1-19021"></a> includes the following in &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">setup</span>&#x27E9;:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+</div>
+<!--l. 1968--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <span
+class="ecss-1000">nohyperfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-19022"></a> attribute to &#8220;true&#8221;. It also unsets the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-19023"></a> attribute if it
+has previously been set. Note that the <span
+class="ecss-1000">nohyperfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-19024"></a> attribute doesn&#8217;t get unset by
+other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category.
+</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
+following token registers.
+</p><!--l. 1978--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-19025"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 1979--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsshorttok</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19026"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1981--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1983--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>):
+</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsshortpltok</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19027"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1986--><p class="noindent" >
+(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
+through the <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-19028"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-19029"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 1991--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-19030"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 1992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glslongtok</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19031"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslongtok </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>):
+</p><!--l. 1997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glslongpltok</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19032"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1999--><p class="noindent" >
+(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
+through the <span
+class="ecss-1000">longplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-19033"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-19034"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-19035"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 2007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glslabeltok</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19036"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2009--><p class="noindent" >
+which contains the entry&#8217;s label and
+</p><!--l. 2011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glskeylisttok</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19037"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2013--><p class="noindent" >
+which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-19038"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 2017--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span
+class="ectt-1000">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above.
+The category label can be access through the command (not a register):
+</p><!--l. 2020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glscategorylabel</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19039"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" >
+This may be used inside the definition of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>.
+</p><!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19040"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2029--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the existing style. For example, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote-sc</span><a
+ id="dx1-19041"></a> and
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote-sm</span><a
+ id="dx1-19042"></a> styles both simply use
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
+\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{footnote}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2035--><p class="nopar" > within &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">setup</span>&#x27E9;.
+</p><!--l. 2038--><p class="indent" > The &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">fmts</span>&#x27E9; argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document.
+This argument should redefine the following commands:
+</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-19043"></a>
+key):
+</p><!--l. 2044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19044"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2046--><p class="noindent" >
+(Note that this isn&#8217;t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspluralsuffix</span>.)
+</p><!--l. 2050--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a
+ id="dx1-19045"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms:
+</p><!--l. 2051--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19046"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-19047"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 2057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsabbrvfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19048"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2059--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2061--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a
+ id="dx1-19049"></a>first use or in the full forms:
+</p><!--l. 2062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfirstlongfont</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19050"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2064--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2066--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-19051"></a> on <a
+ id="dx1-19052"></a>first use for
+abbreviations without the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-19053"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 2069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrfullformat</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19054"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2071--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2073--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-19055"></a> on
+<a
+ id="dx1-19056"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-19057"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 2076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrfullformat</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19058"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2080--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspl</span><a
+ id="dx1-19059"></a> on <a
+ id="dx1-19060"></a>first use for
+abbreviations without the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-19061"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 2083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrfullplformat</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19062"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2085--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2087--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glspl</span><a
+ id="dx1-19063"></a> on
+<a
+ id="dx1-19064"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-19065"></a> attribute set):
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 2090--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19066"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2092--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="indent" > In addition &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">fmts</span>&#x27E9; may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline
+full formats. If the style doesn&#8217;t redefine them, they will default to the same as the
+display full forms.
+</p><!--l. 2098--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-19067"></a>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-19068"></a> and
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-19069"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19070"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2102--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2104--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsentryfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-19071"></a> and
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfull</span><a
+ id="dx1-19072"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 2106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19073"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2108--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2110--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryfullpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-19074"></a>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-19075"></a> and
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-19076"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 2112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19077"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2114--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2116--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-19078"></a> and
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-19079"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 2118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19080"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2122--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-19081"></a> use the following
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands (<a
+href="#sec:accsupp">&sect;8.2 </a><a
+href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) within the definitions of
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullformat </span>etc instead of the analogous <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands. (If you
+don&#8217;t use <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-19082"></a>, they will just do the corresponding <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">xxx</span>&#x27E9;
+command.)
+</p><!--l. 2130--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-19083"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">fmts</span>&#x27E9;:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+</div>
+<!--l. 2153--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren&#8217;t redefined, they default to the same as the
+display versions.
+</p><!--l. 2157--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-19084"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" >
+within &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">fmts</span>&#x27E9;, where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the existing style. For example, the
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-sc-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-19085"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">fmts</span>&#x27E9;:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+</div>
+<!--l. 2168--><p class="nopar" > and the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-sm-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-19086"></a> style has:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long-desc}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+</div>
+<!--l. 2174--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2176--><p class="indent" > The simplest examples of creating a new style based on an existing style are the
+&#8220;em&#8221; styles, such as the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short-em-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-19087"></a> style, which is defined as:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
+\newabbreviationstyle
+&#x00A0;<br />{short-em-long}%&#x00A0;label
+&#x00A0;<br />{%&#x00A0;setup
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}%
+&#x00A0;<br />{%&#x00A0;fmts
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2189--><p class="nopar" >
+
+
+
+</p>
+<!--l. 2191--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a
+ id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers and Contents</h2>
+</p><!--l. 2194--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-20001"></a> user manual cautions against using commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>in chapter
+or section titles. The principle problems are: </p>
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">if you have a table of contents, the <a
+ id="dx1-20002"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset in the contents
+ rather than later in the document;
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">if you have the location lists displayed in the glossary, unwanted locations
+ will be added to it corresponding to the table of contents (if present) and
+ every page that contains the entry in the page header (if the page style in
+ use adds the chapter or section title to the header);
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to the header and
+ attempts to convert it to upper case, the entry label (in the argument
+ of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>etc) will be converted to upper case and the entry won&#8217;t be
+ recognised;
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">if you use <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-20003"></a>, commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>can&#8217;t be expanded to a simple
+ string and only the label will appear in the PDF bookmark (with a warning
+ from <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-20004"></a>);
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">if you use <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-20005"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
+ contents.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2216--><p class="indent" > To get around all these problems, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-20006"></a> user manual recommends using
+the expandable non-hyperlink commands, like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentrytext</span><a
+ id="dx1-20007"></a> (for regular entries) or
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-20008"></a> (for abbreviations). This is the simplest solution, but doesn&#8217;t allow
+for special formatting that&#8217;s applied to the entry through commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glstext </span>or
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span>. This means that if, for example, you are using one of the abbreviation
+styles that uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\textsc</span><a
+ id="dx1-20009"></a> then the short form displayed with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryshort </span>won&#8217;t
+use small caps. If you only have one abbreviation style in use, you can explicitly
+enclose <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span>in the argument of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont</span>, like
+this:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
+\chapter{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2229--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-20010"></a>:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
+\chapter{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about
+&#x00A0;<br />\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2234--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2236--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
+this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won&#8217;t work as commands like
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort </span>redefine <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>to match the entry&#8217;s style before
+displaying it. In this case, the above example doesn&#8217;t take into account the shifting
+definitions of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont </span>and will use whatever happens to be the last
+abbreviation style in use. More complicated solutions interfere with the upper casing
+used by the standard page styles that display the chapter or section title in the page
+header using <span
+class="ectt-1000">\MakeUppercase</span><a
+ id="dx1-20011"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 2247--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span
+class="ectt-1000">\markright</span><a
+ id="dx1-20012"></a> and
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\markboth</span><a
+ id="dx1-20013"></a>. If you don&#8217;t like this change, you can restore their former definitions
+using
+</p><!--l. 2250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20014"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2252--><p class="noindent" >
+In this case, you&#8217;ll have to use the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-20015"></a> manual&#8217;s recommendations of either
+simply using <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryshort </span>(as above) or use the sectioning command&#8217;s option
+argument to provide an alternative for the table of contents and page header. For
+example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
+\chapter[A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glsentryshort{html}]{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about
+&#x00A0;<br />\gls{html}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2260--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="indent" > If you don&#8217;t revert the mark commands back with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can
+use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can
+still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they
+don&#8217;t conflict with the page style.
+</p><!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" > The commands listed below all use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\texorpdfstring</span><a
+ id="dx1-20016"></a> if <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-20017"></a> has been
+loaded so that the expandable non-formatted version is added to the PDF
+bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert the first letter to
+upper case aren&#8217;t expandable, the non-case-changing version is used for the
+bookmarks.
+</p><!--l. 2274--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort </span>(or
+equivalent) with the options <span
+class="ecss-1000">noindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-20018"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyper=false</span><a
+ id="dx1-20019"></a>. The text produced won&#8217;t be
+converted to upper case in the page headings by default. If you want the text
+converted to upper case you need to set the <span
+class="ecss-1000">headuc</span><a
+ id="dx1-20020"></a> attribute to &#8220;true&#8221; for the
+appropriate category.
+</p><!--l. 2282--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span
+class="ectt-1000">\textsc</span><a
+ id="dx1-20021"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don&#8217;t
+provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter
+or section title style uses bold, this may override the small-caps setting,
+in which case the abbreviation will just appear as lower case bold. If the
+heading style uses italic, the abbreviation may appear in upright small-caps,
+<span
+class="ecti-1000">even if you have set the </span><span
+class="ecsi-1000">headuc</span><a
+ id="dx1-20022"></a> <span
+class="ecti-1000">attribute </span>since the all-capitals form still uses
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont</span>. You may want to consider using the <span
+class="ecss-1000">slantsc</span><a
+ id="dx1-20023"></a> package in this case.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 2293--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2295--><p class="indent" > Display the short form:
+</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfmtshort</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20024"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 2301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfmtshortpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20025"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2303--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 2306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsfmtshort</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20026"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmtshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" >
+(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
+</p><!--l. 2311--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 2312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsfmtshortpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20027"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 2314--><p class="noindent" >
+(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
+</p><!--l. 2317--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">text</span><a
+ id="dx1-20028"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 2319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfmttext</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20029"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmttext{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2323--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 2324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsfmttext</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20030"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmttext{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2326--><p class="noindent" >
+(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
+</p><!--l. 2329--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 2330--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfmtplural</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20031"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2332--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 2334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsfmtplural</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20032"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmtplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2336--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2338--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span><a
+ id="dx1-20033"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 2340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfmtfirst</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20034"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 2345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsfmtfirst</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20035"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2347--><p class="noindent" >
+(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
+</p><!--l. 2350--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 2351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsfmtfirstpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20036"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2353--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 2355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-20037"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p>
+<!--l. 2359--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 2359--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a
+ id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2>
+</p><!--l. 2362--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry </span>(or commands that internally use
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry </span>such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span>) is assigned a category through the
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">category</span><a
+ id="dx1-21001"></a> key. You may add any category that you like, but since the category is a
+label used in the creation of some control sequences, avoid problematic characters
+within the category label. (So take care if you have <span
+class="ecss-1000">babel</span><a
+ id="dx1-21002"></a> shorthands on that make
+some characters active.)
+</p><!--l. 2371--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
+in the text or glossary.
+</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span
+class="ecss-1000">general</span><a
+ id="dx1-21003"></a>.
+Abbreviations defined with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation </span>have the category set to <span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-21004"></a>
+by default. Abbreviations defined with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newacronym </span>have the category set to
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">acronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-21005"></a> by default.
+</p><!--l. 2381--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newterm</span><a
+ id="dx1-21006"></a> with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">index</span><a
+ id="dx1-21007"></a> package option
+that command will set the category to <span
+class="ecss-1000">index</span><a
+ id="dx1-21008"></a> by default. If you have enabled
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a
+ id="dx1-21009"></a> with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">symbols</span><a
+ id="dx1-21010"></a> package option, that command will set the
+category to <span
+class="ecss-1000">symbol</span><a
+ id="dx1-21011"></a>. If you have enabled <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a
+ id="dx1-21012"></a> with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">numbers</span><a
+ id="dx1-21013"></a> package
+option, that command will set the category to <span
+class="ecss-1000">number</span><a
+ id="dx1-21014"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 2390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glscategory</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21015"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glscategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2392--><p class="noindent" >
+This is equivalent to commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an
+expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn&#8217;t exist.
+</p><!--l. 2397--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 2398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsifcategory</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21016"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">true</span>
+<span
+class="ecit-1000">part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" >
+This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\ifglsfieldeq</span><a
+ id="dx1-21017"></a><span
+class="ectt-1000">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{category}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">true</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ecit-1000">part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">false</span><span
+class="ecit-1000">&#x00A0;part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> so any restrictions that apply to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifcategory</span>.
+<!--l. 2410--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">general</span><a
+ id="dx1-21018"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">acronym</span><a
+ id="dx1-21019"></a>
+categories have the attribute <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-21020"></a> set to &#8220;true&#8221; to indicate that all entries with
+either of those categories are regular entries (as opposed to abbreviations).
+This attribute is accessed by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryfmt </span>to determine whether to use
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>.
+</p><!--l. 2418--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>are:
+ </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">nohyperfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-21021"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">When using commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-21022"></a> this will automatically suppress
+ the hyperlink on <a
+ id="dx1-21023"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for entries with a category that has this attribute
+
+
+
+ set to &#8220;true&#8221;. (This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyper</span><a
+ id="dx1-21024"></a> key on or off in the optional argument of commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>.)
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">nohyper</span><a
+ id="dx1-21025"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">When using commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-21026"></a> this will automatically suppress the
+ hyperlink for entries with a category that has this attribute set to &#8220;true&#8221;.
+ (This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyper</span><a
+ id="dx1-21027"></a> key on or
+ off in the optional argument of commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>.)
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">indexonlyfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-21028"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">This is similar to the <span
+class="ecss-1000">indexonlyfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-21029"></a> package option but only for
+ entries that have a category with this attribute set to &#8220;true&#8221;.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">discardperiod</span><a
+ id="dx1-21030"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">If set to &#8220;true&#8221;, the post-<a
+ id="dx1-21031"></a><a
+href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a&#x00A0;full
+ stop (period) that follows <span
+class="ecti-1000">non-plural </span>commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glstext</span>.
+ (Provided for entries such as abbreviations that end with a full stop.)
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">pluraldiscardperiod</span><a
+ id="dx1-21032"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">If this attribute is set to &#8220;true&#8221; <span
+class="ecti-1000">and </span>the <span
+class="ecss-1000">discardperiod</span><a
+ id="dx1-21033"></a>
+ attribute is set to &#8220;true&#8221;, this will behave as above for the plural commands
+ like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspl </span>or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsplural</span>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">insertdots</span><a
+ id="dx1-21034"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">If this attribute is set to &#8220;true&#8221; any entry defined using
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-21035"></a> will automatically have full stops (periods) inserted
+ after each letter. The entry will be defined with those dots present as
+ though they had been present in the &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9; argument of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span>
+ (rather than inserting them every time the entry is used). The short plural
+ form defaults to the new dotted version of the original &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">short</span>&#x27E9; form with
+ the plural suffix appended.
+ <!--l. 2459--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-21036"></a> key, you must
+ explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there&#8217;s no way for the code to
+ determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn&#8217;t be followed by a dot).
+ </div>
+ </p><!--l. 2465--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2467--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">discardperiod</span><a
+ id="dx1-21037"></a> attribute set to &#8220;true&#8221;.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">aposplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-21038"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">If this attribute is set to &#8220;true&#8221;, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-21039"></a> will insert an
+ apostrophe (&#8217;) before the plural suffix for the <span
+class="ecti-1000">short </span>plural form (unless
+ explicitly overridden with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-21040"></a> key). The long plural form is
+ unaffected by this setting.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">noshortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-21041"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">If this attribute is set to &#8220;true&#8221;, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span><a
+ id="dx1-21042"></a> won&#8217;t append the
+
+
+
+ plural suffix for the short plural form. This means the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-21043"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-21044"></a>
+ values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span
+class="ecti-1000">The </span><span
+class="ecsi-1000">aposplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-21045"></a> <span
+class="ecti-1000">attribute</span>
+ <span
+class="ecti-1000">trumps the </span><span
+class="ecsi-1000">noshortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-21046"></a> <span
+class="ecti-1000">attribute.</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">headuc</span><a
+ id="dx1-21047"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">If this attribute is set to &#8220;true&#8221;, commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtshort</span><a
+ id="dx1-21048"></a> will use the
+ upper case version in the page headers.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">tagging</span><a
+ id="dx1-21049"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">If this attribute is set to &#8220;true&#8221;, the tagging command defined by
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><a
+ id="dx1-21050"></a> will be activated to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrtagfont</span><a
+ id="dx1-21051"></a> in
+ the glossary (see <a
+href="#sec:tagging">&sect;2.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:tagging">Tagging Initials<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:tagging --></a>).
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-21052"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn&#8217;t boolean but instead must
+ be an integer value and is used in combination with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-21053"></a>
+ (see <a
+href="#sec:entrycountmods">&sect;1.3.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>). Leave blank or undefined for
+ categories that shouldn&#8217;t have this facility enabled. The value of this attribute
+ is used by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><a
+ id="dx1-21054"></a> to determine how commands such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cgls</span><a
+ id="dx1-21055"></a>
+ should behave.
+ <!--l. 2500--><p class="noindent" >With <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-21056"></a>, commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cgls </span>use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous
+ usage count for that entry was equal to&#x00A0;1. With <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>the test is now
+ for entries that have the <span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-21057"></a> attribute set and where the previous
+ usage count for that entry is less than or equal to the value of that
+ attribute.
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">glossdesc</span><a
+ id="dx1-21058"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossentrydesc</span><a
+ id="dx1-21059"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary
+ styles) is modified by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>to check for this attribute. If the
+ attribute is set to &#8220;firstuc&#8221;, the first letter of the description will be
+ converted to upper case (using <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsentrydesc</span><a
+ id="dx1-21060"></a>). If the attribute is set
+ to &#8220;title&#8221;, the title casing command <span
+class="ectt-1000">\capitalisewords</span><a
+ id="dx1-21061"></a> (provided by
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">mfirstuc</span><a
+ id="dx1-21062"></a>) is used on the name. Any other values of this attribute are
+ ignored.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">glossname</span><a
+ id="dx1-21063"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">As <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossdesc</span><a
+ id="dx1-21064"></a> but applies to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossentryname</span><a
+ id="dx1-21065"></a>. Additionally, if this
+ attribute is set to &#8220;uc&#8221; the name is converted to all capitals.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">indexname</span><a
+ id="dx1-21066"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">If set, the <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>hook used at the end of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossentyname</span><a
+ id="dx1-21067"></a>
+ will index the entry using <span
+class="ectt-1000">\index</span><a
+ id="dx1-21068"></a>. See <a
+href="#sec:autoindex">&sect;6 </a><a
+href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further
+ details.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecsx-1000">dualindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-21069"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external
+ glossary file through commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-21070"></a> and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsadd</span><a
+ id="dx1-21071"></a>, a&#x00A0;corresponding line
+ will be written to the indexing file using <span
+class="ectt-1000">\index</span><a
+ id="dx1-21072"></a>. See <a
+href="#sec:autoindex">&sect;6 </a><a
+href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for
+
+
+
+ further details.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2534--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using:
+</p><!--l. 2535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glssetcategoryattribute</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21073"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glssetcategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2537--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9; is the category label, &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9; is the attribute label and
+&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">value</span>&#x27E9; is the new value for the attribute.
+</p><!--l. 2542--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-21074"></a> attribute to &#8220;true&#8221;:
+</p><!--l. 2544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glssetregularcategory</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21075"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glssetregularcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2546--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2548--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
+shortcut command:
+</p><!--l. 2550--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glssetattribute</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21076"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glssetattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2552--><p class="noindent" >
+This uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note
+that this will affect all other entries that share this entry&#8217;s category.
+</p><!--l. 2557--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 2559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21077"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsgetcategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2561--><p class="noindent" >
+Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given
+entry:
+</p><!--l. 2564--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsgetattribute</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21078"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsgetattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2566--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2568--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 2570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glshascategoryattribute</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21079"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glshascategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">true</span>
+<span
+class="ecit-1000">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">false code</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2573--><p class="noindent" >
+This uses <span
+class="ecss-1000">etoolbox</span><a
+ id="dx1-21080"></a>&#8217;s <span
+class="ectt-1000">\ifcsvoid </span>and does &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">true code</span>&#x27E9; if the attribute has been set and
+isn&#8217;t blank and isn&#8217;t <span
+class="ectt-1000">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label
+from an entry is:
+</p><!--l. 2578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glshasattribute</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21081"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glshasattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">true</span>
+<span
+class="ecit-1000">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">false code</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2581--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 2585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsifcategoryattribute</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21082"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifcategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">true-part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 2587--><p class="noindent" >
+This tests if the attribute (given by &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;) for the category (given by
+&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;) is set and equal to &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">value</span>&#x27E9;. If true, &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">true-part</span>&#x27E9; is done. If the attribute
+isn&#8217;t set or is set but isn&#8217;t equal to &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">value</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">false part</span>&#x27E9; is done.
+</p><!--l. 2594--><p class="indent" > For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
+\glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO&#x00A0;HYPER}{HYPER}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2597--><p class="nopar" > This does &#8220;NO HYPER&#8221; if the <span
+class="ecss-1000">general</span><a
+ id="dx1-21083"></a> category has the <span
+class="ecss-1000">nohyper</span><a
+ id="dx1-21084"></a> attribute set to <span
+class="ectt-1000">true</span>
+otherwise if does &#8220;HYPER&#8221;.
+</p><!--l. 2602--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <span
+class="ecss-1000">nohyper</span><a
+ id="dx1-21085"></a>, make sure you always test for <span
+class="ectt-1000">true</span>
+not <span
+class="ectt-1000">false </span>in case the attribute hasn&#8217;t been set.
+</p><!--l. 2605--><p class="indent" > Again there&#8217;s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
+entry:
+</p><!--l. 2607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsifattribute</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21086"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">true-part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2609--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2611--><p class="indent" > There&#8217;s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span><a
+ id="dx1-21087"></a>
+attribute set:
+</p><!--l. 2613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsifregularcategory</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21088"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifregularcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">true-part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2615--><p class="noindent" >
+Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry:
+</p><!--l. 2618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsifregular</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21089"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifregular{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">true-part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2622--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 2624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsforeachincategory[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">glossary-cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label-cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">body</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2625--><p class="noindent" >
+This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated
+list &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9; that have the category given by &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9; and performs &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">body</span>&#x27E9;
+for each match. Within &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">body</span>&#x27E9;, you can use &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">glossary-cs</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label-cs</span>&#x27E9; (which much be
+control sequences) to access the current glossary and entry label. If &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9; is
+omitted, all glossaries are assumed.
+</p><!--l. 2635--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
+attribute using:
+</p><!--l. 2637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsforeachwithattribute</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21090"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsforeachwithattribute[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-value</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">glossary-cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label-cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">body</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" >
+This will do &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">body</span>&#x27E9; for each entry that has a category with the attribute &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;
+set to &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">attribute-value</span>&#x27E9;. The remaining arguments are as the previous command.
+</p><!--l. 2644--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
+field changing commands, such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfielddef</span><a
+ id="dx1-21091"></a>. Alternatively, you can
+use
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 2647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrsetcategory</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21092"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsetcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">entry-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" >
+This will change the category to &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9; for each entry listed in the
+comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">entry-labels</span>&#x27E9;. This command uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfieldxdef</span><a
+ id="dx1-21093"></a> so it will
+expand &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9; and make the change global.
+</p><!--l. 2655--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
+using:
+</p><!--l. 2657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-21094"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2659--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of glossary labels.
+
+
+
+</p>
+<!--l. 2663--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 2663--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a
+ id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting</h2>
+</p><!--l. 2666--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a
+href="#sec:entrycountmods">&sect;1.3.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>
+modifies the <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22001"></a> command to allow for the <span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22002"></a>
+attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22003"></a>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a
+href="#sec:categories">&sect;4
+</a><a
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
+</p><!--l. 2673--><p class="indent" > You may now use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cgls</span><a
+ id="dx1-22004"></a> instead of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-22005"></a> even if you haven&#8217;t enabled entry
+counting. You will only get a warning if you use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsenableentrycount </span>without
+setting the <span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22006"></a> attribute. (With <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-22007"></a>, commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cgls</span><a
+ id="dx1-22008"></a> will generate
+a warning if <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn&#8217;t been used.) The abbreviation shortcut
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\ab</span><a
+ id="dx1-22009"></a> uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cgls </span>(see <a
+href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">&sect;2.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>) unlike the acronym shortcut <span
+class="ectt-1000">\ac</span><a
+ id="dx1-22010"></a>
+which uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>.
+</p><!--l. 2683--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-22011"></a>) are also available:
+</p><!--l. 2685--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\cGLS</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22012"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cGLS[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2687--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 2689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\cGLSpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22013"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cGLSpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2691--><p class="noindent" >
+These are analogous to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cgls </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cglspl </span>but they use
+</p><!--l. 2694--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\cGLSformat</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22014"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cGLSformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2696--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 2698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\cGLSplformat</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22015"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cGLSplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2700--><p class="noindent" >
+which convert the analogous <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cglsformat </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cglsplformat </span>to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 2704--><p class="indent" > [TODO: work out what to do about other commands such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsdisp</span></span></span> and
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glstext</span></span></span>.]
+</p><!--l. 2707--><p class="indent" > Just using <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-22016"></a>:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
+\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
+&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\glsenableentrycount
+&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\cgls{html}.
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2729--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2731--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22017"></a> attribute:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
+\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\glsenableentrycount
+&#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\cgls{html}.
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2756--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2758--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cgls</span><a
+ id="dx1-22018"></a> now
+use
+</p><!--l. 2760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22019"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrifcounttrigger{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">trigger code</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">normal</span>
+<span
+class="ecit-1000">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" >
+to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; uses
+commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cglsformat </span>and unsets the <a
+ id="dx1-22020"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. The &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">normal code</span>&#x27E9; is the
+code that would ordinarily be performed by whatever the equivalent command is (for
+example, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cgls </span>will use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cglsformat </span>in &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; but the usual <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>behaviour in
+&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">normal code</span>&#x27E9;).
+</p><!--l. 2772--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifnum\glsentryprevcount{#1}&#x003E;\glsgetattribute{#1}{entrycount}\relax
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#3%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#2%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{#3}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2785--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22021"></a>
+attribute then the &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; will be used if the previous count value (the number of
+times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the
+attribute.
+</p><!--l. 2792--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
+four:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2796--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2798--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22022"></a> attribute and redefine <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-22023"></a>, etc to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\cgls</span><a
+ id="dx1-22024"></a> etc:
+</p><!--l. 2801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22025"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2803--><p class="noindent" >
+The first argument &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">categories</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of categories. For each
+category, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22026"></a> attribute is set to &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">value</span>&#x27E9;. In addition, this does:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
+\renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%
+&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
+&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
+&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\Glspl}{\cGlspl}%
+&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
+&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
+</div>
+<!--l. 2814--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
+</p><!--l. 2818--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will
+just set the <span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22027"></a> attribute for each listed category.
+</p><!--l. 2822--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
+\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{abbreviation}{1}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\gls{xml}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{xml}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2844--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2846--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
+an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands
+will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can
+use
+</p><!--l. 2851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22028"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2853--><p class="noindent" >
+where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">categories</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should
+be applied, &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">value</span>&#x27E9; is the trigger value and &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">counter-name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the counter
+used by the sectional unit.
+</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s output routine, discrepancies will
+occur in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span
+class="ecss-1000">page</span><a
+ id="dx1-22029"></a> counter. </div>
+</p><!--l. 2863--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="indent" > Note that you can&#8217;t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
+counting in the same document.
+</p><!--l. 2868--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span
+class="ectt-1000">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;
+needs to be expandable. Since <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-22030"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\theH</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">counter-name</span>&#x27E9; as an expandable alternative, <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>will use
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\theH</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">counter-name</span>&#x27E9; if it exists otherwise it will use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;.
+</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22031"></a> (as before) and
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">unitcount</span><a
+ id="dx1-22032"></a> (the name of the counter).
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
+mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for
+this run:
+</p><!--l. 2881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22033"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2883--><p class="noindent" >
+and the final value from the previous run:
+</p><!--l. 2885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsentryprevcount</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22034"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryprevcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2887--><p class="noindent" >
+In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span
+class="ecti-1000">for the current unit</span>. In
+both commands &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label.
+</p><!--l. 2892--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
+</p><!--l. 2893--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22035"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2895--><p class="noindent" >
+which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry
+given by &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;, and
+</p><!--l. 2898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22036"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="noindent" >
+which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.
+</p><!--l. 2903--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
+</p><!--l. 2905--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
+\documentclass{report}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter}
+&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{css}{CSS}{cascading&#x00A0;style&#x00A0;sheet}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={sample}}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />\chapter{Sample}
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;three&#x00A0;times:&#x00A0;\gls{css}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{css}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{css}.
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\chapter{Another&#x00A0;Sample}
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{css}.
+&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 2936--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span
+class="ectt-1000">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is
+more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a
+ id="dx1-22037"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>
+with the short form used on subsequent use, and the <span
+class="ectt-1000">css </span>entries in that
+chapter are added to the glossary. In the second chapter, the <span
+class="ectt-1000">css </span>entry is
+only used once, which trips the suppression trigger, so in that chapter, the
+long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn&#8217;t get a line added to the glossary
+file.
+</p><!--l. 2947--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ectt-1000">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing
+suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the
+first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger
+value.
+</p><!--l. 2953--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ectt-1000">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn&#8217;t trip the indexing
+suppression because it&#8217;s in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">general</span><a
+ id="dx1-22038"></a> category, which hasn&#8217;t been listed in
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>.
+</p><!--l. 2958--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
+
+
+
+example document the trigger value is set to zero, which means the index suppression
+won&#8217;t be triggered, but the unit entry count is used to automatically suppress the
+hyperlink for commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-22039"></a> by modifying the hook
+</p><!--l. 2964--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-22040"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2966--><p class="noindent" >
+which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the
+hyperlink.
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
+\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{general}{0}{page}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifnum\glsentrycurrcount\glslabel&#x003E;0
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />A&#x00A0;\gls{sample}&#x00A0;entry.
+&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\newpage
+&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;page:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
+&#x00A0;<br />Again:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3001--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each
+page.
+</p><!--l. 3005--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span
+class="ecss-1000">page</span><a
+ id="dx1-22041"></a> counter still applies. If the
+first instance of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>occurs at the top of the page within a paragraph that
+started on the previous page, then the count will continue from the previous
+page.
+
+
+
+</p>
+<!--l. 3010--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 3010--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a
+ id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2>
+</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="indent" > It&#8217;s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
+and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in
+this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <span
+class="ecss-1000">indexname</span><a
+ id="dx1-23001"></a> and
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">dualindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-23002"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 3019--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a
+ id="dx1-23003"></a> macro, used at the end of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossentryname</span><a
+ id="dx1-23004"></a> and
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glossentryname</span><a
+ id="dx1-23005"></a>, checks the <span
+class="ecss-1000">indexname</span><a
+ id="dx1-23006"></a> attribute for the category associated with
+that entry. Since <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossentryname </span>is used in the default glossary styles, this
+makes a convenient way of automatically indexing each entry name at its
+location in the glossary without fiddling around with the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-23007"></a>
+key.
+</p><!--l. 3028--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-23008"></a> package to write the information to the
+external glossary file is modified to check for the <span
+class="ecss-1000">dualindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-23009"></a> attribute.
+</p><!--l. 3032--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through
+</p><!--l. 3033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-23010"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrdoautoindexname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3035--><p class="noindent" >
+This uses the standard <span
+class="ectt-1000">\index</span><a
+ id="dx1-23011"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry&#8217;s
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">sort</span><a
+ id="dx1-23012"></a> key and the actual value set to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>. If the value of the
+attribute given by &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9; is &#8220;true&#8221;, no encap will be added, otherwise the
+encap will be the attribute value. For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3044--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span
+class="ectt-1000">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold
+whereas
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3049--><p class="nopar" > won&#8217;t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
+</p><!--l. 3052--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
+used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div>
+</p><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3059--><p class="indent" > By default the <span
+class="ecss-1000">format</span><a
+ id="dx1-23013"></a> key won&#8217;t be used with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">dualindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-23014"></a> attribute. You can
+allow the <span
+class="ecss-1000">format</span><a
+ id="dx1-23015"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
+command:
+</p><!--l. 3063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-23016"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" >
+If you use this command and <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-23017"></a> has been loaded, then the <span
+class="ecss-1000">theindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-23018"></a><a
+ id="dx1-23019"></a> environment
+will be modified to redefine <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glshypernumber</span><a
+ id="dx1-23020"></a> to allow formats that use that
+command.
+</p><!--l. 3070--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
+class="ecss-1000">dualindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-23021"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">indexonlyfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-23022"></a> attribute (or <span
+class="ecss-1000">indexonlyfirst</span><a
+ id="dx1-23023"></a> package option) is set. However, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">dualindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-23024"></a>
+attribute will honour the <span
+class="ecss-1000">noindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-23025"></a> key. </div>
+</p><!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3078--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\makeindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-23026"></a>&#8217;s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take
+care. This assumes the default <a
+ id="dx1-23027"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeindex</span></a> actual, level, quote and encap values
+(unless any of the commands <span
+class="ectt-1000">\actualchar</span><a
+ id="dx1-23028"></a>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\levelchar</span><a
+ id="dx1-23029"></a>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\quotechar</span><a
+ id="dx1-23030"></a> or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\encapchar</span><a
+ id="dx1-23031"></a>
+have been defined before <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded).
+</p><!--l. 3086--><p class="indent" > If this isn&#8217;t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
+the correct characters.
+</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
+</p><!--l. 3090--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-23032"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">char</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3094--><p class="noindent" >
+Set the actual character to &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">char</span>&#x27E9;.
+</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-23033"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">char</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" >
+Set the level character to &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">char</span>&#x27E9;.
+</p><!--l. 3102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-23034"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">char</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3104--><p class="noindent" >
+Set the escape (quote) character to &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">char</span>&#x27E9;.
+</p><!--l. 3107--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-23035"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">char</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3109--><p class="noindent" >
+Set the encap character to &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">char</span>&#x27E9;.
+
+
+
+</p>
+<!--l. 3112--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 3112--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a
+ id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2>
+</p><!--l. 3115--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">word</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">\index{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">word</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>,
+but they behave rather differently. If you want to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\index </span>then just use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\index</span>.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 3120--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3122--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-24001"></a> package advises against defining entries in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">document</span><a
+ id="dx1-24002"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24003"></a>
+environment. As mentioned in <a
+href="#sec:pkgopts">&sect;1.2 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts">New or Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a> above, this
+ability is disabled by default with <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using the
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">docdefs</span><a
+ id="dx1-24004"></a> package options.
+</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of
+defining and using entries within the <span
+class="ecss-1000">document</span><a
+ id="dx1-24005"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24006"></a> environment without the tricks used
+with the <span
+class="ecss-1000">docdefs</span><a
+ id="dx1-24007"></a> option. <span
+class="ecti-1000">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span>
+This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only
+command:
+</p><!--l. 3134--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-24008"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3136--><p class="noindent" >
+When used, this defines the commands described below.
+</p><!--l. 3139--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtr</span>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtr </span>and <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrpl </span>can&#8217;t be used after
+the glossaries have been displayed (through <span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossary</span><a
+ id="dx1-24009"></a> etc). It&#8217;s best not to
+mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>or there
+may be unexpected results. </div>
+</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtr</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-24010"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtr[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">][</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3149--><p class="noindent" >
+If an entry with the label &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9; has already been defined, this just does
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>. If &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9; hasn&#8217;t been defined, this will define the entry using:
+</p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{name={</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">},</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ectt-1000">&#x00A0;category=\glsxtrcat,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ectt-1000">&#x00A0;description={\nopostdesc},</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ectt-1000">&#x00A0;</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 3161--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9; must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting
+commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be
+omitted from the &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9; and placed in the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-24011"></a> key must be provided in the optional
+argument &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;. </div>
+</p><!--l. 3167--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9; should be empty if the entry has
+already been defined, since it&#8217;s too late for them. If it&#8217;s not empty, a&#x00A0;warning will be
+generated with
+</p><!--l. 3172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrWarning</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-24012"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrWarning{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3176--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtr</span>
+below:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
+\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;later
+&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3182--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3184--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
+\newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}}
+&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;later
+&#x00A0;<br />\goose\&#x00A0;some&#x00A0;more&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here
+</div>
+<!--l. 3190--><p class="nopar" > then don&#8217;t bother. It&#8217;s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
+preamble with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry</span><a
+ id="dx1-24013"></a> and then use <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>in the document.
+</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtr</span>:
+</p><!--l. 3196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsxtrpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-24014"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">][</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3198--><p class="noindent" >
+This is like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspl </span>instead of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>.
+</p><!--l. 3201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtr</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-24015"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtr[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">][</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3203--><p class="noindent" >
+This is like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Gls </span>instead of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>.
+</p><!--l. 3206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsxtrpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-24016"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">][</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3208--><p class="noindent" >
+This is like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glspl </span>instead of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span>.
+</p><!--l. 3211--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don&#8217;t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
+ASCII-only label, then it&#8217;s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;instead of
+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;(or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels
+without switching to <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;then there is a starred version of
+<span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;, but it&#8217;s
+experimental and may not work in some cases.
+</p><!--l. 3220--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don&#8217;t use any
+commands in the &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;, even if they expand to just text. </div>
+</p><!--l. 3224--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p>
+<!--l. 3226--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 3226--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a
+ id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2>
+</p><!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-25001"></a> bundle provides additional support packages <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-prefix</span><a
+ id="dx1-25002"></a> (for
+prefixing) and <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-25003"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren&#8217;t
+automatically loaded.
+</p>
+<!--l. 3234--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1 </span> <a
+ id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3>
+<!--l. 3237--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-prefix</span><a
+ id="dx1-26001"></a> after <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>. For
+example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
+\documentclass{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
+&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[prefix={an\space},
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;prefixfirst={a~}]
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
+&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
+&#x00A0;<br />First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.
+&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.
+&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
+&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3260--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2 </span> <a
+ id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3>
+<!--l. 3265--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-27001"></a> needs to be loaded before <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>or through the
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-27002"></a> package option:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
+\usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3270--><p class="nopar" > If you don&#8217;t load <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-27003"></a> or you load <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-27004"></a> after <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>
+the new <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands described below will simply be equivalent to the
+corresponding <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands.
+</p><!--l. 3277--><p class="indent" > The following <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands add accessibility information wrapped
+around the corresponding <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands. There is no check for existence
+of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing
+information.
+</p><!--l. 3282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccessname</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27005"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3284--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-27006"></a> field for the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;.
+</p><!--l. 3288--><p class="indent" > If the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-27007"></a> package isn&#8217;t loaded, this is simply defined as:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
+\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3292--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it&#8217;s defined as:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
+\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsnameaccessdisplay
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentryname{#1}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3302--><p class="nopar" > (<span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a
+ id="dx1-27008"></a> is defined by the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-27009"></a> package.) The first
+letter upper case version is:
+</p><!--l. 3306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccessname</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27010"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3308--><p class="noindent" >
+Without the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-27011"></a> package this is just defined as:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
+\newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3313--><p class="nopar" > With the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-27012"></a> package this is defined as:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
+\newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsnameaccessdisplay
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentryname{#1}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3323--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3325--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
+</p><!--l. 3326--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccesstext</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27013"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesstext{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3328--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">text</span><a
+ id="dx1-27014"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccesstext</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27015"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccesstext{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3333--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">text</span><a
+ id="dx1-27016"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 3337--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccessplural</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27017"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">plural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27018"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccessplural</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27019"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3344--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">plural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27020"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccessfirst</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27021"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3350--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span><a
+ id="dx1-27022"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccessfirst</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27023"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3355--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span><a
+ id="dx1-27024"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 3359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccessfirstplural</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27025"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3361--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">firstplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27026"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3364--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27027"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3366--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">firstplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27028"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 3370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccesssymbol</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27029"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesssymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3372--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">symbol</span><a
+ id="dx1-27030"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3375--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccesssymbol</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27031"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccesssymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3377--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">symbol</span><a
+ id="dx1-27032"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 3381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27033"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3383--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">symbolplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27034"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27035"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3388--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">symbolplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27036"></a> field with the first letter converted to
+upper case.
+</p><!--l. 3392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccessdesc</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27037"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-27038"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccessdesc</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27039"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-27040"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 3403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccessdescplural</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27041"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessdescplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3405--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">descplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27042"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccessdescplural</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27043"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessdescplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3410--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">descplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27044"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 3414--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccessshort</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27045"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3416--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-27046"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccessshort</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27047"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3421--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-27048"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 3425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccessshortpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27049"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3427--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27050"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccessshortpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27051"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3432--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27052"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 3436--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccesslong</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27053"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesslong{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3438--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long</span><a
+ id="dx1-27054"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccesslong</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27055"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccesslong{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3443--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">long</span><a
+ id="dx1-27056"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+</p><!--l. 3447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\glsaccesslongpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27057"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesslongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">longplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27058"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 3452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\Glsaccesslongpl</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-27059"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccesslongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3454--><p class="noindent" >
+This displays the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">longplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-27060"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+case.
+
+
+
+</p>
+<!--l. 3458--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 3458--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a
+ id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Files</h2>
+</p><!--l. 3461--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package:
+ </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Simple sample file that uses one of the dummy files provided by
+ the <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-28001"></a> package for testing.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-mixture.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">General entries, acronyms and initialisms all treated
+ differently.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-abbrv.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">General abbreviations.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Acronyms aren&#8217;t initialisms and don&#8217;t expand on <a
+ id="dx1-28002"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first
+ use</a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Acronyms that have a separate long form and
+ description.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-crossref.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Unused entries that have been cross-referenced
+ automatically are added at the end of the document.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-indexhook.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Use the index hook to track which entries have been
+ indexed (and therefore find out which ones haven&#8217;t been indexed).
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-footnote.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Footnote abbreviation style that moves the footnote
+ marker outside of the hyperlink generated by <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>and moves it after
+ certain punctuation characters for neatness.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-undef.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Warn on undefined entries instead of generating an error.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Different abbreviation styles for different
+ entries.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-initialisms.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Automatically insert dots into initialisms.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-postdot.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Another initialisms example.
+
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-postlink.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Automatically inserting text after the <a
+ id="dx1-28003"></a><a
+href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>
+ produced by commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>(outside of hyperlink, if present).
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-header.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Using entries in section/chapter headings.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-autoindex.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Using the <span
+class="ecss-1000">dualindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-28004"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">indexname</span><a
+ id="dx1-28005"></a> attributes to
+ automatically add glossary entries to the index (in addition to the glossary
+ <a
+ id="dx1-28006"></a><a
+href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a>).
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-autoindex-hyp.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">As previous but uses <span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-28007"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-nested.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Using <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-28008"></a> within the value of the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-28009"></a> key.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-entrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Enable entry-use counting (only index if used more
+ than <span
+class="cmmi-10">n </span>times).
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-unitentrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Enable use of per-unit entry-use counting.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-onelink.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Using the per-unit entry counting to only have one
+ hyperlink per entry per page.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-altmodifier.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Set the default options for commands like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>and
+ add an alternative modifier.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-onthefly.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Using on-the-fly commands. Terms with accents must
+ have the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-28010"></a> key explicitly set.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-onthefly-xetex.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Using on-the-fly commands with <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>.
+ Terms with UTF-8 characters don&#8217;t need to have the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-28011"></a> key explicitly
+ set. Terms that contain commands must have the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-28012"></a> key explicitly set
+ with the commands removed from the label.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-onthefly-utf8.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Tries to emulate the previous sample file for use
+ with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;through the starred version of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><a
+ id="dx1-28013"></a>.
+ This is a bit iffy and may not always work. Terms that contain commands
+ must have the <span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-28014"></a> key explicitly set with the commands removed from
+ the label.
+
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-accsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Integrate <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
+ id="dx1-28015"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ecbx-1000">sample-prefix.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Integrate <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-prefix</span><a
+ id="dx1-28016"></a>.
+ </dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<!--l. 3547--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 3547--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a
+ id="sec:lang"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h2>
+</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" > There&#8217;s only one command provided by <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>that you&#8217;re likely to want
+to change in your document and that&#8217;s <span
+class="ectt-1000">\abbreviationsname</span><a
+ id="dx1-29001"></a> (<a
+href="#sec:pkgopts">&sect;1.2 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts">New or
+Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a>) if you use the <span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviations</span><a
+ id="dx1-29002"></a> package option to
+automatically create the glossary labelled <span
+class="ectt-1000">abbreviations</span>. If this command
+doesn&#8217;t already exist, it will be defined to &#8220;Abbreviations&#8221; if <span
+class="ecss-1000">babel</span><a
+ id="dx1-29003"></a> hasn&#8217;t
+been loaded, otherwise it will be defined as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\acronymname </span>(provided by
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-29004"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
+\renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3563--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span
+class="ecss-1000">babel</span><a
+ id="dx1-29005"></a> or <span
+class="ecss-1000">polyglossia</span><a
+ id="dx1-29006"></a> captions hook:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
+\appto\captionsenglish{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3569--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3571--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
+class="ecss-1000">title</span><a
+ id="dx1-29007"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations.
+For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
+\printabbreviations[title={List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}]
+</div>
+<!--l. 3575--><p class="nopar" > or
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
+\printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}]
+</div>
+<!--l. 3579--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3581--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn&#8217;t
+appear in the final draft of your document.
+</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra </span>package has the facility to load language modules if they exist,
+but won&#8217;t warn if they don&#8217;t.
+</p><!--l. 3587--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
+called <span
+class="ectt-1000">glossariesxtr-</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">.ldf</span>, where &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">lang</span>&#x27E9; is the language name (see the <span
+class="ecss-1000">tracklang</span><a
+ id="dx1-29008"></a>
+package). For example, <span
+class="ectt-1000">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>.
+</p><!--l. 3593--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
+\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{french}[2015/12/09&#x00A0;v1.0]
+&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench}{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\def\abbreviationsname{Abr\&#8217;eviations}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+&#x00A0;<br />\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench
+&#x00A0;<br />\ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}
+&#x00A0;<br />{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}%
+&#x00A0;<br />{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3621--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3623--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
+identifier <span
+class="ectt-1000">french </span>and the translated text <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">Abr\&#8217;eviations</span></span></span> as appropriate. This <span
+class="ectt-1000">.ldf</span>
+file then needs to be put somewhere on <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s path so that it can be found by
+<span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-extra</span>. You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so that it can
+be useful to others. (Please don&#8217;t send it to me. I already have more packages than I
+am able to maintain.)
+</p><!--l. 3632--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
+when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine the following commands:
+</p><!--l. 3635--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-29009"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">file</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3637--><p class="noindent" >
+This produces the following text in English:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 3640--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
+ glossary &#8216;&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecti-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;&#8217; (which should be called &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">file</span>&#x27E9;) hasn&#8217;t been created.</p></div>
+
+
+
+<!--l. 3643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-29010"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3645--><p class="noindent" >
+This produces the following text in English:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 3648--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
+ this glossary.</p></div>
+<!--l. 3651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-29011"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3653--><p class="noindent" >
+This produces the following text in English:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" >If you don&#8217;t want this glossary, add <span
+class="ectt-1000">nomain </span>to your package option
+ list when you load <span
+class="ectt-1000">glossaries-extra.sty</span>. For example:</p></div>
+<!--l. 3659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-29012"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="noindent" >
+This produces the following text in English:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 3664--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">type=</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9; when you defined your entries?
+ If you tried to load entries into this glossary with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\loadglsentries</span>
+ did you remember to use <span
+class="ectt-1000">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">] </span>as the optional argument? If you
+ did, check that the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type
+ set to <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsdefaulttype</span>.</p></div>
+<!--l. 3667--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-29013"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">file</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3669--><p class="noindent" >
+This produces the following text in English:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 3672--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">file</span>&#x27E9;. If it&#8217;s empty, that means you
+ haven&#8217;t indexed any of your entries in this glossary (using commands
+ like <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls </span>or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsadd</span>) so this list can&#8217;t be generated. If the file isn&#8217;t
+ empty, the document build process hasn&#8217;t been completed.</p></div>
+<!--l. 3675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-29014"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3677--><p class="noindent" >
+This produces the following text in English:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 3680--><p class="noindent" >You need
+ to either replace <span
+class="ectt-1000">\makenoidxglossaries </span>with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\makeglossaries </span>or
+
+
+
+ replace <span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossary </span>(or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossaries</span>)
+ with <span
+class="ectt-1000">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\printnoidxglossaries</span>) and then
+ rebuild this document.</p></div>
+<!--l. 3683--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-29015"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">file</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3685--><p class="noindent" >
+This produces the following text in English:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 3688--><p class="noindent" >The file &#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">file</span>&#x27E9; doesn&#8217;t exist. This most likely means you haven&#8217;t used
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\makeglossaries </span>or you have used <span
+class="ectt-1000">\nofiles</span>. If this is just a draft
+ version of the document, you can suppress this message using the
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">nomissingglstext </span>package option.</p></div>
+<!--l. 3691--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-29016"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3693--><p class="noindent" >
+This produces the following text in English:
+ </p><div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 3696--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div>
+<!--l. 3699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-29017"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3701--><p class="noindent" >
+This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. See the documented code
+(<span
+class="ectt-1000">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further details.
+</p><!--l. 3706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="ectt-0900">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span><span
+class="ectt-0900">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
+ id="dx1-29018"></a> <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake{</span>&#x27E8;<span
+class="ecit-1000">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
+class="ectt-1000">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3708--><p class="noindent" >
+This is the message produced when the <span
+class="ecss-1000">automake</span><a
+ id="dx1-29019"></a> option is used, but the document
+needs a rerun or the shell escape setting doesn&#8217;t permit the execution of the external
+application. This command also generates a warning in the transcript file. See the
+documented code for further details.
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > <a
+ id="likesection.1"></a><a
+ id="glossary"></a>
+
+
+
+</p>
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 1--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
+ id="x1-3000010"></a>Glossary</h2>
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="glo:entrylocation"></a><span
+class="ecbx-1000">entry location</span><a
+ id="dx1-30001"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to
+ the page number on which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple
+ locations.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="glo:firstuse"></a><span
+class="ecbx-1000">first use</span><a
+ id="dx1-30002"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document
+ or after a reset) with one of the following commands: <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-30003"></a>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-30004"></a>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLS</span><a
+ id="dx1-30005"></a>,
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glspl</span><a
+ id="dx1-30006"></a>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glspl</span><a
+ id="dx1-30007"></a>, <span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSpl</span><a
+ id="dx1-30008"></a> or <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsdisp</span><a
+ id="dx1-30009"></a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="glo:firstuseflag"></a><span
+class="ecbx-1000">first use flag</span><a
+ id="dx1-30010"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been
+ used according to the rules of <a
+ id="dx1-30011"></a><a
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="glo:firstusetext"></a><span
+class="ecbx-1000">first use text</span><a
+ id="dx1-30012"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">The text that is displayed on <a
+ id="dx1-30013"></a>first use, which is governed by the
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span><a
+ id="dx1-30014"></a> and <span
+class="ecss-1000">firstplural</span><a
+ id="dx1-30015"></a> keys of <span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry</span><a
+ id="dx1-30016"></a>. (May be overridden by
+ <span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsdisp</span><a
+ id="dx1-30017"></a>.)
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="glo:linktext"></a><span
+class="ecbx-1000">link-text</span><a
+ id="dx1-30018"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">The text produced by commands such as <span
+class="ectt-1000">\gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-30019"></a>. It may or may not
+ have a hyperlink to the glossary.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="glo:locationlist"></a><span
+class="ecbx-1000">location list</span><a
+ id="dx1-30020"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">A list of <a
+ id="dx1-30021"></a><a
+href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a>. See <a
+ id="dx1-30022"></a><a
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeglossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-30023"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">A custom designed Perl script interface provided with the
+ <span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries </span>package to run <a
+ id="dx1-30024"></a><a
+href="#glo:xindy"><span
+class="ectt-1000">xindy</span></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-30025"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeindex</span></a> according to the document
+ settings.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="glo:makeindex"></a><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-30026"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">An indexing application.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="glo:numberlist"></a><span
+class="ecbx-1000">number list</span><a
+ id="dx1-30027"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">A list of <a
+ id="dx1-30028"></a>entry locations (also called a location list). The number
+ list can be suppressed using the <span
+class="ecss-1000">nonumberlist</span><a
+ id="dx1-30029"></a> package option.
+
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="glo:xindy"></a><span
+class="ectt-1000">xindy</span><a
+ id="dx1-30030"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">An flexible indexing application with multilingual support written in
+ Perl.</dd></dl>
+
+
+
+ <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
+ id="x1-3100010"></a>Index</h2> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">A</span>
+ <div class="theindex"><span class="index-item">abbreviation styles:<br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12043" >1</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18054" >2</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18062" >3</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18065" >4</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18068" >5</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18071" >6</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19021" >7</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18067" >8</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18061" >9</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19041" >10</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">footnote-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18064" >11</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19042" >12</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14002" >13</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17046" >14</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17051" >15</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17055" >16</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17058" >17</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17031" >18</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17037" >19</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17041" >20</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17044" >21</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17047" >22</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-desc-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17043" >23</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-desc-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17036" >24</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-desc-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17040" >25</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17057" >26</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17050" >27</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9044" >28</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12028" >29</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12031" >30</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12041" >31</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18002" >32</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18007" >33</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18010" >34</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18013" >35</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19017" >36</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18015" >37</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18020" >38</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18023" >39</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18026" >40</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18012" >41</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-em-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18025" >42</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12030" >43</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18006" >44</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-sc-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18019" >45</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18009" >46</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-short-sm-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18022" >47</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17054" >48</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">postfootnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7053" >49</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18070" >50</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18079" >51</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18082" >52</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18085" >53</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">postfootnote-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18084" >54</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">postfootnote-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18078" >55</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">postfootnote-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18081" >56</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12019" >57</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12042" >58</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14003" >59</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14017" >60</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17002" >61</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17008" >62</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17011" >63</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17014" >64</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17017" >65</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17020" >66</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17023" >67</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17016" >68</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17026" >69</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17029" >70</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-em</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17013" >71</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-em-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17028" >72</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-em-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18038" >73</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19087" >74</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-em-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18051" >75</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12021" >76</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18028" >77</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18033" >78</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18036" >79</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18039" >80</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19083" >81</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18041" >82</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18046" >83</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18049" >84</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18052" >85</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17007" >86</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-sc-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17022" >87</a> <br /></span>
+
+
+
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-sc-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18032" >88</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19085" >89</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-sc-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18045" >90</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17010" >91</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-sm-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17025" >92</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-sm-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18035" >93</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19086" >94</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short-sm-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18048" >95</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\abbreviationsname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4042" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">96</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19044" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">97</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item">acronym styles (glossaries):<br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ectt-1000">long-sp-short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10006" >98</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">amsgen </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15" >99</a> <br /></span>
+<p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">B</span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">babel </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >100</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3016" >101</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4043" >102</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4044" >103</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4045" >104</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21002" >105</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29003" >106</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29005" >107</a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">C</span>
+<span class="index-item">categories:<br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviation</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8003" >108</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12022" >109</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13007" >110</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21004" >111</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">acronym</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11014" >112</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12020" >113</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13006" >114</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21005" >115</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21019" >116</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">general</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7027" >117</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7052" >118</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11013" >119</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11016" >120</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21003" >121</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21018" >122</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21083" >123</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22038" >124</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5007" >125</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21008" >126</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">number</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21014" >127</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">symbol</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7034" >128</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21011" >129</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item">category attributes:<br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">aposplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16030" >130</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21038" >131</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21045" >132</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">discardperiod</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7023" >133</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21030" >134</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21033" >135</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21037" >136</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">dualindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21069" >137</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23002" >138</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23009" >139</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23014" >140</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23021" >141</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23024" >142</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28004" >143</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">entrycount</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8002" >144</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21052" >145</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21057" >146</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22002" >147</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22006" >148</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22017" >149</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22021" >150</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22022" >151</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22026" >152</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22027" >153</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22031" >154</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">glossdesc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11005" >155</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21058" >156</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21064" >157</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">glossname</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11004" >158</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21063" >159</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">headuc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20020" >160</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20022" >161</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21047" >162</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">indexname</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11009" >163</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21066" >164</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23001" >165</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23006" >166</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28005" >167</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">indexonlyfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6006" >168</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21028" >169</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23022" >170</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">insertdots</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12005" >171</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21034" >172</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">nohyper</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21025" >173</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21084" >174</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21085" >175</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">nohyperfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18056" >176</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19022" >177</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19024" >178</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21021" >179</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">noshortplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12006" >180</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16031" >181</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21041" >182</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21046" >183</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">pluraldiscardperiod</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21032" >184</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">regular</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7005" >185</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7015" >186</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7018" >187</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14004" >188</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16005" >189</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16014" >190</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17001" >191</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18001" >192</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19023" >193</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19053" >194</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19057" >195</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19061" >196</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19065" >197</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21020" >198</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21074" >199</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21087" >200</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">tagging</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13002" >201</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13005" >202</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13008" >203</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21049" >204</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">unitcount</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22032" >205</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\cGLS</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22012" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">206</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\cGLSformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22014" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">207</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\cGLSpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22013" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">208</span></a> <br /></span>
+
+
+
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\cGLSplformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22015" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">209</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19009" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">210</span></a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">D</span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">datatool-base </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14" >211</a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">E</span>
+<span class="index-item">entry location&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30001" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">212</span></a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30021" >213</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30028" >214</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">etoolbox </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10" >215</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21080" >216</a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">F</span>
+<span class="index-item">first use&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6004" >217</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7011" >218</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7032" >219</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7033" >220</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7036" >221</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7041" >222</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7046" >223</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7049" >224</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7051" >225</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9009" >226</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9017" >227</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9018" >228</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9019" >229</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9020" >230</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9024" >231</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9028" >232</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9033" >233</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9045" >234</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9046" >235</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10009" >236</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10010" >237</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12002" >238</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12025" >239</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12033" >240</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12037" >241</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12038" >242</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14016" >243</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14018" >244</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16006" >245</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16020" >246</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17003" >247</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18003" >248</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18016" >249</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18029" >250</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18042" >251</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18055" >252</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18057" >253</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18074" >254</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19045" >255</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19049" >256</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19052" >257</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19056" >258</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19060" >259</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19064" >260</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21023" >261</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22037" >262</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28002" >263</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30002" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">264</span></a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30011" >265</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30013" >266</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item">first use flag&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7039" >267</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20002" >268</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22020" >269</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30010" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">270</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item">first use text&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30012" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">271</span></a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30031" >272</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">fontenc </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16024" >273</a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">G</span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-2" >274</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3" >275</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >276</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5" >277</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6" >278</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >279</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-2001" >280</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3001" >281</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3009" >282</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3011" >283</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >284</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3033" >285</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4001" >286</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4002" >287</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4003" >288</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4004" >289</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4006" >290</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4007" >291</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4019" >292</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4025" >293</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4033" >294</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4034" >295</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4049" >296</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4053" >297</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4056" >298</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4060" >299</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4063" >300</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4066" >301</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4069" >302</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4071" >303</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5001" >304</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6003" >305</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6012" >306</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7001" >307</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7008" >308</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7020" >309</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7042" >310</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9005" >311</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9031" >312</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10002" >313</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10004" >314</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10007" >315</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12001" >316</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12011" >317</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12013" >318</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12018" >319</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12023" >320</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14006" >321</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16028" >322</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19003" >323</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19006" >324</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19008" >325</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19025" >326</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19030" >327</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19035" >328</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20001" >329</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20006" >330</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20015" >331</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21056" >332</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22007" >333</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22011" >334</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22016" >335</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23008" >336</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24001" >337</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25001" >338</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28001" >339</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29004" >340</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-accsupp </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4009" >341</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4010" >342</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4013" >343</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4016" >344</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19081" >345</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19082" >346</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25003" >347</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27001" >348</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27003" >349</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27004" >350</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27007" >351</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27009" >352</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27011" >353</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27012" >354</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28015" >355</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">glossaries-prefix </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25002" >356</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26001" >357</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28016" >358</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glossariesextrasetup</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4085" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">359</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12029" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">360</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsabbrvfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12026" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">361</span></a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19048" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">362</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessdesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27039" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">363</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessdesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27037" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">364</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessdescplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27043" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">365</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessdescplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27041" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">366</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27023" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">367</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27021" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">368</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27027" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">369</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessfirstplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27025" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">370</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccesslong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27055" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">371</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesslong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27053" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">372</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccesslongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27059" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">373</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesslongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27057" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">374</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27010" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">375</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27005" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">376</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27019" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">377</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27017" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">378</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27047" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">379</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27045" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">380</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccessshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27051" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">381</span></a> <br /></span>
+
+
+
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccessshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27049" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">382</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccesssymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27031" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">383</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesssymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27029" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">384</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27035" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">385</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27033" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">386</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsaccesstext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27015" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">387</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsaccesstext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27013" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">388</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsacspace</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10005" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">389</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsacspacemax</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10008" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">390</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glscategory</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21015" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">391</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glscategorylabel</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19039" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">392</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glscurrententrylabel</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11015" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">393</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentrycurrcount</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22033" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">394</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryprevcount</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22034" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">395</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22036" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">396</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22035" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">397</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12032" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">398</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12024" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">399</span></a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19046" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">400</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12036" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">401</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfirstlongfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12034" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">402</span></a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19050" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">403</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmtfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20035" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">404</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20034" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">405</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20037" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">406</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtfirstpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20036" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">407</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmtplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20032" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">408</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20031" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">409</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmtshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20026" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">410</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20024" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">411</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmtshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20027" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">412</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmtshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20025" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">413</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsfmttext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20030" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">414</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsfmttext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20029" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">415</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsforeachwithattribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21090" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">416</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsgetattribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21078" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">417</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21077" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">418</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glshasattribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21081" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">419</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glshascategoryattribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21079" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">420</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifattribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21086" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">421</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifcategory</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21016" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">422</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifcategoryattribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21082" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">423</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifregular</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21089" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">424</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsifregularcategory</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21088" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">425</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glskeylisttok</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19037" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">426</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslabeltok</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19036" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">427</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslink </span>options<br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">format</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23013" >428</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23015" >429</a> <br /></span>
+
+
+
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">hyper</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21024" >430</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21027" >431</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">noindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6001" >432</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6007" >433</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20018" >434</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23025" >435</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22040" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">436</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslongpltok</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19032" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">437</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glslongtok</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19031" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">438</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glssetattribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21076" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">439</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21073" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">440</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glssetregularcategory</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21075" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">441</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsshortpltok</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19027" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">442</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsshorttok</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19026" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">443</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtr</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24015" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">444</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtr</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24010" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">445</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6021" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">446</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23010" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">447</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6010" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">448</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22025" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">449</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22028" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">450</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23016" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">451</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13001" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">452</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24008" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">453</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrfull</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14024" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">454</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfull</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14021" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">455</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfull</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14014" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">456</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19058" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">457</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19054" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">458</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrfullpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14033" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">459</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfullpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14032" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">460</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14031" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">461</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19066" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">462</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullplformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19062" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">463</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrfullsep</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16039" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">464</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22019" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">465</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7040" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">466</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19073" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">467</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19070" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">468</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19080" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">469</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19077" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">470</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrlong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14020" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">471</span></a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14023" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">472</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrlong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14012" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">473</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrlongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14030" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">474</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrlongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14029" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">475</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrlongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14028" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">476</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrnewnumber</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4061" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">477</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4057" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">478</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29018" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">479</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29017" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">480</span></a> <br /></span>
+
+
+
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29013" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">481</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29011" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">482</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29012" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">483</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29010" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">484</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29009" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">485</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29014" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">486</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29015" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">487</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29016" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">488</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24016" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">489</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24014" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">490</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostdescription</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11011" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">491</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlink</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7024" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">492</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7031" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">493</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7035" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">494</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7025" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">495</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7022" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">496</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11008" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">497</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19020" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">498</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20014" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">499</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16025" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">500</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrscsuffix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16026" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">501</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23032" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">502</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7060" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">503</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsetcategory</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21092" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">504</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21094" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">505</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7057" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">506</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23035" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">507</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23034" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">508</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23033" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">509</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14019" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">510</span></a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14022" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">511</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14010" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">512</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GLSxtrshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14027" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">513</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\Glsxtrshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14026" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">514</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14025" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">515</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16032" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">516</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16035" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">517</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\glsxtrtagfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13003" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">518</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19084" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">519</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19040" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">520</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\GlsXtrWarning</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24012" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">521</span></a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">H</span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">hyperref </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9027" >522</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18058" >523</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20003" >524</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20004" >525</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20005" >526</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20010" >527</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20017" >528</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22030" >529</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23017" >530</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28007" >531</a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">L</span>
+
+
+
+<span class="index-item">link-text&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7002" >532</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7004" >533</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7021" >534</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7030" >535</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7038" >536</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7043" >537</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7047" >538</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7050" >539</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7054" >540</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9035" >541</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9036" >542</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18073" >543</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21031" >544</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28003" >545</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30018" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">546</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item">location list&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28006" >547</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30020" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">548</span></a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">M</span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeglossaries</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3030" >549</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3032" >550</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3034" >551</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30023" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">552</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ectt-1000">makeindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3025" >553</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3031" >554</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3035" >555</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4028" >556</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23027" >557</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30025" >558</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30026" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">559</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">memoir </span>class&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3024" >560</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">mfirstuc </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >561</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21062" >562</a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">N</span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviation</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12003" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">563</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\newabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19001" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">564</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">category</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5004" >565</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12004" >566</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12012" >567</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21001" >568</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27038" >569</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27040" >570</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">descplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27042" >571</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27044" >572</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">description</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17005" >573</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17019" >574</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17021" >575</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17035" >576</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17049" >577</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18005" >578</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18018" >579</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18031" >580</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18044" >581</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18060" >582</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18077" >583</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19016" >584</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">first</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7009" >585</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9004" >586</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16008" >587</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16015" >588</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19012" >589</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19018" >590</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20033" >591</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27022" >592</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27024" >593</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30014" >594</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">firstplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7010" >595</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19013" >596</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19019" >597</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27026" >598</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27028" >599</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30015" >600</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12046" >601</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16012" >602</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27054" >603</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27056" >604</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">longplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12047" >605</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19033" >606</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27058" >607</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27060" >608</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">name</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9002" >609</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17004" >610</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17018" >611</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17034" >612</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17048" >613</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18004" >614</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18017" >615</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18030" >616</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18043" >617</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18059" >618</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18076" >619</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19010" >620</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23007" >621</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24011" >622</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27006" >623</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28009" >624</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28010" >625</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28011" >626</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28012" >627</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28014" >628</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">plural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7013" >629</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19015" >630</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27018" >631</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27020" >632</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">see</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4037" >633</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4038" >634</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6011" >635</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6013" >636</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6014" >637</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6016" >638</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6023" >639</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6024" >640</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7006" >641</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7014" >642</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7017" >643</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12044" >644</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16011" >645</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16018" >646</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21043" >647</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27046" >648</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27048" >649</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">shortplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12007" >650</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12045" >651</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16029" >652</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19028" >653</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19043" >654</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21036" >655</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21040" >656</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21044" >657</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27050" >658</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27052" >659</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">sort</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4058" >660</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19011" >661</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23012" >662</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">symbol</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27030" >663</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27032" >664</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">symbolplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27034" >665</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27036" >666</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">text</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7012" >667</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9003" >668</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16010" >669</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16016" >670</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19014" >671</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20028" >672</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27014" >673</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27016" >674</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item">number list&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7058" >675</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30022" >676</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30027" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">677</span></a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">P</span>
+<span class="index-item">package options:<br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviations</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4040" >678</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4046" >679</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4047" >680</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4086" >681</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29002" >682</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">accsupp</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4008" >683</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4014" >684</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27002" >685</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">acronym</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4048" >686</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">acronymlists</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4054" >687</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">automake</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29019" >688</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">docdef</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4021" >689</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4032" >690</a> <br /></span>
+
+
+
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">docdefs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24004" >691</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24007" >692</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5006" >693</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21007" >694</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">indexcrossrefs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4036" >695</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4039" >696</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6022" >697</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">indexonlyfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6002" >698</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6005" >699</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21029" >700</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23023" >701</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">nomain</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3036" >702</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">nomissingglstext</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4035" >703</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">nonumberlist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30029" >704</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">nopostdot</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11017" >705</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3005" >706</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11012" >707</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3004" >708</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">noredefwarn</span><br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3010" >709</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3006" >710</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">numbers</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4059" >711</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4079" >712</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21013" >713</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">shortcuts</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4062" >714</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4084" >715</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">abbr</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4068" >716</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15002" >717</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviation</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15001" >718</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">abbreviations</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4067" >719</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">acro</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4065" >720</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">acronyms</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4064" >721</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">all</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >722</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4083" >723</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">none</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4082" >724</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">other</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4070" >725</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4081" >726</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">symbols</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4055" >727</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4076" >728</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21010" >729</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">toc</span><br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3003" >730</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3002" >731</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">translate</span><br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">babel</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3013" >732</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3015" >733</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">undefaction</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4017" >734</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5003" >735</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">error</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4018" >736</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">warn</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4020" >737</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ectt-1000">page </span>(counter)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22029" >738</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22041" >739</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">polyglossia </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29006" >740</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\printabbreviations</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4041" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">741</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\printglossary </span>options<br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
+class="ecss-1000">title</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29007" >742</a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">R</span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">relsize </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16033" >743</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\RestoreAcronyms</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">744</span></a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12016" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">745</span></a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">S</span>
+
+
+
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ectt-1000">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14001" ><span
+class="ecti-1000">746</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">slantsc </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20023" >747</a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">T</span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">textcase </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12" >748</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">tracklang </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >749</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29008" >750</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">translator </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3014" >751</a> <br /></span>
+</p><p class="theindex"> <span
+class="ecbx-1000">X</span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">xfor </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13" >752</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ectt-1000">xindy</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3026" >753</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4029" >754</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30024" >755</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30030" ><span
+class="ecbx-1000">756</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
+class="ecss-1000">xkeyval </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11" >757</a> <br /></span>
+</p></div>
+ <a
+ id="dx1-31001"></a>
+</body></html>
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..91357028309
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ac2400c853e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,3718 @@
+\documentclass[report,inlinetitle,widecs]{nlctdoc}
+
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{alltt}
+\usepackage{hologo}
+\usepackage[colorlinks,
+ hyperindex=false,
+ pdfauthor={Nicola L.C. Talbot},
+ pdftitle={glossaries-extra.sty: an extension to the glossaries
+package},
+ pdfkeywords={LaTeX,package,glossary,abbreviations}]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[nogroupskip,nonumberlist]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{general}{0}{page}
+
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{#3}
+
+\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
+ \ifnum\glsentrycurrcount\glslabel>0
+ \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\XeLaTeX}{\hologo{XeLaTeX}}
+\newcommand*{\LuaLaTeX}{\hologo{LuaLaTeX}}
+\newcommand*{\pdfLaTeX}{\hologo{pdfLaTeX}}
+
+\IndexPrologue{\chapter*{\indexname}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}%
+ \markboth{\indexname}{\indexname}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\main}[1]{\hyperpage{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\htextbf}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}}
+
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{htextbf}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{main}
+
+\newglossaryentry{xindy}{
+ name={\appfmt{xindy}},
+ sort={xindy},
+ description={An flexible indexing application with multilingual
+ support written in Perl.}
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{makeindex}{%
+ name={\appfmt{makeindex}},%
+ sort={makeindex},%
+ description={An indexing application.},
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{makeglossaries}{%
+name={\appfmt{makeglossaries}},%
+sort={makeglossaries},%
+description={A custom designed Perl script interface
+provided with the \styfmt{glossaries} package
+to run \gls{xindy} or \gls{makeindex} according to
+the document settings.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{numberlist}{%
+name={number list},%
+description={A list of \glspl{entrylocation} (also
+called a location list). The number list can be suppressed using the
+\pkgopt{nonumberlist} package option.}
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{entrylocation}{%
+name={entry location},%
+description={The location of the entry in the document. This
+defaults to the page number on which the entry appears. An entry may
+have multiple locations.}
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{locationlist}{%
+name={location list},%
+description={A list of \glspl{entrylocation}.
+See \gls{numberlist}.}%
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{linktext}{%
+name={link-text},
+description={The text produced by commands such as \ics{gls}. It may
+or may not have a hyperlink to the glossary.}
+}
+
+\let\glsd\glsuseri
+\let\glsation\glsuserii
+
+\newglossaryentry{firstuseflag}{%
+name={first use flag},
+description={A conditional that determines whether or not the entry
+has been used according to the rules of \gls{firstuse}.}%
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{firstusetext}{%
+name={first use text},
+description={The text that is displayed on \gls{firstuse}, which is
+governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
+\ics{newglossaryentry}. (May be overridden by
+\ics{glsdisp}.)}%
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{firstuse}{%
+ name={first use},
+ user1={first used},
+ see={firstuseflag,firstusetext},
+ description={The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start
+ of the document or after a reset) with one of the
+ following commands: \ics{gls}, \ics{Gls}, \ics{GLS}, \ics{glspl},
+ \ics{Glspl}, \ics{GLSpl} or \ics{glsdisp}.}%
+}
+
+\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+
+\newcommand*{\igloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt{#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\gloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\csopt{#1}{#2}}
+
+\newcommand*{\glostyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{glossary styles:>#1={\protect\sffamily#1}|main}}
+
+\newcommand*{\acrstyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{acronym
+styles (glossaries):>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}}
+
+\newcommand*{\abbrstyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{abbreviation styles:>#1={\protect\sffamily#1}|main}}
+
+\newcommand*{\category}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{categories:>#1={\protect\sffamily#1}|main}}
+
+\newcommand*{\catattr}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{category attributes:>#1={\protect\sffamily#1}|main}}
+
+\newcommand*{\postlinkcat}{%
+ \cs{glsxtrpostlink}\meta{category}%
+ \index{glsxtrpostlinkcategory=\cs{glsxtrpostlink}\meta{category}|hyperpage}%
+}
+
+\setlength\marginparwidth{70pt}
+
+\begin{document}
+\MakeShortVerb{"}
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+
+ \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.0:
+ an extension to the glossaries package}
+ \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt]
+Dickimaw Books\\
+\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
+
+ \date{2016-01-24}
+ \maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package is an extension to the
+\sty{glossaries} package, providing additional features.
+Some of the features provided by this package are only available
+with \sty{glossaries} version 4.19 (or above).
+This document assumes familiarity with the \sty{glossaries} package.
+
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{important}
+Since \styfmt{glossaries-extra} internally loads the \sty{glossaries}
+package, you also need to have \sty{glossaries} installed and
+all the packages that \sty{glossaries} depends on (including, but
+not limited to, \sty{tracklang}, \sty{mfirstuc}, \sty{etoolbox},
+\sty{xkeyval} (at least version dated 2006/11/18), \sty{textcase},
+\sty{xfor}, \sty{datatool-base} and \sty{amsgen}. These
+packages are all available in the current \TeX\ Live and Mik\TeX\
+distributions. If any of them are missing, please update your
+\TeX\ distribution using your update manager.
+(For help on this see, for example,
+\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution}{How do I update my \TeX\ distribution?}
+or
+\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux}{Updating
+\TeX\ on Linux}.)
+\end{important}
+
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\chapter{Introduction}
+\label{sec:intro}
+
+The \sty{glossaries} package is a flexible package, but it's also a
+heavy-weight package that uses a lot of resources. As package
+developer, I'm caught between those users who complain about the
+drawbacks of a heavy-weight package with a large user manual and
+those users who want more features (which necessarily adds to the
+package weight and manual size).
+
+The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package is an attempt to provide
+a~compromise for this
+conflict. Version 4.21 of the \styfmt{glossaries} package is
+the last version to incorporate new features. Future versions of
+\styfmt{glossaries} will just be bug fixes. New features will
+instead be added to \styfmt{glossaries-extra}.
+This means that the base \styfmt{glossaries} package won't increase
+in terms of package loading time and allocation of resources, but
+those users who do want extra features available will have more of a
+chance of getting their feature requests accepted.
+
+\section{Package Defaults}
+\label{sec:defaults}
+
+I'm not happy with some of the default settings assumed by the
+\sty{glossaries} package, and, judging from code I've seen, other
+users also seem unhappy with them, as certain package options are
+often used in questions posted on various sites. I can't change the default
+behaviour of \styfmt{glossaries} as it would break backward
+compatibility, but since \styfmt{glossaries-extra} is a separate
+package, I have decided to implement some of these commonly-used
+options by default. You can switch them back if they're not
+appropriate.
+
+The new defaults are:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \pkgopt[true]{toc} (add the glossaries to the table of
+contents). Use \pkgopt[false]{toc} to switch this back off.
+
+\item \pkgopt[true]{nopostdot} (suppress the terminating full stop
+after the description in the glossary). Use
+\pkgopt[false]{nopostdot} to restore the terminating full stop
+(period).
+
+\item \pkgopt[true]{noredefwarn} (suppress warnings when
+the \env{theglossary} environment and \cs{printglossary} are redefined while
+\sty{glossaries} is loading). To restore the warnings, use
+\pkgopt[false]{noredefwarn}. Note that this won't have any effect if
+the \sty{glossaries} package has already been loaded before you use
+the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package.
+
+\item If \sty{babel} has been loaded, the \pkgopt[babel]{translate}
+option is switched on. To revert to using the \sty{translator}
+interface, use \pkgopt[true]{translate}. There is no change to the
+default if \sty{babel} hasn't been loaded.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+Examples:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\end{verbatim}
+This is like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\item
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[british]{article}
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\end{verbatim}
+This is like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[british]{article}
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage[toc,nopostdot,translate=babel]{glossaries}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\item
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{memoir}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\end{verbatim}
+This is like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{memoir}
+\usepackage[toc,nopostdot,noredefwarn]{glossaries}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\end{verbatim}
+\emph{However}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{memoir}
+\usepackage{glossaries}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\end{verbatim}
+This is like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{memoir}
+\usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\end{verbatim}
+Since by the time \styfmt{glossaries-extra} has been loaded,
+\sty{glossaries} has already redefined \cls{memoir}'s
+glossary-related commands.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Another noticeable change is that by default \cs{printglossary}
+will now display information text in the document if the external
+glossary file doesn't exist. This is explanatory text to help new
+users who can't work out what to do next to complete the document
+build. Once the document is set up correctly and the external files
+have been generated, this text will disappear.
+
+This change is mostly likely to be noticed by users
+with one or more redundant empty glossaries who ignore
+transcript messages, explicitly use \gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy}
+on just the non-empty glossary (or glossaries) and use
+the iterative
+\ics{printglossaries} command instead of \ics{printglossary}. For example,
+consider the following:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\gls{laser}
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+The above document will only display the list of
+acronyms at the place where \ics{printglossaries} occurs. However it
+will also attempt to input the \texttt{.gls} file associated with
+the \texttt{main} glossary.
+
+If you use \gls{makeglossaries}, you'll get the warning message:
+\begin{verbatim}
+Warning: File 'test.glo' is empty.
+Have you used any entries defined in glossary 'main'?
+Remember to use package option 'nomain' if you
+don't want to use the main glossary.
+\end{verbatim}
+(where the original file is called \texttt{test.tex})
+but if you simply call \gls{makeindex} directly to generate the
+\texttt{.acr} file (without attempting to create the \texttt{.gls}
+file) then the transcript file will always contain the message:
+\begin{verbatim}
+No file test.gls.
+\end{verbatim}
+This doesn't occur with \gls{makeglossaries} as it will create
+the \texttt{.gls} file containing the single command \cs{null}.
+
+If you simply change from \sty{glossaries} to
+\styfmt{glossaries-extra} in this document, you'll find a change in the
+resulting PDF if you don't use \gls{makeglossaries} and you only
+generate the \texttt{.acr} file with \gls{makeindex}.
+
+The transcript file will still contain the message
+about the missing \texttt{.gls}, but now you'll also see
+information in the actual PDF document. The simplest remedy is to
+follow the advice inserted into the document at that point, which is
+to add the \pkgopt{nomain} package option:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[nomain,acronym]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\gls{laser}
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\section{New or Modified Package Options}
+\label{sec:pkgopts}
+
+If you haven't already loaded \sty{glossaries}, you can use any of
+the package options provided by \sty{glossaries} when you load
+\styfmt{glossaries-extra} and they will automatically be passed to
+\sty{glossaries} (which \styfmt{glossaries-extra} will load). If
+\sty{glossaries} has already been loaded, then those options will be
+passed to \ics{setupglossaries}, but remember that not all of the
+\sty{glossaries} package options may be used in that command.
+
+In addition to those options recognised by \sty{glossaries},
+there are some new ones provided by \styfmt{glossaries-extra}:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[{\pkgopt{accsupp}}] Load the \sty{glossaries-accsupp}
+package (if not already loaded).
+
+If you want to define styles that can interface with the
+accessibility support provided by \sty{glossaries-accsupp} use
+the \cs{glsaccess\meta{xxx}} type of commands instead of
+\cs{glsentry\meta{xxx}} (for example, \ics{glsaccesstext} instead of
+\ics{glsentrytext}). If \sty{glossaries-accsupp} hasn't been loaded
+those commands are equivalent (for example, \cs{glsaccesstext}
+just does \cs{glsentrytext}) but if it has been loaded, then the
+\cs{glsaccess\meta{xxx}} commands will add the accessibility
+information. (See \sectionref{sec:accsupp} for further details.)
+
+Note that the \pkgopt{accsupp} option can only be used as
+a~package option (not through \ics{glossariesextrasetup}) since the \sty{glossaries-accsupp}
+package must be loaded before \styfmt{glossaries-extra} if it's
+required.
+
+\item[{\pkgopt{undefaction}}] This is a \meta{key}=\meta{value}
+option, which has two allowed values: \pkgoptfmt{warn} and
+\pkgoptfmt{error}. This indicates what to do if an undefined
+glossary entry is referenced. The default behaviour is
+\pkgopt[error]{undefaction}, which produces an error message (the
+default for \sty{glossaries}). You can switch this to a warning
+message (and ?? appearing in the text) with
+\pkgopt[warn]{undefaction}.
+
+\item[{\pkgopt{docdef}}] This is a boolean option, which indicates
+whether or not it's permitted for the command \ics{newglossaryentry}
+to be used in the
+\env{document} environment. The \sty{glossaries} package allows
+\cs{newglossaryentry} within the \env{document} environment (when
+used with \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}) but the user manual warns
+against this usage. By default the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package
+\emph{prohibits} this, only allowing definitions within the
+preamble. If you are really determined to define entries in the
+\env{document} environment, despite all the associated drawbacks,
+you can restore this with \pkgopt[true]{docdef}. Note that this
+doesn't change the prohibitions that the \sty{glossaries}
+package has in certain circumstances (for example, when using
+\qt{option~1}). See the \sty{glossaries} user manual for further details.
+
+This option affects commands that internally use
+\cs{newglossaryentry}, such as \cs{newabbreviation}, but not
+the \qt{on-the-fly} commands described in \sectionref{sec:onthefly}.
+
+\item[{\pkgopt{nomissingglstext}}] This is a boolean option.
+If true, this will suppress the warning text that will appear in the
+document if the external glossary files haven't been generated due
+to an incomplete document build. However, it's probably simpler
+just to fix whatever has caused the failure to build the external
+file or files.
+
+\item[{\pkgopt{indexcrossrefs}}] This is a boolean option.
+If \pkgoptfmt{true}, this will automatically index any
+cross-referenced entries that haven't been marked as used at
+the end of the document. Note that this necessarily adds to
+the overall document build time, especially if you have defined
+a large number of entries, so this defaults to \pkgoptfmt{false},
+but it will be automatically switched on if you use the \gloskey{see} key in any
+entries. To force it off, even if you use the \gloskey{see}, you
+need to explicitly set \pkgopt{indexcrossrefs} to \pkgoptfmt{false}.
+
+\item[{\pkgopt{abbreviations}}] This option has no value and can't
+be cancelled. If used,
+it will automatically create a new glossary with the label
+\texttt{abbreviations} and redefines \cs{glsxtrabbrvtype} to this
+label. In addition, it defines a shortcut command
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printabbreviations]
+\cs{printabbreviations}\oarg{options}
+\end{definition}
+which is equivalent to
+\begin{alltt}
+\cs{printglossary}[type=\cs{glsxtrabbrvtype},\meta{options}]
+\end{alltt}
+The title of the new glossary is given by
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\abbreviationsname]
+\cs{abbreviationsname}
+\end{definition}
+If this command is already defined, it's left unchanged. Otherwise
+it's defined to \qt{Abbreviations} if \sty{babel} hasn't been loaded
+or \cs{acronymname} if \sty{babel} has been loaded. However, if
+you're using \sty{babel} it's likely you will need to change this.
+(See \sectionref{sec:lang} for further details.)
+
+\begin{important}
+If you don't use the \pkgopt{abbreviations} package option,
+the \cs{abbreviationsname} command won't be defined (unless it's
+defined by an included language file).
+\end{important}
+
+If the \pkgopt{abbreviations} option is used and the
+\pkgopt{acronym} option provided by the \sty{glossaries}
+package hasn't been used, then \ics{acronymtype}
+will be set to \ics{glsxtrabbrvtype} so that acronyms defined with
+\ics{newacronym} can be added to the list of abbreviations. If you
+want acronyms in the \texttt{main} glossary and other abbreviations in the
+\texttt{abbreviations} glossary then you will need to redefine
+\cs{acronymtype} to \texttt{main}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{main}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note that there are no analogous options to the \sty{glossaries}
+package's \pkgopt{acronymlists} option (or associated commands)
+as the abbreviation mechanism is handled differently with
+\styfmt{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\item[{\pkgopt{symbols}}] This is passed to \sty{glossaries} but
+will additionally define
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrnewsymbol]
+\cs{glsxtrnewsymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{symbol}
+\end{definition}
+which is equivalent to
+\begin{alltt}
+\cs{newglossaryentry}\marg{label}\{name=\marg{symbol},
+ sort=\marg{label},type=symbols,category=symbol,\meta{options}\}
+\end{alltt}
+Note that the \gloskey{sort} key is set to the \meta{label}
+not the \meta{symbol} as the symbol will likely contain commands.
+
+\item[{\pkgopt{numbers}}] This is passed to \sty{glossaries} but
+will additionally define
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrnewnumber]
+\cs{glsxtrnewnumber}\oarg{options}\marg{number}
+\end{definition}
+which is equivalent to
+\begin{alltt}
+\cs{newglossaryentry}\marg{label}\{name=\marg{number},
+ sort=\marg{label},type=numbers,category=number,\meta{options}\}
+\end{alltt}
+
+\item[{\pkgopt{shortcuts}}] Unlike the \sty{glossaries} package
+option of the same name, this option isn't boolean but has multiple
+values:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \pkgopt[acronyms]{shortcuts} (or \pkgopt[acro]{shortcuts}):
+set the shortcuts provided by the \sty{glossaries} package for acronyms (such as \cs{ac}).
+
+\item \pkgopt[abbreviations]{shortcuts} (or
+\pkgopt[abbr]{shortcuts}):
+set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by \styfmt{glossaries-extra}. (See
+\sectionref{sec:abbrshortcuts}.) These settings don't switch on the
+acronym shortcuts provided by the \sty{glossaries} package.
+
+\item \pkgopt[other]{shortcuts}: set the \qt{other}
+shortcut commands, but not the shortcut commands for abbreviations
+or the acronym shortcuts provided by \sty{glossaries}.
+The \qt{other} shortcuts are:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \ics{newentry} equivalent to \ics{newglossaryentry}
+\item \ics{newsym} equivalent to \ics{glsxtrnewsymbol} (see the
+\pkgopt{symbols} option).
+\item \ics{newnum} equivalent to \ics{glsxtrnewnumber} (see the
+\pkgopt{numbers} option).
+\end{itemize}
+
+\item \pkgopt[all]{shortcuts} (or \pkgopt[true]{shortcuts}):
+define all the shortcut commands.
+
+\item \pkgopt[none]{shortcuts} (or \pkgopt[false]{shortcuts}):
+don't define any of the shortcut commands (default).
+\end{itemize}
+
+Note that multiple invocations of the \pkgopt{shortcuts} option
+\emph{within the same option list} will override each other.
+\end{description}
+
+After the \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package has been loaded, you can
+set available options using
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glossariesextrasetup]
+\cs{glossariesextrasetup}\marg{options}
+\end{definition}
+The \pkgopt{abbreviations} option may only be used in the preamble.
+
+\section{Modifications to Existing Commands or Styles}
+\label{sec:modifications}
+
+The commands used by \sty{glossaries} to automatically produce an
+error if an entry is undefined (such as \ics{glsdoifexists}) are
+changed to take the \pkgopt{undefaction} option into account.
+
+The \cs{newglossaryentry} command has a new key called
+\gloskey{category}, which sets the category label for the given
+entry. By default this is \texttt{general}. See
+\sectionref{sec:categories} for further information about
+categories.
+
+The \ics{newterm} command (defined through the \pkgopt{index} package
+option) is modified so that the category defaults to \category{index}.
+The \ics{newacronym} command is modified to use the new abbreviation
+interface provided by \styfmt{glossaries-extra}.
+(See \sectionref{sec:abbreviations}.)
+
+\subsection{Entry Indexing}
+\label{sec:wrglossary}
+
+The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package provides an extra key for
+commands like \cs{gls} and \cs{glstext} called
+\gloskey[glslink]{noindex}. This is a boolean key. If true,
+this suppresses the indexing. (That is, it prevents \cs{gls} or
+whatever from adding a line to the external glossary file.)
+This is more useful than the \pkgopt{indexonlyfirst} package option
+provided by \sty{glossaries}, as the \gls{firstuse} might not be the most
+pertinent use. (If you want to apply \pkgopt{indexonlyfirst}
+to selected entries, rather than all of them, you can use
+the \catattr{indexonlyfirst} attribute, see
+\sectionref{sec:categories} for further details.)
+Note that the \gloskey[glslink]{noindex} key isn't available
+for \ics{glsadd} (and \ics{glsaddall}) since the whole purpose
+of that command is to index an entry.
+
+There is a new hook that's used each time indexing information is
+written to the external glossary files:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook]
+\cs{glsxtrdowrglossaryhook}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+where \meta{label} is the entry's label. This does nothing by
+default but may be redefined. (See, for example, the
+accompanying sample file \texttt{sample-indexhook.tex},
+which uses this hook to determine which entries haven't been
+indexed.)
+
+The value of the \gloskey{see} key is now saved
+as a field. This isn't the case with \sty{glossaries}, where
+the \gloskey{see} attribute is simply used to directly
+write a line to the corresponding glossary file and is then
+discarded. This is why the \gloskey{see} key can't be
+used before \ics{makeglossaries} (since the file hasn't been opened
+yet). It's also the reason why the \gloskey{see} key doesn't
+have any effect when used in entries that are defined in the
+\env{document} environment. Since the value isn't saved, it's not
+available when the \texttt{.glsdefs} file is created at the end
+of the document and so isn't available at the start of the
+\env{document} environment on the next run.
+
+This modification allows \styfmt{glossaries-extra} to provide
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtraddallcrossrefs]
+\cs{glsxtraddallcrossrefs}
+\end{definition}
+which is used at the end of the document to automatically add
+any unused cross-references unless the package option
+\pkgopt{indexcrossrefs} was set to false.
+
+As a by-product of this enhancement, the \gloskey{see} key will now
+work for entries defined in the document environment, but it's still
+best to define entries in the preamble, and the \gloskey{see} key
+still can't work before the file has been opened by
+\cs{makeglossaries}.
+
+\subsection{Entry Display Style Modifications}
+\label{sec:entryfmtmods}
+
+Recall from the \sty{glossaries} package that commands such as \cs{gls}
+display text at that point in the document (optionally with a
+hyperlink to the relevant line in the glossary). This text is
+referred to as the \qt{\gls{linktext}} regardless of whether or not it
+actually has a hyperlink. The actual text and the way it's displayed
+depends on the command used (such as \cs{gls}) and the entry format.
+
+The default entry format (\ics{glsentryfmt}) used in the
+\gls{linktext} by commands like \cs{gls} (but not commands like
+\cs{glstext}) is changed by \styfmt{glossaries-extra} to test for
+regular entries, which are determined as follows:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item If an entry is assigned to a category that has the
+\catattr{regular} attribute set (see \sectionref{sec:categories}), the entry is considered a~regular
+entry, even if it has a~value for the \gloskey{short} key.
+In this case \cs{glsentryfmt} uses \ics{glsgenentryfmt}
+(provided by \sty{glossaries}), which uses the \gloskey{first}
+(or \gloskey{firstplural}) value on \gls{firstuse} and the
+\gloskey{text} (or \gloskey{plural}) value on subsequent use.
+
+\item An entry that doesn't have a~value for the \gloskey{short}
+key is assumed to be a~regular entry, even if the
+\catattr{regular} attribute isn't set to \qt{true} (since it can't
+be an abbreviation without the short form).
+In this case \cs{glsentryfmt} uses \ics{glsgenentryfmt}.
+
+\item If an entry does has a~value for the \gloskey{short} key
+and hasn't been marked as a~regular entry through the
+\catattr{regular} attribute, it's not
+considered a regular entry.
+In this case \cs{glsentryfmt} uses \ics{glsxtrgenabbrvfmt}
+(defined by \styfmt{glossaries-extra}) which is governed
+by the abbreviation style (see \sectionref{sec:abbrstyle}).
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+This means that entries with a short
+form can be treated as regular entries rather than
+abbreviations if it's more appropriate for the desired style.
+
+The \cs{glspostlinkhook} provided by the \sty{glossaries} package to
+insert information after the \gls{linktext} produced by commands like \cs{gls} and \cs{glstext} is
+redefined to
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostlinkhook]
+\cs{glsxtrpostlinkhook}
+\end{definition}
+This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the
+\catattr{discardperiod} attribute is set to \qt{true} for the
+current entry's category. It will also do
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostlink]
+\cs{glsxtrpostlink}
+\end{definition}
+if a full stop hasn't be discarded and
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence]
+\cs{glsxtrpostlinkendsentence}
+\end{definition}
+if a full stop has been discarded.
+
+By default \cs{glsxtrpostlink} just does \postlinkcat\ if it exists, where
+\meta{category} is the category label for the current entry.
+(For example, for the \category{general} category,
+\cs{glsxtrpostlinkgeneral} if it has been defined.)
+
+The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated.
+If the command \postlinkcat\ is defined the hook will do that
+and then insert a full stop with the space factor adjusted to match
+the end of sentence. If \postlinkcat\ hasn't
+been defined, the space factor is adjusted to match the end of
+sentence. This means that if you have, for example, an entry that
+ends with a full stop, a redundant following full stop will be
+discarded and the space factor adjusted (in case the entry is in
+uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional material, in
+which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs
+to be reinserted.
+
+There are some convenient commands you might want to use
+when customizing the post-\gls{linktext} category hooks:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse]
+\cs{glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse}
+\end{definition}
+This will add the description in parentheses on \gls{firstuse}.
+
+For example, suppose you want to append the description in
+parentheses on \gls{firstuse} for entries in the \category{symbol}
+category:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinksymbol}{%
+ \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse]
+\cs{glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse}
+\end{definition}
+This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on
+\gls{firstuse}.
+
+If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you
+can't use \ics{ifglsused} within the post-\gls{linktext} hook as by this point
+the \gls{firstuseflag} will have been unset. Instead you can use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrifwasfirstuse]
+\cs{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}\marg{true}\marg{false}
+\end{definition}
+This will do \meta{true} if the last used entry was the
+\gls{firstuse}
+for that entry, otherwise it will do \meta{false}. (Requires at
+least \sty{glossaries} v4.19 to work properly.) This command is
+locally set by commands like \cs{gls}, so don't rely on it outside
+of the post-\gls{linktext} hook.
+
+\begin{important}
+Note that commands like \ics{glsfirst} and \ics{glsxtrfull} fake
+\gls{firstuse} for the benefit of the post-\gls{linktext} hooks by setting
+\cs{glsxtrifwasfirstuse} to \cs{@firstoftwo}.
+(Although, depending on the styles in use, they may not exactly match
+the text produced by \ics{gls}-like commands on \gls{firstuse}.)
+\end{important}
+
+For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote
+after the \gls{linktext} on \gls{firstuse} for the \category{general} category:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
+ \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The \abbrstyle{postfootnote} abbreviation style uses the
+post-\gls{linktext} hook to
+place the footnote after trailing punctuation characters.
+
+You can set the default options used by \ics{glslink}, \ics{gls}
+etc with:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts]
+\cs{GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts}\marg{options}
+\end{definition}
+For example, if you mostly don't want to index entries then
+you can do:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex}
+\end{verbatim}
+and then use, for example, \verb|\gls[noindex=false]{sample}|
+when you actually want the location added to the \gls{numberlist}.
+These defaults may be overridden by other settings (such as
+category attributes) in addition to any settings passed in the
+option argument of commands like \cs{glslink} and \cs{gls}.
+
+Note that if you don't want \emph{any} indexing, just omit
+\cs{makeglossaries} and \cs{printglossaries} (or analogous
+commands).
+
+Commands like \ics{gls} have star (\texttt{*}) and plus
+(\texttt{+}) modifiers as a short cut for \texttt{hyper=false}
+and \texttt{hyper=true}. The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package
+provides a way to add a third modifier, if required, using
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrSetAltModifier]
+\cs{GlsXtrSetAltModifier}\marg{char}\marg{options}
+\end{definition}
+where \meta{char} is the character used as the modifier and
+\meta{options} is the default set of options (which may be
+overridden). Note that \meta{char} must be a single character
+(not a UTF-8 character, unless you are using \XeLaTeX\ or
+\LuaLaTeX).
+
+\begin{important}
+When choosing the character \meta{char} take care of any
+changes in category code.
+\end{important}
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex}
+\end{verbatim}
+This means that \verb|\gls!{sample}| will be equivalent to
+\verb|\gls[noindex]{sample}|. It's not possible to mix modifiers.
+For example, if you want to do
+\begin{verbatim}
+\gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample}
+\end{verbatim}
+you can use \verb|\gls*[noindex]{sample}| or
+\verb|\gls![hyper=false]{sample}| but you can't combine the
+\texttt{*} and \texttt{!} modifiers.
+
+\subsection{Entry Counting Modifications}
+\label{sec:entrycountmods}
+
+The \ics{glsenableentrycount} command is modified to allow
+for the \catattr{entrycount} attribute. This means that
+you not only need to enable entry counting with
+\cs{glsenableentrycount}, but you also need
+to set the appropriate attribute (see \sectionref{sec:categories}).
+
+For example, instead of just doing:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\glsenableentrycount
+\end{verbatim}
+you now need to do:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\glsenableentrycount
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
+\end{verbatim}
+This will enable the entry counting for entries in the
+\category{abbreviation} category, but any entries assigned to
+other categories will be unchanged.
+
+Further information about entry counting, including the
+new per-unit feature, is described in \sectionref{sec:entrycount}.
+
+\subsection{Nested Links}
+\label{sec:nested}
+
+Complications arise when you use \ics{gls} in the
+value of the \gloskey{name} field (or \gloskey{text}
+or \gloskey{first} fields, if set). This tends to occur with
+abbreviations that extend other abbreviations. For example,
+SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI
+is an abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML
+is an abbreviation for Hypertext Markup Language.
+
+Things can go wrong if we try the following with the
+\sty{glossaries} package:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{Server Side Includes}
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext Markup Language}
+\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The main problems are:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item The first letter upper casing commands, such as \ics{Gls},
+won't work for the \texttt{shtml} entry on \gls{firstuse} if the
+long form is displayed before the short form (which is the
+default abbreviation style). This will attempt to do
+\begin{verbatim}
+\gls{\uppercase ssi} enabled \gls{html}
+\end{verbatim}
+which just doesn't work. Grouping the \verb|\gls{ssi}| doesn't
+work either as this will effectively try to do
+\begin{verbatim}
+\uppercase{\gls{ssi}} enabled \gls{html}
+\end{verbatim}
+This will upper case the label \texttt{ssi} so the entry won't be
+recognised. This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals
+version, such as \ics{GLS}.
+
+\item The long and abbreviated forms accessed through
+\ics{glsentrylong} and \ics{glsentryshort} are no longer expandable
+and so can't be used be used in contexts that require this,
+such as PDF bookmarks.
+
+\item The \texttt{shtml} entry produces inconsistent results
+depending on whether the \texttt{ssi} or \texttt{html} entries have
+been used. Suppose both \texttt{ssi} and \texttt{html} are used
+before \texttt{shtml}. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+This section discusses \gls{ssi}, \gls{html} and \gls{shtml}.
+\end{verbatim}
+This produces:
+\begin{quote}
+This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext markup
+language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).
+\end{quote}
+So the \gls{firstuse} of the \texttt{shtml} entry produces
+\qt{SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)}.
+
+Now let's suppose the \texttt{html} entry is used before the
+\texttt{shtml} but the \texttt{ssi} entry is used after the
+\texttt{shtml} entry, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+The sample files are either \gls{html} or \gls{shtml}, but let's
+first discuss \gls{ssi}.
+\end{verbatim}
+This produces:
+\begin{quote}
+The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML) or
+server
+side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s first discuss
+SSI.
+\end{quote}
+So the \gls{firstuse} of the \texttt{shtml} entry now produces
+\qt{server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML)}, which looks
+a bit strange.
+
+Now let's suppose the \texttt{shtml} entry is used before (or
+without) the other two entries:
+\begin{verbatim}
+This article is an introduction to \gls{shtml}.
+\end{verbatim}
+This produces:
+\begin{quote}
+This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
+enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).
+\end{quote}
+So the \gls{firstuse} of the \texttt{shtml} entry now produces
+\qt{server side includes (SSI) enabled hypertext markup language (HTML)
+(SHTML)}, which is even more strange.
+
+This is all aggravated by setting the style using
+\cs{setacronymstyle}. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\setacronymstyle{long-short}
+\end{verbatim}
+as this references the label through the use of \cs{glslabel}
+when displaying the long and short forms, but this value
+changes with each use of \cs{gls}, so instead of displaying
+\qt{(SHTML)} at the end of the \gls{firstuse}, it now displays
+\qt{(HTML)}, since \cs{glslabel} has been changed to \texttt{html}
+by \verb|\gls{html}|.
+
+Another oddity occurs if you reset the \texttt{html} entry between
+uses of the \texttt{shtml} entry. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\gls{shtml} ... \glsreset{html}\gls{shtml}
+\end{verbatim}
+The next use of \texttt{shtml} produces \qt{Shypertext markup
+language (HTML)}, which is downright weird.
+
+Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands,
+which amount to \verb|\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}|. This
+may not be a problem for some styles, but if you use one of the
+\qt{sm} styles (that use \ics{textsmaller}), this will produce
+an odd result.
+
+\item Each time the \texttt{shtml} entry is used, the
+\texttt{html} entry will also be indexed and marked as used,
+and on \gls{firstuse} this will happen to both the \texttt{ssi}
+and \texttt{html} entries. This kind of duplication in the location
+list isn't usually particularly helpful to the reader.
+
+\item If \sty{hyperref} is in use, you'll get nested hyperlinks
+and there's no consistent way of dealing with this across the
+available PDF viewers. If on the \gls{firstuse} case, the user
+clicks on the \qt{HTML} part of the \qt{SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)}
+link, they may be directed to the HTML entry in the glossary or
+they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the glossary.
+
+\end{enumerate}
+
+For these reasons it's better to use the simple expandable commands like
+\ics{glsentrytext} or \ics{glsentryshort} in the definition
+of other entries (although that doesn't fix the first problem).
+Alternatively use something like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newacronym
+ [description={\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}]
+ {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
+\end{verbatim}
+with \sty{glossaries} or:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newabbreviation
+ [description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}]
+ {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
+\end{verbatim}
+with \styfmt{glossaries-extra}. This fixes all the above
+listed problems (as long as you don't use \ics{glsdesc}).
+Note that replacing \cs{gls} with \cs{acrshort} in the original
+example may fix the \gls{firstuse} issue, but it doesn't
+fix any of the other problems listed above.
+
+However if you're really determined to use
+\ics{gls} in a field that may be included within
+some \gls{linktext}, \styfmt{glossaries-extra} patches internals
+used by the linking commands so that if \cs{gls} (or plural or
+case changing variants) occurs in the \gls{linktext} it will
+behave as though you used
+\texttt{\ics{glstext}[hyper=false,noindex]}
+instead. Grouping is also added so that, for example, when
+\verb|\gls{shtml}| is used for the first time the long form
+\begin{verbatim}
+\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}
+\end{verbatim}
+is treated as
+\begin{verbatim}
+{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}} enabled
+{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
+\end{verbatim}
+This overcomes the last three problems listed
+above, but still doesn't fix the first two.
+
+Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such
+as \ics{glsxtrlong} or \ics{acrlong} will be temporarily
+redefined to just use
+\begin{alltt}
+\{\ics{glsentrylong}\marg{label}\meta{insert}\}
+\end{alltt}
+(or case-changing versions). Similarly the short form commands,
+such as \ics{glsxtrshort} or \ics{acrshort} will use
+\ics{glsentryshort} in the argument of either \cs{glsabbrvfont}
+(for \cs{glsxtrshort}) or \cs{acronymfont} (for \cs{acrshort}).
+So if the \texttt{shtml} entry had instead been defined as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}
+\end{verbatim}
+then (using the \abbrstyle{long-short} style) the \gls{firstuse}
+will be like
+\begin{verbatim}
+{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled
+{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
+\end{verbatim}
+whereas if the entry is defined as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled
+\glsxtrshort{html}}
+\end{verbatim}
+then the \gls{firstuse} will be like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled
+{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that the first optional argument of
+\cs{acrshort} or \cs{glsxtrshort} is ignored in this context.
+(The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.)
+The abbreviation style that governs \ics{glsabbrvfont} will be
+set for \ics{glsxtrshort}. Note that \cs{acrshort} doesn't
+set the abbreviation style.
+
+\begin{important}
+If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as \ics{Gls}
+or \ics{Glstext}, (either all caps or first letter upper casing)
+don't use any of the linking commands, such as \ics{gls} or
+\ics{glstext}, in the definition of entries for any of the
+fields that may be used by those case-changing commands.
+\end{important}
+
+\subsection{Acronym Style Modifications}
+\label{sec:acronymmods}
+
+The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package provides a new way of dealing
+with abbreviations and redefines \ics{newacronym} to
+use \cs{newabbreviation} (see \sectionref{sec:abbreviations}).
+If you want to restore the generic acronym function provided
+by \sty{glossaries} you need to use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\RestoreAcronyms]
+\cs{RestoreAcronyms}
+\end{definition}
+but be careful using this if you also want abbreviations as
+they will clash if you attempt to use them in the same glossary as
+generic acronyms from the \sty{glossaries} package.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsacspace]
+\cs{glsacspace}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+The space command \cs{glsacspace} used by the
+\acrstyle{long-sp-short} acronym style provided by \sty{glossaries}
+is modified so that it uses
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsacspacemax]
+\cs{glsacspacemax}
+\end{definition}
+instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length
+and so can be changed using \cs{renewcommand}.
+
+The \gls{firstuse} acronym font command
+\begin{definition}[\firstacronymfont]
+\cs{firstacronymfont}\marg{text}
+\end{definition}
+is redefined to use the \gls{firstuse} abbreviation font command
+\ics{glsfirstabbrvfont}. This will be reset if you use
+\cs{RestoreAcronyms}.
+
+The subsequent use acronym font command
+\begin{definition}[\acronymfont]
+\cs{acronymfont}\marg{text}
+\end{definition}
+is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command
+\ics{glsabbrvfont}. This will be reset if you use
+\cs{RestoreAcronyms}.
+
+\subsection{Glossary Style Modifications}
+\label{sec:glosstylemods}
+
+The default value of \ics{glslistdottedwidth} is changed so that
+it's set at the start of the document (if it hasn't been changed in
+the preamble). This should take into account situations where
+\cs{hsize} isn't set until the start of the document.
+
+The commands \ics{glossentryname} and \ics{glossentrydesc} are
+modified to take into account the \catattr{glossname} and
+\catattr{glossdesc} attributes (see \sectionref{sec:categories}).
+This means you can make simple case-changing modifications to
+the name and description without defining a new glossary style.
+
+There is a hook after \ics{glossentryname} and
+\ics{Glossentryname}:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostnamehook]
+\cs{glsxtrpostnamehook}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+By default this checks the \catattr{indexname} attribute.
+If the attribute exists for the category to which the label belongs,
+then the name is automatically indexed using
+\begin{definition}
+\ics{glsxtrdoautoindexname}\marg{label}\texttt{\{indexname\}}
+\end{definition}
+See \sectionref{sec:autoindex} for further details.
+
+The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so
+that it also does
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpostdescription]
+\cs{glsxtrpostdescription}
+\end{definition}
+This occurs before the original \cs{glspostdescription}, so if the
+\pkgopt[false]{nopostdot} option is used, it will be inserted before
+the terminating full stop.
+
+This new command will do \cs{glsxtrpostdesc\meta{category}}
+if it exists, where \meta{category} is the category label associated
+with the current entry. For example \cs{glsxtrpostdescgeneral}
+for entries with the category set to \category{general}
+or \cs{glsxtrpostdescacronym} for entries with the category set to
+\category{acronym}.
+
+Since both \cs{glossentry} and \cs{subglossentry} set
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscurrententrylabel]
+\cs{glscurrententrylabel}
+\end{definition}
+to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the
+definition of these post-description hooks if you need to reference
+the label.
+
+For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets
+after the description in the glossary, but only for entries in the
+\category{general} category, then you could do:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space
+ (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
+\end{verbatim}
+This means you don't have to define a custom glossary style, which
+you may find more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if
+you decide to change the underlying glossary style.)
+
+\begin{important}
+This feature can't be used for glossary styles that ignore
+\cs{glspostdescription} or if you redefine
+\cs{glspostdescription} without including \cs{glsxtrpostdescription}.
+(For example, if you redefine \cs{glspostdescription} to do
+nothing instead of using the \pkgopt{nopostdot} option to suppress
+the terminating full stop.)
+\end{important}
+
+\chapter{Abbreviations}
+\label{sec:abbreviations}
+
+Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters,
+such as \qt{laser}),
+initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as \qt{html}, that
+aren't pronounced as words) and contractions (where
+parts of words are omitted, often replaced by an apostrophe, such as
+\qt{don't}).
+The \qt{acronym} code provided by the \sty{glossaries} package is
+misnamed as it's more often than not used for initialisms instead.
+Acronyms tend not to be \emph{expanded} on \gls{firstuse} (although they may
+need to be \emph{described} for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore more like a regular term,
+which may or may not require a description in the glossary.
+
+The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package corrects this misnomer, and
+provides better abbreviation handling, with
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\newabbreviation]
+\cs{newabbreviation}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{short}\marg{long}
+\end{definition}
+
+This sets the \gloskey{category} key to \texttt{abbreviation} by
+default, but that value may be overridden in \meta{options}.
+The category may have attributes that modify the way abbreviations
+are defined. For example, the \catattr{insertdots} attribute will
+automatically insert full stops (periods) into \meta{short} or the
+\catattr{noshortplural} attribute will set the default value
+of the \gloskey{shortplural} key to just \meta{short} (without
+appending the plural suffix). See \sectionref{sec:categories} for
+further details.
+
+See \sectionref{sec:nested} regarding the pitfalls of using
+commands like \ics{gls} or \ics{glsxtrshort} within
+\meta{short} or \meta{long}.
+
+\begin{important}
+Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new
+abbreviations or they may not be correctly applied.
+\end{important}
+
+The \ics{newacronym} command provided by the \sty{glossaries}
+package is redefined to use
+\cs{newabbreviation} with the \gloskey{category} set to
+\texttt{acronym}. If you want to restore the original behaviour of
+acronyms (as implemented by the \sty{glossaries} package's
+\cs{newacronym}, \ics{setacronymstyle} and \ics{newacronymstyle})
+you need to use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\RestoreAcronyms]
+\cs{RestoreAcronyms}
+\end{definition}
+However, if you do this take care not to mix acronyms with other
+types of entries within the same glossary. (You may also need to
+redefine \ics{acronymtype}.)
+
+The \cs{newabbreviation} command is superficially similar to the
+\sty{glossaries} package's \cs{newacronym} but you can apply
+different styles to different categories. The default style is
+\abbrstyle{short} for entries in the \category{acronym} category and
+\abbrstyle{short-long} for entries in the \category{abbreviation}
+category. (These aren't the same as the acronym styles provided by
+the \sty{glossaries} package, although they may produce similar
+results.)
+
+The short form is displayed within commands like \cs{gls} using
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfirstabbrvfont]
+\cs{glsfirstabbrvfont}\marg{short-form}
+\end{definition}
+on \gls{firstuse} and
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsabbrvfont]
+\cs{glsabbrvfont}\marg{short-form}
+\end{definition}
+for subsequent use.
+
+\begin{important}
+These commands (\cs{glsfirstabbrvfont} and \cs{glsabbrvfont}) are
+reset by the abbreviation styles and whenever an abbreviation is
+used by commands like \cs{gls} (but not by commands like
+\ics{glsentryshort}) so don't try redefining them outside of an
+abbreviation style.
+\end{important}
+
+If you use the \abbrstyle{long-short} style,
+\cs{glsabbrvfont} is redefine to use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsabbrvdefaultfont]
+\cs{glsabbrvdefaultfont}\marg{text}
+\end{definition}
+whereas the \abbrstyle{long-short-sc} style redefines
+\cs{glsabbrvfont} to use \cs{glsxtrscfont}. If you want to use a different
+font-changing command you can either redefine \cs{glsabbrvdefaultfont} and
+use one of the base styles, such as \abbrstyle{long-short}, or
+define a new style in a similar manner to the \qt{sc}, \qt{sm}
+or \qt{em} styles.
+
+All predefined abbreviation styles redefine \cs{glsfirstabbrvfont}
+to use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont]
+\cs{glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont}\marg{short-form}
+\end{definition}
+By default, this just does \cs{glsabbrvfont}\marg{short-form}
+so the \gls{firstuse} format matches the subsequence use format
+for the short form.
+
+The commands that display the full form for abbreviations use
+\cs{glsfirstabbrvfont} to display the short form and
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfirstlongfont]
+\cs{glsfirstlongfont}\marg{long-form}
+\end{definition}
+to display the long form. As with \ics{glsabbrvfont}, this command
+is changed by all styles. Currently all predefined abbreviation
+styles provided by \styfmt{glossaries-extra} redefine
+\cs{glsfirstlongfont} to use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfirstlongdefaultfont]
+\cs{glsfirstlongdefaultfont}\marg{long-form}
+\end{definition}
+You can redefine this command if you want to change the font used by
+the long form on \gls{firstuse} for all your abbreviations, or you can
+define your own abbreviation style that provides a different format
+for only those abbreviations defined with that style.
+
+There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is
+used on \gls{firstuse} by commands like \ics{gls} and the inline full
+form, which is used by commands like \ics{glsxtrfull}.
+For some of the abbreviation styles, such as \abbrstyle{long-short}, the display and inline forms
+are the same. In the case of styles such as \abbrstyle{short} or
+\abbrstyle{footnote}, the display and inline full forms are different.
+
+These formatting commands aren't stored in the \gloskey{short},
+\gloskey{shortplural}, \gloskey{long} or \gloskey{longplural}
+fields, which means they won't be used within commands like
+\cs{glsentryshort} (but they are used within commands like
+\cs{glsxtrshort} and \cs{glsfmtshort}).
+Note that \ics{glsxtrlong} and the case-changing variants don't use
+\cs{glsfirstlongfont}.
+
+\section{Tagging Initials}
+\label{sec:tagging}
+
+If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form
+such that those letters are underlined in the glossary but
+not in the main part of the document, you can use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging]
+\cs{GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging}\marg{categories}\marg{cs}
+\end{definition}
+before you define your abbreviations.
+
+This command (robustly) defines \meta{cs} (a control sequence)
+to accept a single argument, which is the letter (or letters)
+that needs to be tagged. The normal behaviour of this command
+within the document is to simply do its argument, but in the
+glossary it's activated for those categories that have
+the \catattr{tagging} attribute set to \qt{true}. For those
+cases it will use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrtagfont]
+\cs{glsxtrtagfont}\marg{text}
+\end{definition}
+This command defaults to \ics{underline}\marg{text}
+but may be redefined as required.
+
+The control sequence \meta{cs} can't already be defined when
+used with the unstarred version of
+\cs{GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging} for safety reasons.
+The starred version will overwrite any previous definition
+of \meta{cs}. As with redefining any commands, ensure that
+you don't redefine something important. In fact, just forget
+the existence of the starred version and let's pretend I didn't
+mention it.
+
+The first argument of \cs{GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging} is a
+comma-separated list of category names. The \catattr{tagging}
+attribute will automatically be set for those categories.
+You can later set this attribute for other categories (see
+\sectionref{sec:categories}) but this must be done before the
+glossary is displayed.
+
+The accompanying sample file \texttt{sample-mixtures.tex}
+uses initial tagging for both the \category{acronym} and
+\category{abbreviation} categories:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
+\end{verbatim}
+This defines the command \cs{itag} which can be used in the
+definitions. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newacronym
+ [description={a system for detecting the location and
+ speed of ships, aircraft, etc, through the use of radio
+ waves}% description of this term
+ ]
+ {radar}% identifying label
+ {radar}% short form (i.e. the word)
+ {\itag{ra}dio \itag{d}etection \itag{a}nd \itag{r}anging}
+
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
+ {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage}
+\end{verbatim}
+The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the
+glossary and then only for entries with the \catattr{tagging}
+attribute set.
+
+\section{Abbreviation Styles}
+\label{sec:abbrstyle}
+
+The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined
+using:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\setabbreviationstyle]
+\cs{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{category}\marg{style-name}
+\end{definition}
+where \meta{style-name} is the name of the style and \meta{category}
+is the category label (\texttt{abbreviation} by default). New
+abbreviations will pick up the current style according to their
+given category. If there is no style set for the category, the
+fallback is the style for the \texttt{abbreviation} category.
+Some styles may automatically modify one or more of the attributes
+associated with the given category. For example, the
+\abbrstyle{long} and \abbrstyle{short} styles set the
+\catattr{regular} attribute to \texttt{true}.
+
+\begin{important}
+If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations,
+assign a different category to each group and set the style for the
+given category.
+\end{important}
+
+Note that \ics{setacronymstyle} is disabled by
+\styfmt{glossaries-extra}. Use
+\begin{alltt}
+\cs{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\marg{style-name}
+\end{alltt}
+instead. The original acronym interface can be restored with
+\cs{RestoreAcronyms} (see \sectionref{sec:acronymmods}).
+
+Abbreviations can be used with the standard \sty{glossaries}
+commands, such as \ics{gls}, but don't use the acronym commands
+like \ics{acrshort} (which use \ics{acronymfont}). The short form can be
+produced with:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrshort]
+\cs{glsxtrshort}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+(Use this instead of \ics{acrshort}.)
+
+The long form can be produced with
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrlong]
+\cs{glsxtrlong}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+(Use this instead of \ics{acrlong}.)
+
+The \emph{inline} full form can be produced with
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfull]
+\cs{glsxtrfull}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+(This this instead of \ics{acrfull}.)
+
+As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format used on
+\gls{firstuse} with \cs{gls}. For example, the \abbrstyle{short} style
+only displays the short form on \gls{firstuse}, but the full
+form will display the long form followed by the short form in
+parentheses.
+
+\begin{important}
+If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section
+title, use the commands described in \sectionref{sec:headtitle}
+instead.
+\end{important}
+
+The arguments \meta{options}, \meta{label} and \meta{insert} are the
+same as for commands such as \cs{glstext}. There are also analogous
+case-changing commands:
+
+First letter upper case short form:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrshort]
+\cs{Glsxtrshort}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+First letter upper case long form:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrlong]
+\cs{Glsxtrlong}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+First letter upper case inline full form:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrfull]
+\cs{Glsxtrfull}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+All upper case short form:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrshort]
+\cs{GLSxtrshort}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+All upper case long form:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrlong]
+\cs{GLSxtrlong}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+All upper case inline full form:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSxtrfull]
+\cs{GLSxtrfull}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+Plural forms are also available.
+
+Short form plurals:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrshortpl]
+\cs{glsxtrshortpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrshortpl]
+\cs{Glsxtrshortpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSxtrshortpl]
+\cs{GLSxtrshortpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+Long form plurals:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrlongpl]
+\cs{glsxtrlongpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrlongpl]
+\cs{Glsxtrlongpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSxtrlongpl]
+\cs{GLSxtrlongpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+Full form plurals:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfullpl]
+\cs{glsxtrfullpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrfullpl]
+\cs{Glsxtrfullpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GLSxtrfullpl]
+\cs{GLSxtrfullpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+\begin{important}
+Be careful about using \cs{glsentryfull}, \cs{Glsentryfull},
+\cs{glsentryfullpl} and \cs{Glsentryfullpl}. These commands will use
+the currently applied style rather than the style in use when the
+entry was defined. If you have mixed styles, you'll need to use
+\ics{glsxtrfull} instead. Similarly for \cs{glsentryshort} etc.
+\end{important}
+
+\section{Shortcut Commands}
+\label{sec:abbrshortcuts}
+
+The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using
+the package option \pkgopt[abbreviation]{shortcuts}
+(or \pkgopt[abbr]{shortcuts}). This defines the commands listed in
+\tableref{tab:abbrshortcuts}.
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+\caption{Abbreviation Shortcut Commands}
+\label{tab:abbrshortcuts}
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\bfseries Shortcut & \bfseries Equivalent Command\\
+\ics{ab} & \ics{cgls}\\
+\ics{abp} & \ics{cglspl}\\
+\ics{as} & \ics{glsxtrshort}\\
+\ics{asp} & \ics{glsxtrshortpl}\\
+\ics{al} & \ics{glsxtrlong}\\
+\ics{alp} & \ics{glsxtrlongpl}\\
+\ics{af} & \ics{glsxtrfull}\\
+\ics{afp} & \ics{glsxtrfullpl}\\
+\ics{As} & \ics{Glsxtrshort}\\
+\ics{Asp} & \ics{Glsxtrshortpl}\\
+\ics{Al} & \ics{Glsxtrlong}\\
+\ics{Alp} & \ics{Glsxtrlongpl}\\
+\ics{Af} & \ics{Glsxtrfull}\\
+\ics{Afp} & \ics{Glsxtrfullpl}\\
+\ics{AS} & \ics{GLSxtrshort}\\
+\ics{ASP} & \ics{GLSxtrshortpl}\\
+\ics{AL} & \ics{GLSxtrlong}\\
+\ics{ALP} & \ics{GLSxtrlongpl}\\
+\ics{AF} & \ics{GLSxtrfull}\\
+\ics{AFP} & \ics{GLSxtrfullpl}\\
+\ics{newabbr} & \ics{newabbreviation}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+\section{Predefined Abbreviation Styles}
+\label{sec:predefabbrvstyles}
+
+There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the
+abbreviation as a regular entry (so that \ics{gls} uses
+\ics{glsgenentryfmt}) and those that don't treat the abbreviation as
+a regular entry (so that \ics{gls} uses \ics{glsxtrgenabbrvfmt}).
+
+The regular entry abbreviation styles set the \catattr{regular}
+attribute to \qt{true} for the category assigned to each
+abbreviation with that style. This means that on \gls{firstuse},
+\ics{gls} uses the value of the \gloskey{first} field and on
+subsequent use \ics{gls} uses the value of the \gloskey{text} field
+(and analogously for the plural and case-changing versions). The
+\gloskey{short} and \gloskey{long} fields are set as appropriate
+and may be accessed through commands like \ics{glsxtrshort}.
+
+The other abbreviation styles don't modify the \catattr{regular}
+attribute. The \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{text} fields (and their
+plural forms) are set and can be accessed through commands like
+\cs{glsfirst}, but they aren't used by commands like \ics{gls},
+which instead use the short form (stored in the \gloskey{short} key)
+and the display full format (through commands like
+\ics{glsxtrfullformat} that are defined by the style).
+
+In both cases, the \gls{firstuse} of \ics{gls} may not match the
+text produced by \ics{glsfirst} (and likewise for the plural
+and case-changing versions).
+
+\begin{important}
+For the \qt{sc} styles that use \ics{textsc}, be careful about your choice
+of fonts as some only have limited support. For
+example, you may not be able to combine bold and small-caps. I
+recommend that you at least use the \sty{fontenc} package with the
+\pkgoptfmt{T1} option or something similar.
+\end{important}
+
+The \qt{sc} styles all use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrscfont]
+\cs{glsxtrscfont}\marg{text}
+\end{definition}
+which is defined as
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrscfont}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+\end{verbatim}
+The default plural suffix for the short form is set to
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrscsuffix]
+\cs{glsxtrscsuffix}
+\end{definition}
+This just defined as
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}
+\end{verbatim}
+The \ics{glstextup} command is provided by \sty{glossaries}
+and is used to switch off the small caps font for the suffix.
+If you override the default short plural using the
+\gloskey{shortplural} key when you define the abbreviation
+you will need to make the appropriate adjustment if necessary.
+(Remember that the default plural suffix behaviour can be modified
+through the use of the \catattr{aposplural} and
+\catattr{noshortplural} attributes. See
+\sectionref{sec:categories} for further details.)
+
+The \qt{sm} styles all use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsmfont]
+\cs{glsxtrsmfont}\marg{text}
+\end{definition}
+This is defined as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{#1}}
+\end{verbatim}
+If you want to use this, you must explicitly load the \sty{relsize}
+package which defines the \ics{textsmaller} command. If you want to
+easily switch between the \qt{sc} and \qt{sm} styles, you may find
+it easier to redefine this command to convert to upper case:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+The default plural suffix for the short form is set to
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsmsuffix]
+\cs{glsxtrsmsuffix}
+\end{definition}
+This just does \ics{glspluralsuffix}.
+
+The \qt{em} styles all redefine \ics{glsabbrvfont} to use
+\ics{emph}. This is done explicitly and not through a helper
+command such as \cs{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+Some of the styles use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfullsep]
+\cs{glsxtrfullsep}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as
+a space by default, but may be changed as required. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~}
+\end{verbatim}
+or
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular
+Attribute}
+\label{sec:predefregabbrvstyles}
+
+The following abbreviation styles set the \catattr{regular}
+attribute to \qt{true} for all categories that have abbreviations
+defined with any of these styles.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\abbrstyle{short}]
+This only displays the short form on \gls{firstuse}. The \gloskey{name}
+is set to the short form. The \gloskey{description} is set to the
+long form. The inline full form displays
+\meta{short} (\meta{long}). The long form on its own can be
+displayed through commands like \ics{glsxtrlong}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-sc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-sm}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrsmfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-em}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{emph}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-desc}]
+Like the \abbrstyle{short} style, but the \gloskey{name} is set to
+the full form and the \gloskey{description} must be supplied by the
+user. You may prefer to use the \abbrstyle{short} style with the
+post-description hook set to display the long form and override
+the \gloskey{description} key. (See the sample file
+\texttt{sample-acronym-desc.tex}.)
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-sc-desc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-sm-desc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrsmfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-em-desc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{emph}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-desc}]
+This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or
+subsequent use of commands \ics{gls}. The short form may be
+accessed through commands like \ics{glsxtrshort}. The inline full
+form displays \meta{long} (\meta{short}).
+
+The \gloskey{name} is set to the long form and the
+\gloskey{description} must be provided by the user. The predefined
+glossary styles won't display the short form. You can use the
+post-description hook to automatically append the short form to the
+description. The inline full form will display \meta{long}
+(\meta{short}).
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-desc-sc}]
+Like the \abbrstyle{long-desc} style but the short form (accessed
+through commands like \ics{glsxtrshort}) use \ics{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-desc-sm}]
+Like \abbrstyle{long-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrsmfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-desc-em}]
+Like \abbrstyle{long-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{emph}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long}]
+This style doesn't really make sense if you don't use the short
+form anywhere in the document, but is provided for completeness.
+This is like the \abbrstyle{long-desc} style, but the \gloskey{name}
+is set to the short form and the \gloskey{description} is set to the
+long form.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-sc}]
+Like the \abbrstyle{long} style but the short form (accessed
+through commands like \ics{glsxtrshort}) use \ics{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-sm}]
+Like \abbrstyle{long} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrsmfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-em}]
+Like \abbrstyle{long} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{emph}.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don't Set the Regular
+Attribute}
+\label{sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles}
+
+The following abbreviation styles will set the
+\catattr{regular} attribute to \qt{false} if it has previously
+been set. If it hasn't already been set, it's left unset.
+Other attributes may also be set, depending on the style.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-short}]
+On \gls{firstuse}, this style uses the format \meta{long} (\meta{short}).
+The inline and display full forms are the same. The \gloskey{name}
+is set to the short form. The
+\gloskey{description} is set to the long form. The long and short
+forms are separated by \cs{glsxtrfullsep}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-short-sc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{long-short} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-short-sm}]
+Like \abbrstyle{long-short} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrsmfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-short-em}]
+Like \abbrstyle{long-short} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{emph}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-short-desc}]
+On \gls{firstuse}, this style uses the format \meta{long} (\meta{short}).
+The inline and display full forms are the same. The \gloskey{name}
+is set to the full form. The
+\gloskey{description} must be supplied by the user.
+The long and short forms are separated by \cs{glsxtrfullsep}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-short-sc-desc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{long-short-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-short-sm-desc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{long-short-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrsmfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{long-short-em-desc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{long-short-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{emph}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-long}]
+On \gls{firstuse}, this style uses the format \meta{short} (\meta{long}).
+The inline and display full forms are the same. The \gloskey{name}
+is set to the short form. The
+\gloskey{description} is set to the long form.
+The short and long forms are separated by \cs{glsxtrfullsep}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-sc-long}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short-long} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-sm-long}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short-long} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrsmfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-em-long}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short-long} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{emph}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-long-desc}]
+On \gls{firstuse}, this style uses the format \meta{short} (\meta{long}).
+The inline and display full forms are the same. The \gloskey{name}
+is set to the full form. The
+\gloskey{description} must be supplied by the user.
+The short and long forms are separated by \cs{glsxtrfullsep}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-sc-long-desc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short-long-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-sm-long-desc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short-long-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrsmfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{short-em-long-desc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{short-long-desc} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{emph}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{footnote}]
+On \gls{firstuse}, this style displays the short form with the long form
+as a footnote. This style automatically sets the
+\catattr{nohyperfirst} attribute to \qt{true} for the supplied
+category, so the \gls{firstuse} won't be hyperlinked (but the footnote
+marker may be, if the \sty{hyperref} package is used).
+
+The inline full form uses the \meta{short}
+(\meta{long}) style. The \gloskey{name} is set to the short form.
+The \gloskey{description} is set to the long form.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{footnote-sc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{footnote} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{footnote-sm}]
+Like \abbrstyle{footnote} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrsmfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{footnote-em}]
+Like \abbrstyle{footnote} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{emph}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{postfootnote}]
+This is similar to the \abbrstyle{footnote} style but doesn't modify
+the category attribute. Instead it changes \postlinkcat\ to
+insert the footnote after the
+\gls{linktext} on \gls{firstuse}. This will also defer the footnote until after any
+following punctuation character that's recognised by
+\ics{glsxtrifnextpunc}.
+
+The inline full form uses the \meta{short}
+(\meta{long}) style. The \gloskey{name} is set to the short form.
+The \gloskey{description} is set to the long form.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{postfootnote-sc}]
+Like \abbrstyle{postfootnote} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrscfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{postfootnote-sm}]
+Like \abbrstyle{postfootnote} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{glsxtrsmfont}.
+
+\item[\abbrstyle{postfootnote-em}]
+Like \abbrstyle{postfootnote} but redefines \cs{glsabbrvfont} to
+use \ics{emph}.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Defining New Abbreviation Styles}
+\label{sec:newabbrvstyle}
+
+New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\newabbreviationstyle]
+\cs{newabbreviationstyle}\marg{name}\marg{setup}\marg{fmts}
+\end{definition}
+where \meta{name} is the name of the new style (as used in the
+mandatory argument of \ics{setabbreviationstyle}). This is similar
+but not identical to the \sty{glossaries} package's
+\ics{newacronymstyle} command.
+
+\begin{important}
+You can't use styles defined by
+\cs{newacronymstyle} with \styfmt{glossaries-extra} unless you have
+reverted \ics{newacronym} back to its generic definition from \sty{glossaries}
+(using \ics{RestoreAcronyms}). The acronym styles from the
+\sty{glossaries} package can't be used with abbreviations defined
+with \cs{newabbreviation}.
+\end{important}
+
+The \meta{setup} argument deals with the way the entry is defined
+and may set attributes for the given abbreviation
+category. This argument should redefine
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\CustomAbbreviationFields]
+\cs{CustomAbbreviationFields}
+\end{definition}
+to set the entry fields including the \gloskey{name} (defaults to
+the short form if omitted),
+\gloskey{sort}, \gloskey{first}, \gloskey{firstplural}. Other fields
+may also be set, such as \gloskey{text}, \gloskey{plural} and
+\gloskey{description}.
+
+\begin{important}
+\cs{CustomAbbreviationFields} is expanded by \cs{newabbreviation}
+so take care to protect commands that shouldn't be expanded.
+\end{important}
+
+For example, the \abbrstyle{long-short} style has the following in
+\meta{setup}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok})},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok})},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} are
+set even though they're not used by \cs{gls}.
+
+The \meta{setup} argument may also redefine
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation]
+\cs{GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}
+\end{definition}
+which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically
+be initialised to do nothing.)
+
+For example, the \abbrstyle{footnote} includes the following in
+\meta{setup}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+\end{verbatim}
+This sets the \catattr{nohyperfirst} attribute to \qt{true}.
+It also unsets the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has
+previously been set. Note that the \catattr{nohyperfirst}
+attribute doesn't get unset by other styles, so take care
+not to switch styles for the same category.
+
+You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural
+values through the following token registers.
+
+Short value (defined by \sty{glossaries}):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsshorttok]
+\cs{glsshorttok}
+\end{definition}
+
+Short plural value (defined by \styfmt{glossaries-extra}):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsshortpltok]
+\cs{glsshortpltok}
+\end{definition}
+(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
+through the \gloskey{shortplural} key in the optional argument
+of \ics{newabbreviation}.)
+
+Long value (defined by \sty{glossaries}):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslongtok]
+\cs{glslongtok}
+\end{definition}
+
+Long plural value (defined by \styfmt{glossaries-extra}):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslongpltok]
+\cs{glslongpltok}
+\end{definition}
+(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
+through the \gloskey{longplural} key in the optional argument
+of \ics{newabbreviation}.)
+
+There are two other registers available that are defined by
+\sty{glossaries}:
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslabeltok]
+\cs{glslabeltok}
+\end{definition}
+which contains the entry's label and
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glskeylisttok]
+\cs{glskeylisttok}
+\end{definition}
+which contains the values provided in the optional argument
+of \ics{newabbreviation}.
+
+Remember put \cs{the} in front of the register command as in the
+examples above. The category label can be access through
+the command (not a register):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscategorylabel]
+\cs{glscategorylabel}
+\end{definition}
+This may be used inside the definition of
+\cs{GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}.
+
+If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup]
+\cs{GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup}\marg{name}
+\end{definition}
+where \meta{name} is the name of the existing style.
+For example, the \abbrstyle{footnote-sc} and \abbrstyle{footnote-sm}
+styles both simply use
+\begin{verbatim}
+\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{footnote}
+\end{verbatim}
+within \meta{setup}.
+
+The \meta{fmts} argument deals with the way the entry is displayed
+in the document. This argument should redefine the following
+commands:
+
+The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by
+the \gloskey{shortplural} key):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\abbrvpluralsuffix]
+\cs{abbrvpluralsuffix}
+\end{definition}
+(Note that this isn't used for the plural long form, which
+just uses the regular \cs{glspluralsuffix}.)
+
+The font used for the short form on \gls{firstuse} or in the full forms:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfirstabbrvfont]
+\cs{glsfirstabbrvfont}\marg{text}
+\end{definition}
+
+The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through
+commands like \ics{glsxtrshort}:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsabbrvfont]
+\cs{glsabbrvfont}\marg{text}
+\end{definition}
+
+The font used for the long form on \gls{firstuse} or in the full forms:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfirstlongfont]
+\cs{glsfirstlongfont}\marg{text}
+\end{definition}
+
+Display full form singular no case-change (used by \ics{gls} on
+\gls{firstuse} for abbreviations without the \catattr{regular} attribute
+set):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfullformat]
+\cs{glsxtrfullformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case
+(used by \ics{Gls} on \gls{firstuse} for abbreviations without the
+\catattr{regular} attribute set):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrfullformat]
+\cs{Glsxtrfullformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+Display full form plural no case-change
+(used by \ics{glspl} on \gls{firstuse} for abbreviations without the
+\catattr{regular} attribute set):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrfullplformat]
+\cs{glsxtrfullplformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case
+(used by \ics{Glspl} on \gls{firstuse} for abbreviations without the
+\catattr{regular} attribute set):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrfullplformat]
+\cs{Glsxtrfullplformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+In addition \meta{fmts} may also redefine the following commands that
+govern the inline full formats. If the style doesn't redefine them,
+they will default to the same as the display full forms.
+
+Inline singular no case-change (used by
+\ics{glsentryfull}, \ics{glsxtrfull} and \ics{GLSxtrfull}):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrinlinefullformat]
+\cs{glsxtrinlinefullformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by
+\ics{Glsentryfull} and \ics{Glsxtrfull}):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrinlinefullformat]
+\cs{Glsxtrinlinefullformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+Inline plural no case-change (used by
+\ics{glsentryfullpl}, \ics{glsxtrfullpl} and \ics{GLSxtrfullpl}):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrinlinefullplformat]
+\cs{glsxtrinlinefullplformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by
+\ics{Glsentryfullpl} and \ics{Glsxtrfullpl}):
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat]
+\cs{Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+
+If you want to provide support for \sty{glossaries-accsupp}
+use the following \cs{glsaccess\meta{xxx}} commands
+(\sectionref{sec:accsupp}) within the definitions of
+\cs{glsxtrfullformat} etc instead of the analogous
+\cs{glsentry}\meta{xxx} commands. (If you don't use
+\sty{glossaries-accsupp}, they will just do the corresponding
+\cs{glsentry}\meta{xxx} command.)
+
+For example, the \abbrstyle{short-long} style has the following in
+\meta{fmts}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+\end{verbatim}
+Since the inline full commands aren't redefined, they default
+to the same as the display versions.
+
+If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts]
+\cs{GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts}\marg{name}
+\end{definition}
+within \meta{fmts}, where \meta{name} is the name of the existing
+style. For example, the \abbrstyle{short-sc-long} style has the
+following in \meta{fmts}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+\end{verbatim}
+and the \abbrstyle{short-sm-long} style has:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The simplest examples of creating a new style based on an
+existing style are the \qt{em} styles, such as the
+\abbrstyle{short-em-long} style, which is defined as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newabbreviationstyle
+{short-em-long}% label
+{% setup
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
+}%
+{% fmts
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\chapter{Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers and Contents}
+\label{sec:headtitle}
+
+The \sty{glossaries} user manual cautions against using commands
+like \cs{gls} in chapter or section titles. The principle problems
+are:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item if you have a table of contents, the \gls{firstuseflag}
+will be unset in the contents rather than later in the document;
+\item if you have the location lists displayed in the glossary,
+unwanted locations will be added to it corresponding to the table of
+contents (if present) and every page that contains the entry in the
+page header (if the page style in use adds the chapter or section
+title to the header);
+\item if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to
+the header and attempts to convert it to upper case, the entry label
+(in the argument of \cs{gls} etc) will be converted to upper case
+and the entry won't be recognised;
+\item if you use \sty{hyperref}, commands like \cs{gls} can't be
+expanded to a simple string and only the label will appear in the
+PDF bookmark (with a warning from \sty{hyperref});
+\item if you use \sty{hyperref}, you will end up with nested hyperlinks
+in the table of contents.
+\end{itemize}
+
+To get around all these problems, the \sty{glossaries} user manual
+recommends using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, like
+\ics{glsentrytext} (for regular entries) or \ics{glsentryshort}
+(for abbreviations). This is the simplest solution, but doesn't
+allow for special formatting that's applied to the entry through
+commands like \cs{glstext} or \cs{glsxtrshort}. This means that if,
+for example, you are using one of the abbreviation styles that uses
+\ics{textsc} then the short form displayed with \cs{glsentryshort} won't use small
+caps. If you only have one abbreviation style in use, you can
+explicitly enclose \cs{glsentryshort}\marg{label} in the argument of
+\cs{glsabbrvfont}, like this:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\chapter{A Chapter about \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+Or, if you are using \sty{hyperref}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\chapter{A Chapter about
+\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new
+command to do this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this
+won't work as commands like \cs{gls} and \cs{glsxtrshort} redefine
+\cs{glsabbrvfont} to match the entry's style before displaying it.
+In this case, the above example doesn't take into account the
+shifting definitions of \cs{glsabbrvfont} and will use whatever
+happens to be the last abbreviation style in use. More complicated
+solutions interfere with the upper casing used by the standard
+page styles that display the chapter or section title in the page
+header using \ics{MakeUppercase}.
+
+The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package tries to resolve this by
+modifying \ics{markright} and \ics{markboth}. If you don't like this
+change, you can restore their former definitions using
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrRevertMarks]
+\cs{glsxtrRevertMarks}
+\end{definition}
+In this case, you'll have to use the \sty{glossaries} manual's
+recommendations of either simply using \cs{glsentryshort} (as above)
+or use the sectioning command's option argument to provide an
+alternative for the table of contents and page header. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\chapter[A Chapter about \glsentryshort{html}]{A Chapter about
+\gls{html}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If you don't revert the mark commands back with
+\cs{glsxtrRevertMarks}, you can use the commands described below in
+the argument of sectioning commands. You can still use them even
+if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they don't
+conflict with the page style.
+
+The commands listed below all use \ics{texorpdfstring} if
+\sty{hyperref} has been loaded so that the expandable non-formatted
+version is added to the PDF bookmarks. Note that since the commands
+that convert the first letter to upper case aren't expandable, the
+non-case-changing version is used for the bookmarks.
+
+These commands essentially behave as though you have used
+\cs{glsxtrshort} (or equivalent) with the options
+\gloskey[glslink]{noindex} and \gloskey[glslink]{hyper=false}.
+The text produced won't be converted to upper case in the page
+headings by default. If you want the text converted to upper case
+you need to set the \catattr{headuc} attribute to \qt{true}
+for the appropriate category.
+
+\begin{important}
+If you use one of the \ics{textsc} styles, be aware that the default
+fonts don't provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This
+means that if the chapter or section title style uses bold, this
+may override the small-caps setting, in which case the abbreviation
+will just appear as lower case bold. If the heading style uses
+italic, the abbreviation may appear in upright small-caps,
+\emph{even if you have set the \catattr{headuc} attribute} since
+the all-capitals form still uses \cs{glsabbrvfont}.
+You may want to consider using the \sty{slantsc} package in this
+case.
+\end{important}
+
+Display the short form:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmtshort]
+\cs{glsfmtshort}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+
+Display the plural short form:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmtshortpl]
+\cs{glsfmtshortpl}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+
+First letter upper case singular short form:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsfmtshort]
+\cs{Glsfmtshort}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
+
+First letter upper case plural short form:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsfmtshortpl]
+\cs{Glsfmtshortpl}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
+
+There are also equivalent commands for the value of the
+\gloskey{text} field:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmttext]
+\cs{glsfmttext}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+
+First letter converted to upper case:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsfmttext]
+\cs{Glsfmttext}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
+
+The plural equivalents:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmtplural]
+\cs{glsfmtplural}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+and
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsfmtplural]
+\cs{Glsfmtplural}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+
+Similarly for the value of the
+\gloskey{first} field:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmtfirst]
+\cs{glsfmtfirst}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+
+First letter converted to upper case:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsfmtfirst]
+\cs{Glsfmtfirst}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
+
+The plural equivalents:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfmtfirstpl]
+\cs{glsfmtfirstpl}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+and
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsfmtfirstpl]
+\cs{Glsfmtfirstpl}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+
+\chapter{Categories}
+\label{sec:categories}
+
+Each entry defined by \cs{newglossaryentry} (or commands that
+internally use \cs{newglossaryentry} such as \cs{newabbreviation})
+is assigned a category
+through the \gloskey{category} key. You may add any category that
+you like, but since the category is a label used in the creation
+of some control sequences, avoid problematic characters within the
+category label. (So take care if you have \sty{babel} shorthands on
+that make some characters active.)
+
+The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries
+are displayed in the text or glossary.
+
+The default category assumed by
+\cs{newglossaryentry} is labelled \category{general}. Abbreviations
+defined with \cs{newabbreviation} have the category set to
+\category{abbreviation} by default. Abbreviations defined with
+\cs{newacronym} have the category set to \category{acronym} by
+default.
+
+Additionally, if you have enabled \ics{newterm} with the
+\pkgopt{index} package option that command
+will set the category to \category{index} by default. If you have
+enabled \ics{glsxtrnewsymbol} with the \pkgopt{symbols} package
+option, that command will set the category to \category{symbol}. If you have
+enabled \ics{glsxtrnewnumber} with the \pkgopt{numbers} package
+option, that command will set the category to \category{number}.
+
+You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscategory]
+\cs{glscategory}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This is equivalent to commands like \cs{glsentryname} and so may be
+used in an expandable context. No error is generated if the entry
+doesn't exist.
+
+You can test the category for a given entry using
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsifcategory]
+\cs{glsifcategory}\marg{entry-label}\marg{category-label}\marg{true
+part}\marg{false part}
+\end{definition}
+This is equivalent to
+\begin{alltt}
+\ics{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{entry-label}\{category\}\marg{category-label}\marg{true
+part}\marg{false part}
+\end{alltt}
+so any restrictions that apply to \cs{ifglsfieldeq} also apply to
+\cs{glsifcategory}.
+
+Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the
+\category{general} and \category{acronym} categories have the
+attribute \catattr{regular} set to \qt{true} to indicate that all
+entries with either of those categories are regular entries (as
+opposed to abbreviations). This attribute is accessed by
+\cs{glsentryfmt} to determine whether to use \cs{glsgenentryfmt} or
+\cs{glsxtrgenabbrvfmt}.
+
+Other attributes recognised by \styfmt{glossaries-extra} are:
+
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[\catattr{nohyperfirst}] When using commands like \ics{gls}
+this will automatically suppress the hyperlink on \gls{firstuse} for entries with a
+category that has this attribute set to \qt{true}.
+(This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting
+the \gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key on or off in the optional argument of
+commands like \cs{gls}.)
+
+\item[\catattr{nohyper}] When using commands like \ics{gls}
+this will automatically suppress the hyperlink for entries with a
+category that has this attribute set to \qt{true}.
+(This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting
+the \gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key on or off in the optional argument of
+commands like \cs{gls}.)
+
+\item[\catattr{indexonlyfirst}] This is similar to the
+\pkgopt{indexonlyfirst} package option but only for entries
+that have a category with this attribute set to \qt{true}.
+
+\item[\catattr{discardperiod}] If set to \qt{true}, the
+post-\gls{linktext} hook will
+discard a~full stop (period) that follows \emph{non-plural} commands like \cs{gls} or
+\cs{glstext}. (Provided for entries such as abbreviations that end with a full stop.)
+
+\item[\catattr{pluraldiscardperiod}] If this attribute is set to
+\qt{true} \emph{and} the \catattr{discardperiod} attribute is set to
+\qt{true}, this will behave as above for the plural commands like
+\cs{glspl} or \cs{glsplural}.
+
+\item[\catattr{insertdots}] If this attribute is set to \qt{true}
+any entry defined using \ics{newabbreviation} will automatically
+have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry will
+be defined with those dots present as though they had been present
+in the \meta{short} argument of \cs{newabbreviation} (rather than
+inserting them every time the entry is used). The short plural
+form defaults to the new dotted version of the original \meta{short}
+form with the plural suffix appended.
+
+\begin{important}
+If you explicitly override
+the short plural using the \gloskey{shortplural} key, you must
+explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there's no way for the
+code to determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn't be
+followed by a dot).
+\end{important}
+
+This attribute is best used with the \catattr{discardperiod}
+attribute set to \qt{true}.
+
+\item[\catattr{aposplural}] If this attribute is set to \qt{true},
+\ics{newabbreviation} will insert an apostrophe (') before
+the plural suffix for the \emph{short} plural form (unless explicitly
+overridden with the \gloskey{shortplural} key). The long plural form
+is unaffected by this setting.
+
+\item[\catattr{noshortplural}] If this attribute is set to
+\qt{true}, \ics{newabbreviation} won't append the plural suffix for
+the short plural form. This means the \gloskey{short} and
+\gloskey{shortplural} values will be the same unless explicitly
+overridden. \emph{The \catattr{aposplural} attribute trumps
+the \catattr{noshortplural} attribute.}
+
+\item[\catattr{headuc}] If this attribute is set to \qt{true},
+commands like \ics{glsfmtshort} will use the upper case version
+in the page headers.
+
+\item[\catattr{tagging}] If this attribute is set to \qt{true},
+the tagging command defined by \ics{GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging}
+will be activated to use \ics{glsxtrtagfont} in the glossary
+(see \sectionref{sec:tagging}).
+
+\item[\catattr{entrycount}] Unlike the above attributes,
+this attribute isn't boolean but instead must be an integer
+value and is used in combination with \ics{glsenableentrycount}
+(see \sectionref{sec:entrycountmods}). Leave blank or undefined
+for categories that shouldn't have this facility enabled. The
+value of this attribute is used by \ics{glsxtrifcounttrigger}
+to determine how commands such as \ics{cgls} should behave.
+
+With \sty{glossaries}, commands like \cs{cgls} use \cs{cglsformat}
+only if the previous usage count for that entry was equal to~1.
+With \styfmt{glossaries-extra} the test is now for entries that
+have the \catattr{entrycount} attribute set and
+where the previous usage count for that entry is less than or
+equal to the value of that attribute.
+
+\item[\catattr{glossdesc}] The \ics{glossentrydesc} command
+(used in the predefined glossary styles) is modified by
+\styfmt{glossaries-extra} to check for this attribute.
+If the attribute is set to \qt{firstuc}, the first letter
+of the description will be converted to upper case (using
+\ics{Glsentrydesc}). If the attribute is set to \qt{title},
+the title casing command \ics{capitalisewords} (provided
+by \sty{mfirstuc}) is used on the name. Any other values of
+this attribute are ignored.
+
+\item[\catattr{glossname}] As \catattr{glossdesc} but applies
+to \ics{glossentryname}. Additionally, if this attribute is
+set to \qt{uc} the name is converted to all capitals.
+
+\item[\catattr{indexname}] If set, the \cs{glsxtrpostnamehook} hook
+used at the end of \ics{glossentyname}
+will index the entry using \ics{index}. See
+\sectionref{sec:autoindex} for further details.
+
+\item[\catattr{dualindex}] If set, whenever a glossary entry
+has information written to the external glossary file
+through commands like \ics{gls} and \ics{glsadd}, a~corresponding
+line will be written to the indexing file using \ics{index}. See
+\sectionref{sec:autoindex} for further details.
+
+\end{description}
+
+An attribute can be set using:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetcategoryattribute]
+\cs{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{category-label}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value}
+\end{definition}
+where \meta{category-label} is the category label,
+\meta{attribute-label} is the attribute label and \meta{value} is
+the new value for the attribute.
+
+There is a shortcut version to set the \catattr{regular} attribute
+to \qt{true}:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetregularcategory]
+\cs{glssetregularcategory}\marg{category-label}
+\end{definition}
+
+If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you
+can use the shortcut command:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetattribute]
+\cs{glssetattribute}\marg{entry-label}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value}
+\end{definition}
+This uses \cs{glssetcategoryattribute} with \cs{glscategory} to set
+the attribute. Note that this will affect all other entries that
+share this entry's category.
+
+You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category
+using:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsgetcategoryattribute]
+\cs{glsgetcategoryattribute}\marg{category-label}\marg{attribute-label}
+\end{definition}
+Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label
+for a given entry:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsgetattribute]
+\cs{glsgetattribute}\marg{entry-label}\marg{attribute-label}
+\end{definition}
+
+You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given
+category using:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glshascategoryattribute]
+\cs{glshascategoryattribute}\marg{category-label}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{true
+code}\marg{false code}
+\end{definition}
+This uses \sty{etoolbox}'s
+\cs{ifcsvoid} and does \meta{true code} if the attribute has been
+set and isn't blank and isn't \cs{relax}. The shortcut if you need
+to lookup the category label from an entry is:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glshasattribute]
+\cs{glshasattribute}\marg{entry-label}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{true
+code}\marg{false code}
+\end{definition}
+
+You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category
+using:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsifcategoryattribute]
+\cs{glsifcategoryattribute}\marg{category-label}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value} \marg{true-part}\marg{false-part}
+\end{definition}
+This tests if the attribute (given by \meta{attribute-label}) for
+the category (given by \meta{category-label}) is set and equal to
+\meta{value}. If true, \meta{true-part} is done. If the attribute
+isn't set or is set but isn't equal to \meta{value}, \meta{false
+part} is done.
+
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO HYPER}{HYPER}
+\end{verbatim}
+This does \qt{NO HYPER} if the \category{general} category has the
+\catattr{nohyper} attribute set to \texttt{true} otherwise if
+does \qt{HYPER}.
+
+With boolean-style attributes like \catattr{nohyper}, make sure you
+always test for \texttt{true} not \texttt{false} in case the attribute hasn't been set.
+
+Again there's a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label
+from a particular entry:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsifattribute]
+\cs{glsifattribute}\marg{entry-label}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value}\marg{true-part} \marg{false-part}
+\end{definition}
+
+There's also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has
+the \catattr{regular} attribute set:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsifregularcategory]
+\cs{glsifregularcategory}\marg{category-label}\marg{true-part}\marg{false-part}
+\end{definition}
+Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular
+entry:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsifregular]
+\cs{glsifregular}\marg{entry-label}\marg{true-part}\marg{false-part}
+\end{definition}
+
+You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
+\begin{definition}
+\cs{glsforeachincategory}\oarg{glossary-labels}\marg{category-label} \marg{glossary-cs}\marg{label-cs}\marg{body}
+\end{definition}
+This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by
+the comma-separated list \meta{glossary-labels} that have the
+category given by \meta{category-label} and performs \meta{body} for
+each match. Within \meta{body}, you can use \meta{glossary-cs} and
+\meta{label-cs}
+(which much be control sequences) to access the current glossary and
+entry label. If \meta{glossary-labels} is omitted, all glossaries
+are assumed.
+
+Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category
+with a given attribute using:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsforeachwithattribute]
+\cs{glsforeachwithattribute}\oarg{glossary-labels}\marg{attribute-label} \marg{attribute-value}\marg{glossary-cs}\marg{label-cs}\marg{body}
+\end{definition}
+This will do \meta{body} for each entry that has a category with the
+attribute \meta{attribute-label} set to \meta{attribute-value}.
+The remaining arguments are as the previous command.
+
+You can change the category for a particular entry using the
+standard glossary field changing commands, such as
+\ics{glsfielddef}. Alternatively, you can use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsetcategory]
+\cs{glsxtrsetcategory}\marg{entry-labels}\marg{category-label}
+\end{definition}
+This will change the category to \meta{category-label} for each
+entry listed in the comma-separated list \meta{entry-labels}. This
+command uses \ics{glsfieldxdef} so it will expand
+\meta{category-label} and make the change global.
+
+You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or
+glossaries using:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrsetcategoryforall]
+\cs{glsxtrsetcategoryforall}\marg{glossary-labels}\marg{category-label}
+\end{definition}
+where \meta{glossary-labels} is a comma-separated list of glossary
+labels.
+
+\chapter{Entry Counting}
+\label{sec:entrycount}
+
+As mentioned in \sectionref{sec:entrycountmods},
+\styfmt{glossaries-extra} modifies the \ics{glsenableentrycount} command to allow
+for the \catattr{entrycount} attribute. This means that
+you not only need to enable entry counting with
+\ics{glsenableentrycount}, but you also need
+to set the appropriate attribute (see \sectionref{sec:categories}).
+
+You may now use \ics{cgls} instead of \ics{gls} even if
+you haven't enabled entry counting. You will only get a warning
+if you use \cs{glsenableentrycount} without setting the
+\catattr{entrycount} attribute.
+(With \sty{glossaries}, commands like \ics{cgls} will generate
+a warning if \cs{glsenableentrycount} hasn't been used.)
+The abbreviation shortcut \ics{ab} uses \cs{cgls}
+(see \sectionref{sec:abbrshortcuts}) unlike the acronym shortcut
+\ics{ac} which uses \cs{gls}.
+
+All upper case versions (not provided by \sty{glossaries}) are
+also available:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cGLS]
+\cs{cGLS}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+and
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cGLSpl]
+\cs{cGLSpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+These are analogous to \cs{cgls} and \cs{cglspl} but they
+use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cGLSformat]
+\cs{cGLSformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+and
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cGLSplformat]
+\cs{cGLSplformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+\end{definition}
+which convert the analogous \cs{cglsformat} and
+\cs{cglsplformat} to upper case.
+
+[TODO: work out what to do about other commands such
+as \verb|\glsdisp| and \verb|\glstext|.]
+
+Just using \sty{glossaries}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{glossaries}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\glsenableentrycount
+
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+Used once: \cgls{html}.
+
+Used twice: \cgls{xml} and \cgls{xml}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If you switch to \styfmt{glossaries-extra} you must set the
+\catattr{entrycount} attribute:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\glsenableentrycount
+
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
+
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+Used once: \cgls{html}.
+
+Used twice: \cgls{xml} and \cgls{xml}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+When activated with \cs{glsenableentrycount}, commands such as
+\ics{cgls} now use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrifcounttrigger]
+\cs{glsxtrifcounttrigger}\marg{label}\marg{trigger code}\marg{normal
+code}
+\end{definition}
+to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger.
+The \meta{trigger code} uses commands like \cs{cglsformat} and
+unsets the \gls{firstuseflag}. The \meta{normal code} is the code that
+would ordinarily be performed by whatever the equivalent
+command is (for example, \cs{cgls} will use \cs{cglsformat} in
+\meta{trigger code} but the usual \cs{gls} behaviour in \meta{normal
+code}).
+
+The default definition is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{%
+ \glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%
+ {%
+ \ifnum\glsentryprevcount{#1}>\glsgetattribute{#1}{entrycount}\relax
+ #3%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {#3}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has
+the \catattr{entrycount} attribute then the \meta{trigger code}
+will be used if the previous count value
+(the number of times the entry was used on the last run) is greater
+than the value of the attribute.
+
+For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value
+is greater than four:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting,
+set the \catattr{entrycount} attribute and redefine \ics{gls},
+etc to use \ics{cgls} etc:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting]
+\cs{GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting}\marg{categories}\marg{value}
+\end{definition}
+The first argument \meta{categories} is a comma-separated list
+of categories. For each category, the \catattr{entrycount}
+attribute is set to \meta{value}. In addition, this does:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%
+\renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
+\renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
+\renewcommand*{\Glspl}{\cGlspl}%
+\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
+\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
+\end{verbatim}
+This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing
+documents.
+
+If you use \cs{GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting} more than once, subsequent uses will
+just set the \catattr{entrycount} attribute for each listed
+category.
+
+The above example document can then become:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{abbreviation}{1}
+
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+Used once: \gls{html}.
+
+Used twice: \gls{xml} and \gls{xml}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The standard entry-counting function describe above counts
+the number of times an entry has been marked as used throughout
+the document. (The reset commands will reset the total back to
+zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can
+use
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting]
+\cs{GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting}\marg{categories}\marg{value}\marg{counter-name}
+\end{definition}
+where \meta{categories} is a comma-separated list of categories
+to which this feature should be applied, \meta{value} is the
+trigger value and \meta{counter-name} is the name of the counter
+used by the sectional unit.
+
+\begin{important}
+Due to the asynchronous nature of \TeX's output routine,
+discrepancies will occur in page spanning paragraphs if you
+use the \ctr{page} counter.
+\end{important}
+
+Note that you can't use both the document-wide counting and
+the per-unit counting in the same document.
+
+The counter value is used as part of a label, which means
+that \cs{the}\meta{counter-name} needs to be expandable.
+Since \sty{hyperref} also has a similar requirement and provides
+\cs{theH}\meta{counter-name} as an expandable alternative,
+\styfmt{glossaries-extra} will use \cs{theH}\meta{counter-name}
+if it exists otherwise it will use \cs{the}\meta{counter-name}.
+
+The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: \catattr{entrycount}
+(as before) and \catattr{unitcount} (the name of the counter).
+
+Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the
+per-unit counting mechanism provide a command that can be
+used to access the current count value for this run:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentrycurrcount]
+\cs{glsentrycurrcount}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+and the final value from the previous run:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentryprevcount]
+\cs{glsentryprevcount}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value
+\emph{for the current unit}. In both commands \meta{label}
+is the entry's label.
+
+The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentryprevtotalcount]
+\cs{glsentryprevtotalcount}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run
+for the entry given by \meta{label}, and
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentryprevmaxcount]
+\cs{glsentryprevmaxcount}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.
+
+The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
+
+Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{report}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{css}{CSS}{cascading style sheet}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={sample}}
+
+\begin{document}
+\chapter{Sample}
+
+Used once: \gls{html}.
+
+Used three times: \gls{css} and \gls{css} and \gls{css}.
+
+Used once: \gls{sample}.
+
+\chapter{Another Sample}
+
+Used once: \gls{css}.
+
+Used twice: \gls{html} and \gls{html}.
+
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+In this document, the \texttt{css} entry is used three times in the
+first chapter. This is more than the trigger value of 2, so
+\verb|\gls{css}| is expanded on \gls{firstuse} with the short
+form used on subsequent use, and the \texttt{css} entries in
+that chapter are added to the glossary. In the second chapter,
+the \texttt{css} entry is only used once, which trips the
+suppression trigger, so in that chapter, the long form
+is used and \verb|\gls{css}| doesn't get a line added to
+the glossary file.
+
+The \texttt{html} is used a total of three times, but the
+expansion and indexing suppression trigger is tripped
+in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the first
+chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal
+to the trigger value.
+
+The \texttt{sample} entry has only been used once, but it doesn't
+trip the indexing suppression because it's in the \category{general}
+category, which hasn't been listed in
+\cs{GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting}.
+
+The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes.
+In the following example document the trigger value is set
+to zero, which means the index suppression won't be triggered,
+but the unit entry count is used to automatically suppress the
+hyperlink for commands like \ics{gls} by modifying the
+hook
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook]
+\cs{glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}
+\end{definition}
+which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether
+or not to suppress the hyperlink.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{general}{0}{page}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
+ \ifnum\glsentrycurrcount\glslabel>0
+ \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+A \gls{sample} entry.
+Next use: \gls{sample}.
+
+\newpage
+
+Next page: \gls{sample}.
+Again: \gls{sample}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of
+\verb|\gls{sample}| on each page.
+
+The earlier warning about using the \ctr{page} counter still
+applies. If the first instance of \cs{gls} occurs at the top of the
+page within a paragraph that started on the previous page, then
+the count will continue from the previous page.
+
+\chapter{Auto-Indexing}
+\label{sec:autoindex}
+
+It's possible that you may also want a normal index as well as
+the glossary, and you may want entries to automatically be
+added to the index (as in this document).
+There are two attributes that govern this: \catattr{indexname}
+and \catattr{dualindex}.
+
+The \ics{glsxtrpostnamehook} macro, used
+at the end of \ics{glossentryname} and \ics{Glossentryname},
+checks the \catattr{indexname} attribute for the category
+associated with that entry.
+Since \cs{glossentryname} is used in the default glossary
+styles, this makes a convenient way of automatically indexing
+each entry name at its location in the glossary without
+fiddling around with the value of the \gloskey{name} key.
+
+The internal macro used by the \sty{glossaries} package to
+write the information to the external glossary file is
+modified to check for the \catattr{dualindex} attribute.
+
+In both cases, the indexing is done through
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrdoautoindexname]
+\cs{glsxtrdoautoindexname}\marg{label}\marg{attribute-label}
+\end{definition}
+This uses the standard \ics{index} command with the sort value
+taken from the entry's \gloskey{sort} key and the actual value
+set to \cs{glsentryname}\marg{label}. If the value of the
+attribute given by \meta{attribute-label} is \qt{true}, no encap
+will be added, otherwise the encap will be the
+attribute value. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf}
+\end{verbatim}
+will set the encap to \texttt{textbf} which will display the
+relevant page number in bold whereas
+\begin{verbatim}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true}
+\end{verbatim}
+won't apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
+
+\begin{important}
+The location used in the index will always be the page number
+not the counter used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded
+package has modified the definition of \cs{index} to use
+some thing else.)
+\end{important}
+
+By default the \gloskey[glslink]{format} key won't be used with
+the \catattr{dualindex} attribute. You can allow the
+\gloskey[glslink]{format} key to override the attribute value
+by using the preamble-only command:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride]
+\cs{GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride}
+\end{definition}
+If you use this command and \sty{hyperref} has been loaded,
+then the \env{theindex} environment will be modified to redefine
+\ics{glshypernumber} to allow formats that use that command.
+
+\begin{important}
+The \catattr{dualindex} attribute will still be used on
+subsequent use even if the \catattr{indexonlyfirst} attribute
+(or \pkgopt{indexonlyfirst} package option) is set. However,
+the \catattr{dualindex} attribute will honour the
+\gloskey[glslink]{noindex} key.
+\end{important}
+
+The \cs{glsxtrdoautoindexname} command will attempt to escape any of
+\ics{makeindex}'s special characters, but there may be special cases
+where it fails, so take care. This assumes the default \gls{makeindex} actual,
+level, quote and encap values (unless any of the commands
+\ics{actualchar}, \ics{levelchar}, \ics{quotechar} or
+\ics{encapchar} have been defined before \styfmt{glossaries-extra}
+is loaded).
+
+If this isn't the case, you can use the following preamble-only
+commands to set the correct characters.
+\begin{important}
+Be very careful of possible shifting category codes!
+\end{important}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrSetActualChar]
+\cs{GlsXtrSetActualChar}\marg{char}
+\end{definition}
+Set the actual character to \meta{char}.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrSetLevelChar]
+\cs{GlsXtrSetLevelChar}\marg{char}
+\end{definition}
+Set the level character to \meta{char}.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrSetEscChar]
+\cs{GlsXtrSetEscChar}\marg{char}
+\end{definition}
+Set the escape (quote) character to \meta{char}.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrSetEncapChar]
+\cs{GlsXtrSetEncapChar}\marg{char}
+\end{definition}
+Set the encap character to \meta{char}.
+
+\chapter{On-the-Fly Document Definitions}
+\label{sec:onthefly}
+
+\begin{important}
+The commands described here may superficially look like
+\meta{word}\cs{index}\marg{word}, but they behave rather
+differently. If you want to use \cs{index} then just use
+\cs{index}.
+\end{important}
+
+The \sty{glossaries} package advises against defining entries
+in the \env{document} environment. As mentioned in
+\sectionref{sec:pkgopts} above, this ability is disabled by
+default with \styfmt{glossaries-extra} but can be enabled using
+the \pkgopt{docdefs} package options.
+
+Although this can be problematic, the \styfmt{glossaries-extra}
+package provides a way of defining and using entries within
+the \env{document} environment without the tricks used with the
+\pkgopt{docdefs} option. \emph{There are limitations with this
+approach, so take care with it.} This function is disabled by
+default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only command:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly]
+\cs{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}
+\end{definition}
+When used, this defines the commands described below.
+
+\begin{important}
+The commands \cs{glsxtr}, \cs{glsxtrpl}, \cs{Glsxtr}
+and \cs{Glsxtrpl} can't be used after the glossaries have been
+displayed (through \ics{printglossary} etc). It's best not to mix
+these commands with the standard glossary commands, such
+as \cs{gls} or there may be unexpected results.
+\end{important}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtr]
+\cs{glsxtr}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+If an entry with the label \meta{label} has already been defined,
+this just does \cs{gls}\oarg{gls-options}\marg{label}. If
+\meta{label} hasn't been defined, this will define the entry
+using:
+\begin{alltt}
+\cs{newglossaryentry}\marg{label}\{name=\marg{label},
+ category=\cs{glsxtrcat},
+ description=\{\cs{nopostdesc}\},
+ \meta{dfn-options}\}
+\end{alltt}
+
+\begin{important}
+The \meta{label} must contain any non-expandable commands, such as
+formatting commands or problematic characters.
+If the term requires any of these, they must be omitted from the
+\meta{label} and placed in the \gloskey{name} key must be provided
+in the optional argument \meta{dfn-options}.
+\end{important}
+
+The second optional argument \meta{dfn-options} should be empty
+if the entry has already been defined, since it's too late for
+them. If it's not empty, a~warning will be generated with
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrWarning]
+\cs{GlsXtrWarning}\marg{dfn-options}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+
+For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance
+of \cs{glsxtr} below:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
+% ... later
+\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If you are considering doing something like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}}
+\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{}
+% ... later
+\goose\ some more text here
+\end{verbatim}
+then don't bother. It's simpler and less problematic to just
+define the entries in the preamble with \ics{newglossaryentry}
+and then use \cs{gls} in the document.
+
+There are plural and case-changing alternatives to \cs{glsxtr}:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsxtrpl]
+\cs{glsxtrpl}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This is like \cs{glsxtr} but uses \cs{glspl} instead of \cs{gls}.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtr]
+\cs{Glsxtr}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This is like \cs{glsxtr} but uses \cs{Gls} instead of \cs{gls}.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsxtrpl]
+\cs{Glsxtrpl}\oarg{gls-options}\oarg{dfn-options}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This is like \cs{glsxtr} but uses \cs{Glspl} instead of \cs{gls}.
+
+If you use UTF-8 and don't want the inconvenient of needing
+to use an ASCII-only label, then it's better to use
+\XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ instead of \LaTeX\ (or \pdfLaTeX).
+If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels without
+switching to \XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ then there is a starred
+version of \cs{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly} that allows you to
+use UTF-8 characters in \meta{label}, but it's experimental and
+may not work in some cases.
+
+\begin{important}
+If you use the starred version of \cs{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}
+don't use any commands in the \meta{label}, even if they expand
+to just text.
+\end{important}
+
+\chapter{Supplemental Packages}
+\label{sec:supplemental}
+
+The \sty{glossaries} bundle provides additional support packages
+\sty{glossaries-prefix} (for prefixing) and \sty{glossaries-accsupp}
+(for accessibility support). These packages aren't automatically
+loaded.
+
+\section{Prefixes or Determiners}
+\label{sec:prefix}
+
+If prefixing is required, you can simply load
+\sty{glossaries-prefix} after \styfmt{glossaries-extra}. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\newabbreviation
+ [prefix={an\space},
+ prefixfirst={a~}]
+ {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+First use: \pgls{svm}.
+Next use: \pgls{svm}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Accessibility Support}
+\label{sec:accsupp}
+
+The \sty{glossaries-accsupp} needs to be loaded before
+\styfmt{glossaries-extra} or through the \pkgopt{accsupp} package
+option:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
+\end{verbatim}
+If you don't load \sty{glossaries-accsupp} or you load
+\sty{glossaries-accsupp} after \styfmt{glossaries-extra}
+the new \cs{glsaccess}\meta{xxx} commands described below will
+simply be equivalent to the corresponding \cs{glsentry}\meta{xxx}
+commands.
+
+The following \cs{glsaccess}\meta{xxx} commands add accessibility information wrapped around
+the corresponding \cs{glsentry}\meta{xxx} commands. There is
+no check for existence of the entry nor do any of these commands
+add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing information.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccessname]
+\cs{glsaccessname}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{name} field for the entry
+identified by \meta{label}.
+
+If the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package isn't loaded, this is
+simply defined as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
+\end{verbatim}
+otherwise it's defined as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryname{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+(\ics{glsnameaccessdisplay} is defined by the
+\sty{glossaries-accsupp} package.) The first letter upper case
+version is:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccessname]
+\cs{Glsaccessname}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+Without the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package this is just defined
+as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}}
+\end{verbatim}
+With the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package this is defined as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryname{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccesstext]
+\cs{glsaccesstext}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{text} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccesstext]
+\cs{Glsaccesstext}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{text} field with the first
+letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccessplural]
+\cs{glsaccessplural}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{plural} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccessplural]
+\cs{Glsaccessplural}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{plural} field
+with the first letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccessfirst]
+\cs{glsaccessfirst}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{first} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccessfirst]
+\cs{Glsaccessfirst}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{first} field
+with the first letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccessfirstplural]
+\cs{glsaccessfirstplural}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{firstplural} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccessfirstplural]
+\cs{Glsaccessfirstplural}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{firstplural} field
+with the first letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccesssymbol]
+\cs{glsaccesssymbol}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{symbol} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccesssymbol]
+\cs{Glsaccesssymbol}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{symbol} field
+with the first letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccesssymbolplural]
+\cs{glsaccesssymbolplural}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{symbolplural} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccesssymbolplural]
+\cs{Glsaccesssymbolplural}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{symbolplural} field
+with the first letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccessdesc]
+\cs{glsaccessdesc}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{desc} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccessdesc]
+\cs{Glsaccessdesc}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{desc} field
+with the first letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccessdescplural]
+\cs{glsaccessdescplural}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{descplural} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccessdescplural]
+\cs{Glsaccessdescplural}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{descplural} field
+with the first letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccessshort]
+\cs{glsaccessshort}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{short} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccessshort]
+\cs{Glsaccessshort}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{short} field with the first
+letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccessshortpl]
+\cs{glsaccessshortpl}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{shortplural} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccessshortpl]
+\cs{Glsaccessshortpl}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{shortplural} field with the first
+letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccesslong]
+\cs{glsaccesslong}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{long} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccesslong]
+\cs{Glsaccesslong}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{long} field with the first
+letter converted to upper case.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccesslongpl]
+\cs{glsaccesslongpl}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{longplural} field.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsaccesslongpl]
+\cs{Glsaccesslongpl}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This displays the value of the \gloskey{longplural} field with the first
+letter converted to upper case.
+
+\chapter{Sample Files}
+\label{sec:samples}
+
+The following sample files are provided with this package:
+\begin{description}
+\item[sample.tex] Simple sample file that uses one of the dummy
+files provided by the \sty{glossaries} package for testing.
+
+\item[sample-mixture.tex] General entries, acronyms and initialisms
+all treated differently.
+
+\item[sample-abbrv.tex] General abbreviations.
+
+\item[sample-acronym.tex] Acronyms aren't initialisms and don't
+expand on \gls{firstuse}.
+
+\item[sample-acronym-desc.tex] Acronyms that have a separate long
+form and description.
+
+\item[sample-crossref.tex] Unused entries that have been
+cross-referenced automatically are added at the end of the document.
+
+\item[sample-indexhook.tex] Use the index hook to track
+which entries have been indexed (and therefore find out
+which ones haven't been indexed).
+
+\item[sample-footnote.tex] Footnote abbreviation style that moves
+the footnote marker outside of the hyperlink generated by \cs{gls}
+and moves it after certain punctuation characters for neatness.
+
+\item[sample-undef.tex] Warn on undefined entries instead of
+generating an error.
+
+\item[sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.tex] Different abbreviation styles
+for different entries.
+
+\item[sample-initialisms.tex] Automatically insert dots into
+initialisms.
+
+\item[sample-postdot.tex] Another initialisms example.
+
+\item[sample-postlink.tex] Automatically inserting text after
+the \gls{linktext} produced by commands like \cs{gls} (outside
+of hyperlink, if present).
+
+\item[sample-header.tex] Using entries in section/chapter headings.
+
+\item[sample-autoindex.tex] Using the \catattr{dualindex} and
+\catattr{indexname} attributes to automatically add glossary
+entries to the index (in addition to the glossary \gls{locationlist}).
+
+\item[sample-autoindex-hyp.tex] As previous but uses \sty{hyperref}.
+
+\item[sample-nested.tex] Using \ics{gls} within the
+value of the \gloskey{name} key.
+
+\item[sample-entrycount.tex] Enable entry-use counting (only index
+if used more than $n$ times).
+
+\item[sample-unitentrycount.tex] Enable use of per-unit entry-use counting.
+
+\item[sample-onelink.tex] Using the per-unit entry counting
+to only have one hyperlink per entry per page.
+
+\item[sample-altmodifier.tex] Set the default options for
+commands like \cs{gls} and add an alternative modifier.
+
+\item[sample-onthefly.tex] Using on-the-fly commands. Terms with
+accents must have the \gloskey{name} key explicitly set.
+
+\item[sample-onthefly-xetex.tex] Using on-the-fly commands
+with \XeLaTeX. Terms with UTF-8 characters don't need to
+have the \gloskey{name} key explicitly set. Terms that contain
+commands must have the \gloskey{name} key explicitly set
+with the commands removed from the label.
+
+\item[sample-onthefly-utf8.tex] Tries to emulate the previous
+sample file for use with \LaTeX\ through the starred version
+of \ics{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}. This is a bit iffy and may not
+always work. Terms that contain commands must have the
+\gloskey{name} key explicitly set with the commands removed from
+the label.
+
+\item[sample-accsupp.tex] Integrate \sty{glossaries-accsupp}.
+
+\item[sample-prefix.tex] Integrate \sty{glossaries-prefix}.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\chapter{Multi-Lingual Support}
+\label{sec:lang}
+
+There's only one command provided by \styfmt{glossaries-extra}
+that you're likely to want to change in your document and that's
+\ics{abbreviationsname} (\sectionref{sec:pkgopts}) if you use
+the \pkgopt{abbreviations} package option to automatically
+create the glossary labelled \texttt{abbreviations}. If this
+command doesn't already exist, it will be defined to
+\qt{Abbreviations} if \sty{babel} hasn't been loaded, otherwise
+it will be defined as \cs{acronymname} (provided by
+\sty{glossaries}).
+
+You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}
+\end{verbatim}
+Or using \sty{babel} or \sty{polyglossia} captions hook:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\appto\captionsenglish{%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Alternatively you can use the \gloskey[printglossary]{title}
+key when you print the list of abbreviations. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\printabbreviations[title={List of Abbreviations}]
+\end{verbatim}
+or
+\begin{verbatim}
+\printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List of Abbreviations}]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which
+shouldn't appear in the final draft of your document.
+
+The \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package has the facility to load
+language modules if they exist, but won't warn if they don't.
+
+If you want to write your own language module, you just need to
+create a file called
+\texttt{glossariesxtr-}\meta{lang}\texttt{.ldf}, where \meta{lang}
+is the language name (see the \sty{tracklang} package). For example,
+\texttt{glossariesxtr-french.ldf}.
+
+The simplest code for this file is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{french}[2015/12/09 v1.0]
+
+\newcommand*{\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench}{%
+ \def\abbreviationsname{Abr\'eviations}%
+}
+\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench
+
+\ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}
+{%
+ \csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
+ {%
+ \glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+ \ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}
+ {%
+ \csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
+ {%
+ \glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ }%
+ \glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+You can adapt this for other languages by replacing
+all instances of the language identifier \texttt{french} and
+the translated text \verb|Abr\'eviations| as appropriate.
+This \texttt{.ldf} file then needs to be put somewhere on \TeX's
+path so that it can be found by \styfmt{glossaries-extra}.
+You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so that
+it can be useful to others. (Please don't send it to me. I already
+have more packages than I am able to maintain.)
+
+If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic
+messages used when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine
+the following commands:
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead]
+\cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead}\marg{label}\marg{file}
+\end{definition}
+This produces the following text in English:
+\begin{quote}
+\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead{\meta{label}}{\meta{file}}
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart]
+\cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart}
+\end{definition}
+This produces the following text in English:
+\begin{quote}
+\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain]
+\cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain}
+\end{definition}
+This produces the following text in English:
+\begin{quote}
+\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain]
+\cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This produces the following text in English:
+\begin{quote}
+\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{\meta{label}}
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile]
+\cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile}\marg{file}
+\end{definition}
+This produces the following text in English:
+\begin{quote}
+\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile{\meta{file}}
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch]
+\cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch}
+\end{definition}
+This produces the following text in English:
+\begin{quote}
+\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut]
+\cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut}\marg{file}
+\end{definition}
+This produces the following text in English:
+\begin{quote}
+\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{\meta{file}}
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail]
+\cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail}
+\end{definition}
+This produces the following text in English:
+\begin{quote}
+\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo]
+\cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo}
+\end{definition}
+This is advice on how to generate the glossary files.
+See the documented code (\texttt{glossaries-extra-code.pdf})
+for further details.
+
+\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake]
+\cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake}\marg{label}
+\end{definition}
+This is the message produced when the \pkgopt{automake} option
+is used, but the document needs a rerun or the shell escape
+setting doesn't permit the execution of the external application.
+This command also generates a warning in the transcript file.
+See the documented code for further details.
+
+\printglossaries
+\PrintIndex
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c7670a86f51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5d7f10c8c7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{report}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+\newabbreviation{svg}{SVG}{scalable vector graphics}
+
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+
+\chapter{Sample}
+
+First use: \gls{html}, \gls{xml} and \gls{svg}.
+
+Next use: \gls{html}, \gls{xml} and \gls{svg}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e5694a46241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5ff870ab85f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{cmap}
+
+\usepackage[accsupp,% use glossaries-accsupp
+ %nonumberlist,% suppress location list in glossary
+ nopostdot=false% insert dot after description in glossary
+]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+% Change the format of the location lists:
+\renewcommand{\GlsXtrFormatLocationList}[1]{Page list: #1.}
+
+% Default uses "ActualText" instead of "E". Redefine if required.
+% Support in PDF viewers is variable.
+%\renewcommand*{\glsaccsupp}[2]{%
+% \BeginAccSupp{E=#1}#2\EndAccSupp{}%
+%}
+
+\newabbreviation
+ [% add accessibility information:
+ %shortaccess={specific learning difference},% short access
+ %access={specific learning difference},% name access
+ textaccess={specific learning difference},% text access
+ ]
+ {spld}{SpLD}{specific learning difference}
+
+% \ensuremath is required in the following as the
+% accessibility support clashes with math-mode.
+
+% The firstaccess key defaults to the access key if omitted.
+% This means that on first use if firstaccess hasn't been
+% set but access has been set it will use the access text
+% that's used for the name field in the glossary (not the
+% value of the textaccess field). If this is inappropriate
+% you need to explicitly add the firstaccess key.
+
+\newglossaryentry{R}{name={\ensuremath{\Re}},
+ access={set of real numbers symbol},% name access
+ textaccess={set of real numbers},% text access
+ %firstaccess={set of real numbers},% first access
+ description={set of real numbers}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{in}{name={\ensuremath{\in}},
+ access={is element of set symbol},% name access
+ textaccess={in},% text access
+ %firstaccess={in},% first access
+ description={is an element of}}
+
+\begin{document}
+This is a sample document testing the accsupp option.
+If your PDF viewer doesn't provide a text-to-speech facility
+try copying the text on this page and pasting to a text file
+to see the difference.
+
+\section{An Abbreviation}
+
+First use: \gls{spld}.
+Next use: \gls{spld}.
+
+Access text: \glsentrytextaccess{spld}.
+
+Access short: \glsentryshortaccess{spld}.
+
+If the access field isn't set in the above, no replacement text
+is used in the corresponding \verb|\glstext|, \verb|\glsaccesstext| etc commands.
+
+Text field: \glstext{spld} (\glsaccesstext{spld}).
+Short field: \glsxtrshort{spld} (\glsaccessshort{spld}).
+
+\section{A Symbol}
+
+First use: \gls{R}. Next use: \gls{R}.
+Text field: \glstext{R}. Name field: \glsname{R}.
+
+First use: \gls{in}. Next use: \gls{in}.
+Text field: \glstext{in}. Name field: \glsname{in}.
+
+Now test in math-mode:
+\[
+x \gls{in} \gls{R}
+\]
+
+The ``firstaccess'' field is used on first use. If this hasn't
+been set the ``access'' field is used instead. The ``textaccess''
+field is used on subsequent use. If this hasn't been set the
+``access'' field is used instead. The ``access'' field is used
+for the entry name in the glossary list.
+
+Access field: \glsentryaccess{R}.
+First Access field: \glsentryfirstaccess{R}.
+Text Access field: \glsentrytextaccess{R}.
+
+Access field: \glsentryaccess{in}.
+First Access field: \glsentryfirstaccess{in}.
+Text Access field: \glsentrytextaccess{in}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9153e4c7bdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f3c85c8c94f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{report}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescacronym}{%
+ \space(\textsc{origin:} \glsentrylong{\glscurrententrylabel})%
+}
+
+\newacronym[description={a device that emits a narrow intense
+beam of light}]{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+
+\newacronym[description={a form of \gls{laser} generating a beam of
+microwaves}]{maser}{maser}{microwave amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+
+\newacronym[description={a system for detecting the location and
+speed of ships, aircraft, etc, through the use of radio waves}]{radar}{radar}{radio detection and ranging}
+
+\newacronym[description={portable breathing apparatus for divers}]{scuba}{scuba}{self-contained underwater breathing
+apparatus}
+
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+
+\chapter{Sample}
+
+An acronym is a word formed from the initial letters of other words.
+Since it's a word, an acronym is pronounced as a word rather than as
+a series of letters. Examples of acronyms: \gls{laser}, \gls{maser},
+\gls{radar} and \gls{scuba}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..40c05cdf684
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1301d14cc4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+
+\newacronym{maser}{maser}{microwave amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+
+\newacronym{radar}{radar}{radio detection and ranging}
+
+\newacronym{scuba}{scuba}{self-contained underwater breathing
+apparatus}
+
+\begin{document}
+An acronym is a word formed from the initial letters of other words.
+Since it's a word, an acronym is pronounced as a word rather than as
+a series of letters. Examples of acronyms: \gls{laser}, \gls{maser},
+\gls{radar} and \gls{scuba}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e573156966e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..201c55c26f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+% Don't use with indexonlyfirst setting!
+
+\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex}
+\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{>}{noindex=false}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
+
+\begin{document}
+This is a sample document.
+The \gls{sample} entry is used on this page but isn't indexed.
+
+\newpage
+The \gls>{sample} entry is used on this page and is indexed.
+
+\newpage
+The \gls{sample} entry is used on this page but isn't indexed.
+
+\newpage
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0b08cd4b6e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c7f1f01c226
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeindex
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass[index=totoc]{scrreprt}
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{makeidx}
+\usepackage[colorlinks,
+ hyperindex=false% necessary for the encap entry
+ ]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[abbreviations]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\renewcommand{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}
+
+\makeindex
+\makeglossaries
+
+% Provided by koma classes:
+\setindexpreamble{Page numbers in bold indicate an entry
+in the glossary or list of abbreviations.\par\medskip}
+
+% Automatically index the location of entry in the glossary
+% for those entries that are in the "general" category and
+% use "htextbf" as the encap value:
+
+% (Without the troublesome "encap" entry, hyperref's default
+% hyperindex=true option could've been used and the attribute
+% could simply be set to "textbf" and there'd be no need
+% to define "htextbf".)
+
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{htextbf}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{hyperpage}
+
+% Automatically index the location of entry in the glossary
+% for those entries that are in the "abbreviation" category
+% and use "htextbf" as the encap value:
+
+\newcommand*{\htextbf}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{indexname}{htextbf}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{dualindex}{hyperpage}
+
+% Allow "format" key to override "dualindex" attribute.
+\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride
+
+% Convert the first letter of the name to upper case in the
+% glossary for general entries:
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossname}{firstuc}
+
+% Convert the name to upper case in the glossary for
+% abbreviations:
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{glossname}{uc}
+
+% Define general entries:
+
+\newglossaryentry{duck}{name=duck,%
+ description={a waterbird with webbed feet}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{parrot}{name=parrot,%
+ description={mainly tropical bird with bright plumage}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{at}{name={@},%
+ description={makeindex's default for the ``actual value''}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{esc}{name={"},%
+ description={makeindex's default for the ``escape value''}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{encap}{name={|},%
+ description={makeindex's default for the ``encap value''}}
+
+% Set abbreviation style:
+
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
+
+% Define abbreviations:
+
+\newabbreviation
+ {html}% identifying label
+ {html}% short form
+ {hypertext markup language}% long form
+
+\newabbreviation
+ {xml}% identifying label
+ {xml}% short form
+ {extensible markup language}% long form
+
+\title{Sample document testing the glossaries-extra package}
+\author{Nicola Talbot}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\chapter{Introduction}
+
+% If hyperref's default hyperindex=true option is in use
+% the indexed term here won't need the |hyperpage bit.
+This is a sample\index{sample|hyperpage} document testing the
+\texttt{glossaries-extra} package.
+
+\chapter{General Entries}
+
+Sample entries: \gls{duck} and \gls{parrot}.
+
+Test makeindex's special characters: \gls{at} (actual)
+\gls{esc} (escape) and \gls{encap} (encap).
+
+\newpage
+
+Use some entries again: \gls{duck} and \gls[format=hyperit]{parrot}.
+
+\chapter{Abbreviations}
+
+First use: \gls{html} and \gls{xml}.
+
+Next use: \gls{html} and \gls{xml}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\printindex
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c78d94f2dfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a6e595d9493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeindex
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{report}
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{makeidx}
+\usepackage[abbreviations,counter=chapter,nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}
+\renewcommand*{\glossarypreamble}{\emph{Numbers refer to the chapter
+where the entry was referenced.}}
+
+\makeindex
+\makeglossaries
+
+% Automatically index the location of entry in the glossary
+% for those entries that are in the "general" category:
+
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true}
+
+% Only index first use for the glossary location lists
+% (doesn't affect the indexing from "dualindex" attribute):
+%\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexonlyfirst}{true}
+
+% Automatically index the location of entry in the glossary
+% for those entries that are in the "abbreviation" category
+% and use "textbf" as the encap:
+
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{indexname}{textbf}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{dualindex}{true}
+
+% Only index first use for the glossary location lists
+% (doesn't affect the indexing from "dualindex" attribute):
+%\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{indexonlyfirst}{true}
+
+% Convert the first letter of the name to upper case in the
+% glossary for general entries:
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossname}{firstuc}
+
+% Allow "format" key to override "dualindex" attribute.
+\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride
+
+% Define general entries:
+
+\newglossaryentry{duck}{name=duck,%
+ description={a waterbird with webbed feet}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{parrot}{name=parrot,%
+ description={mainly tropical bird with bright plumage}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{at}{name={@},%
+ description={makeindex's default for the ``actual value''}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{esc}{name={"},%
+ description={makeindex's default for the ``escape value''}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{encap}{name={|},%
+ description={makeindex's default for the ``encap value''}}
+
+% Set abbreviation style:
+
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
+
+% Define abbreviations:
+
+\newabbreviation
+ {html}% identifying label
+ {html}% short form
+ {hypertext markup language}% long form
+
+\newabbreviation
+ {xml}% identifying label
+ {xml}% short form
+ {extensible markup language}% long form
+
+\title{Sample document testing the glossaries-extra package}
+\author{Nicola Talbot}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\chapter{Introduction}
+
+This is a sample\index{sample} document testing the
+\texttt{glossaries-extra} package.
+
+\chapter{General Entries}
+
+Sample entries: \gls{duck} and \gls{parrot}.
+
+Test makeindex's special characters: \gls{at} (actual)
+\gls{esc} (escape) and \gls{encap} (encap).
+
+\chapter{Abbreviations}
+
+First use: \gls{html} and \gls{xml}.
+
+Next use: \gls{html} and \gls{xml}.
+
+\newpage
+
+Uses some entries again: \gls{duck} and \gls[format=textit]{parrot}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\printindex
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9e021058ad6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..886a4c1e523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample 1},description={an example}}
+\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample 2},description={an
+example},see={sample1}}
+\newglossaryentry{sample3}{name={sample 3},description={an
+example},see={sample2}}
+
+\begin{document}
+\gls{sample3}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2e7b8661974
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ebf1383e3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[docdef]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\begin{document}
+\printglossaries
+
+This is a sample document testing the use of document definitions
+for those who are happy to accept all the associated drawbacks
+of not following the advice in the glossaries manual about
+defining all your entries in the preamble. Use it at your own
+peril.
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name=sample,description={an example}}
+\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={another sample},
+ description={another example},see={sample}}
+\newabbreviation{ab}{AB}{sample abbreviation}
+
+Use \gls{sample2}.
+
+Use \gls{ab}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5c55c8e7643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0a96a885fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting
+ {abbreviation}% list of categories to use entry counting
+ {2}% trigger value
+
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+\newabbreviation{css}{CSS}{cascading style sheet}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={sample}}
+
+\begin{document}
+This is a sample document to entry counting. The entry counting
+has been enabled on the \texttt{abbreviation} category.
+This means that abbreviations will only be added to the glossary
+if they have been used more than $n$ times, where in this
+document $n$ has been set to
+\glsgetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}.
+Entries in other categories behave as normal.
+
+
+Used once: \gls{html}.
+
+Used twice: \gls{xml} and \gls{xml}.
+
+Used three times: \gls{css} and \gls{css} and \gls{css}.
+
+Used once but this entry is in the ``general'' category
+which doesn't have the ``entrycount'' attribute set:
+\gls{sample}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0f47fd994bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eed767a5c07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{report}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+%\setabbreviationstyle{footnote}% similar to glossaries.sty acronym style of the same name
+\setabbreviationstyle{postfootnote}% put the footnote after following punctuation if present
+
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+
+\begin{document}
+\chapter{Sample}
+
+First use: \gls{xml} and \gls{html}.
+
+\chapter{Another Sample}
+
+Next use: \gls{xml} and \gls{html}.
+
+Short form: \glsxtrshort{xml}\@. Long form: \glsxtrlong{html}.
+Full form: \glsxtrfull{xml}.
+
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fda80ec6370
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0fd7b39926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{report}
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}% provide bold small caps
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage{slantsc}% provide slanted small caps
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
+\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name=sample,
+ description={an example}}
+
+\pagestyle{headings}
+
+% entries with the headuc attribute set to "true"
+% will ensure the \glsfmttext etc commands use the
+% upper case version in page headers.
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{headuc}{true}
+
+% This attribute isn't set for the "abbreviation" category
+% which keeps the abbreviation as small caps in the header.
+
+% Uncomment the following to set the attribute for the
+% abbreviations as well:
+%\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{headuc}{true}
+
+\begin{document}
+\begin{abstract}
+This is a sample document that tests the use of entries
+in sectioning commands through commands like \verb|\glsfmtshort|
+and \verb|glsfmttext|.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\chapter{\Glsfmttext{sample} Chapter with \glsfmtshort{html} Abbreviation}
+\label{ch:sample}
+
+First use: \gls{html}. Next use: \gls{html}.
+Note that the \gls{sample} entry that occurs at the start of
+the chapter title appears in lower case in the PDF bookmarks, since
+the case-changing command can't be used there.
+
+\newpage
+
+Page break to test header.
+
+\chapter{Another
+ \texorpdfstring{\Glsfmttext{sample}}{Sample}
+ Chapter with \glsfmtshort{html} Abbreviation}
+
+The case-changing commands can't be used in PDF bookmarks,
+so this chapter has used \verb|\texorpdfstring| to provide
+an alternative for the PDF bookmark. The first chapter
+(\nameref{ch:sample})
+didn't do this so ``\Gls{sample}'' appeared in lower case in
+the PDF bookmark.
+
+\newpage
+
+Page break to test header.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..be927463ae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..459888c0b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{etoolbox}
+\usepackage
+ [
+ indexcrossrefs=false% cross-ref indexing performed explicitly
+ ]
+ {glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+% Keep a list of entries that have been indexed
+\newcommand*{\indexedlist}{}
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook}[1]{%
+ \xifinlist{#1}{\indexedlist}{}{\listxadd{\indexedlist}{#1}}%
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample 1},description={an example}}
+\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample 2},description={an
+example},see={sample1}}
+\newglossaryentry{sample3}{name={sample 3},description={an
+example},see={sample2}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample4}{name={sample 4},description={an example}}
+
+\begin{document}
+This is sample document.
+
+\gls{sample3}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+% index all the cross-referenced entries that haven't been used:
+\glsxtraddallcrossrefs
+
+Entries that haven't been indexed:
+\forglsentries{\thislabel}{\xifinlist{\thislabel}{\indexedlist}{}{\space\thislabel}}.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fed6e2064b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..612083ed554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+% set up the styles:
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
+
+\setabbreviationstyle[initialism]{short-long}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{initialism}{insertdots}{true}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{initialism}{discardperiod}{true}
+
+% define the entries:
+
+\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}
+
+\newabbreviation[category=initialism]{eg}{eg}{for example}
+\newabbreviation[category=initialism]{si}{SI}{sample initials}
+
+\begin{document}
+Abbreviations with dots \gls{eg} and \gls{si} and abbreviation
+without dots \gls{html} and the end of the sentence.
+
+(Next use.) Abbreviations with dots \gls{eg} and \gls{si} and abbreviation
+without dots \gls{html} and the end of the sentence.
+
+Plural: \glspl{si} and at the end of a sentence \glspl{si}.
+
+Test the space factors. (More visible if we switch to a monospaced
+font.)
+
+\begin{ttfamily}
+Initialisms in the middle \gls{eg} and \gls{si} of a sentence.
+
+Initialism at the end of a sentence \gls{eg}.
+Initialism at the end of a sentence \gls{si}.
+Another sentence.
+\end{ttfamily}
+
+Compare with explicitly writing the text without \verb|\gls|
+and judicious use of \verb*|\ | and \verb|\@|:
+
+\begin{ttfamily}
+Initialisms in the middle e.g.\ and S.I. of a sentence.
+
+Initialism at the end of a sentence e.g.
+Initialism at the end of a sentence S.I\@.
+Another sentence.
+\end{ttfamily}
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5e149b7982a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..421a5af0bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\setabbreviationstyle[inline]{long-short}
+\setabbreviationstyle[footer]{footnote}
+
+\newabbreviation[category=inline]{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+
+\newabbreviation[category=footer]{shtml}{SHTML}{server-parsed HTML}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+First use: \gls{shtml} and \gls{html}.
+
+Next use: \gls{shtml} and \gls{html}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ee272c9c825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b4fcb875202
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{report}
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+% regular terms:
+
+% The following will make the first letter of the name upper case
+% in the glossary for the general entries:
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossname}{firstuc}
+
+% The following will make the first letter of the description upper case
+% in the glossary for the general entries:
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdesc}{firstuc}
+
+\newglossaryentry{duck}{name=duck,%
+ description={a waterbird with webbed feet}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{parrot}{name=parrot,%
+ description={mainly tropical bird with bright plumage}}
+
+% acronyms:
+
+% The following redefinition will add the provided text to the end of the
+% description in the glossary.
+
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescacronym}{%
+ \space(\textsc{acronym:} \glsentrylong{\glscurrententrylabel})%
+}
+
+% The following will make the first letter of the name upper case
+% in the glossary for the acronym entries:
+\glssetcategoryattribute{acronym}{glossname}{firstuc}
+
+% The following will make the first letter of the description upper case
+% in the glossary for the acronym entries:
+\glssetcategoryattribute{acronym}{glossdesc}{firstuc}
+
+% Enable tagging of initials. The second argument is the name of
+% the command you want to use to tag initial letters. The
+% command will be defined robustly and will only be activated
+% in the glossary for the categories listed in the first
+% argument.
+% If the specified tagging command (\itag here) is used
+% anywhere else it will just do its argument.
+\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
+
+\newacronym[description={a device that emits a narrow intense
+beam of light}]{laser}{laser}
+{\itag{l}ight \itag{a}mplification by \itag{s}timulated
+\itag{e}mission of \itag{r}adiation}
+
+\newacronym[description={a form of \gls{laser} generating a beam of
+microwaves}]{maser}{maser}
+{\itag{m}icrowave \itag{a}mplification by \itag{s}timulated
+\itag{e}mission of \itag{r}adiation}
+
+\newacronym[description={a system for detecting the location and
+speed of ships, aircraft, etc, through the use of radio waves}]{radar}{radar}
+{\itag{ra}dio \itag{d}etection \itag{a}nd \itag{r}anging}
+
+\newacronym[description={portable breathing apparatus for divers}]{scuba}{scuba}
+{\itag{s}elf-\itag{c}ontained \itag{u}nderwater
+\itag{b}reathing \itag{a}pparatus}
+
+% The following redefinition will add the provided text to the end of the
+% description in the glossary.
+
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescabbreviation}{%
+ \space (abbreviation)%
+}
+
+% The following will set the description in title case
+% in the glossary for the abbreviations:
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{glossdesc}{title}
+
+% The following will convert the abbreviations to all capitals
+% in the glossary:
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{glossname}{uc}
+
+% Use \textsc in the abbreviations:
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
+
+% Some other attributes you might want to try:
+
+% Use 's (apostrophe s) for the plural suffix
+% (only affects the short plural not the long plural)
+%\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{aposplural}{true}
+
+% Suppress the default suffix for the short plural.
+% (Don't use with the above for the same category.)
+%\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{noshortplural}{true}
+
+% abbreviations:
+
+\newabbreviation
+ {html}% identifying label
+ {html}% short form
+ {\itag{h}yper\itag{t}ext \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage}% long form
+
+\newabbreviation
+ {xml}% identifying label
+ {xml}% short form
+ {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage}% long form
+
+\newabbreviation
+ {svg}% identifying label
+ {svg}% short form
+ {\itag{s}calable \itag{v}ector \itag{g}raphics}% long form
+
+\newabbreviation
+ {svm}% identifying label
+ {svm}% short form
+ {\itag{s}upport \itag{v}ector \itag{m}achine}% long form
+
+\title{Sample Document Illustrating the glossaries-extra Package}
+\author{Nicola Talbot}
+
+\begin{document}
+\pagenumbering{alph}
+\maketitle
+
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\tableofcontents
+
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\chapter{Categories}
+
+The \texttt{glossaries-extra} package provides an extra key called
+\texttt{category}, which is used to assign a category to each entry.
+For example, the category for the ``duck'' entry is:
+\glscategory{duck}.
+
+The category value is just a label, which needs to be expandable, so
+make sure you avoid problematic characters in it. You can test the
+category with \verb|\glsifcategory|.
+
+The entry ``duck'' \glsifcategory{duck}{general}{is}{isn't} a
+general entry.
+The entry ``laser'' \glsifcategory{laser}{general}{is}{isn't} a
+general entry.
+
+A category can have attributes set. For example, both the
+``general'' category and the ``acronym'' category have the attribute
+``regular'' set to ``true''.
+
+You can obtain the value of an attribute for a given category with
+\begin{verbatim}
+\glsgetcategoryattribute{category}{attribute}
+\end{verbatim}
+This does nothing if the category
+or attribute aren't defined.
+
+Category ``general'' has the attribute ``regular'' set to
+``\glsgetcategoryattribute{general}{regular}''.
+Category ``acronym'' has the attribute ``regular'' set to
+``\glsgetcategoryattribute{acronym}{regular}''.
+Category ``abbreviation'' has the attribute ``regular'' set to
+``\glsgetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{regular}''.
+
+You can test if a category has an attribute set to a given value
+with
+\begin{verbatim}
+\glsifcategoryattribute{category}{attribute}{value}{true code}{false
+code}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Category ``general''
+\glsifcategoryattribute{general}{regular}{true}{has}{doesn't have}
+the ``regular'' attribute set to ``true''.
+Category ``acronym''
+\glsifcategoryattribute{acronym}{regular}{true}{has}{doesn't have}
+the ``regular'' attribute set to ``true''.
+Category ``abbreviation''
+\glsifcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{regular}{true}{has}{doesn't have}
+the ``regular'' attribute set to ``true''.
+
+\chapter{Regular Terms}
+
+By default glossary entries have the category ``general''.
+For
+example\glsforeachincategory{general}{\thistype}{\thislabel}{,
+\gls{\thislabel}} have the category field set to ``general''.
+
+Commands like \verb|\newabbreviation| and \verb|\newacronym|
+override this.
+
+Regular terms are those entries whose category has the ``regular''
+attribute set to ``true''. There's a convenient shortcut to
+determine if an entry has a category with the ``regular'' attribute
+set:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\glsifregular{entry-label}{true code}{false code}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+For example: \gls{duck} \glsifregular{duck}{is}{isn't} a regular
+term;
+\gls{laser} \glsifregular{laser}{is}{isn't} a regular
+term.
+
+The regular attribute determines what \verb|\gls| (and plural and
+case-changing variants) should do. A regular entry (even if
+it's been defined using \verb|\newacronym| or
+\verb|\newabbreviation|) uses the \texttt{first} (or
+\texttt{firstplural}) key on first use and the \texttt{text}
+(or \texttt{plural}) key on subsequent use.
+
+An abbreviation whose category doesn't have the regular attribute
+set to ``true'' will use the abbreviation style assigned
+to that category for first and subsequent use, which will use
+the values of the \texttt{long} (or \texttt{longplural})
+and \texttt{short} (or \texttt{shortplural}) keys.
+The first use of \verb|\gls| may or may not match \verb|\glsfirst|
+for non-regular entries, depending on the abbreviation style.
+
+\chapter{Abbreviations}
+
+Abbreviations include acronyms, initialisms and contractions.
+Some abbreviation styles may set category attributes.
+For example, the ``short'' style sets the ``regular'' attribute for
+the category used by the abbreviations with that style applied.
+Whereas the ``long-short'' style will switch off the ``regular'' attribute
+if it has previously been switched on.
+Styles must be set before defining abbreviations, but you may set
+different styles for different categories.
+
+For example, by default the ``short'' style is set for abbreviations
+with the ``acronym'' category using:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{short}
+\end{verbatim}
+whereas the ``short-long'' style is set for abbreviations with the
+``abbreviation'' category:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short}
+\end{verbatim}
+(The optional argument defaults to ``abbreviation''.)
+
+If no style has been set for a particular category, the style for the
+``abbreviation'' category is used instead.
+
+\section{Acronyms}
+
+An acronym is a word formed from the initial letters of other words.
+Since it's a word, an acronym is pronounced as a word rather than as
+a series of letters. Examples of acronyms: \gls{laser}, \gls{maser},
+\gls{radar} and \gls{scuba}.
+
+Since acronyms are treated as words, the ``acronym'' category
+has the ``regular'' attribute set to ``true''. The default
+abbreviation style for acronyms is ``short'', which doesn't expand
+the entry on first use.
+
+The description defaults to the long
+form with the ``short'' style. This example document overrides
+the default description by using the \texttt{description}
+key in the optional argument of \verb|\newacronym|. This
+document also sets the post description hook
+(\verb|\glsxtrpostdescacronym|) to insert the long form in
+parentheses after the description when it's displayed in the glossary.
+
+\section{Initialism}
+
+Initialisms are formed from initial letters of words where the
+letters are sounded out. Examples of initialisms:
+\gls{svm}, \gls{html}, \gls{svg} and \gls{xml}.
+
+The \texttt{glossaries-extra} package sets the default abbreviation
+style to \texttt{long-short}. This document has changed it to
+\texttt{long-short-sc} (use small caps). Next use:
+\gls{svm}, \gls{html}, \gls{svg} and \gls{xml}.
+
+Note that the acronyms (like \gls{laser}) don't use small caps.
+This is because the acronyms and initialisms have separate styles
+applied since they are in separate categories.
+
+\section{Plurals}
+
+The default plural for the short form is obtained by appending
+the abbreviation plural suffix to the singular form. You can
+override this on a per-entry basis using the \texttt{shortplural}
+key in the optional argument of \verb|\newabbreviation|
+(or \verb|\newacronym|) or you can prevent the suffix from
+being added to all entries in a particular category (or categories)
+by setting the \texttt{noshortplural} attribute to ``true'' for
+the relevant category (before defining the entries).
+
+Alternatively you can automatically insert an apostrophe before
+the plural suffix by setting the \texttt{aposplural} attribute to
+``true''. The \texttt{aposplural} attribute overrides the
+\texttt{noshortplural} attribute.
+
+Plurals: \glspl{svm}, \glspl{laser}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ed4ae880a37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d5a481604fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
+
+\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server side includes}
+\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}
+
+%DON'T use this with upper casing commands!
+\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}
+
+% Alternatively
+%\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+This is a sample document testing nested link text.
+The \texttt{glossaries-extra} package temporarily modifies
+commands like \verb|\gls| or \verb|\glsxtrshort| that occur
+in fields, when any of those field is accessed through linking
+commands.
+
+First use: \gls{shtml}.
+
+\newpage
+
+Next use: \gls{shtml}.
+
+\newpage
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e674c1effd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1d9a71876c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{lipsum}
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{general}{0}{page}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
+\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={another sample},description={another example}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
+ \ifnum\glsentrycurrcount\glslabel>0
+ \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+A \gls{sample} entry. \Gls{sample2}.
+Next use: \gls{sample}, \gls{sample2}.
+
+\lipsum[1]
+
+\Gls{sample} and more \glspl{sample}.
+\Gls{sample2} and \gls{sample2}.
+
+\newpage
+
+Next page: \gls{sample} and \gls{sample2}.
+
+Again: \gls{sample} and \gls{sample2}.
+
+\lipsum[2-5]
+
+Now for a \gls{sample} paragraph that spans the page break.
+\lipsum*[6-7] The entry in the final sentence in this \gls{sample} paragraph
+is incrementing and testing the count from the previous page.
+
+Another \gls{sample} paragraph.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2f6f3fee1f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..51b91b2530e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+% The starred version will attempt to allow UTF8 characters
+% in the label, but this may fail!
+\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly*
+
+\begin{document}
+This is a \glsxtr{sample} document illustrating on-the-fly
+simultaneous \glsxtr{definition} and \glsxtr{usage}
+for \glsxtr[format=textbf][plural=glossaries]{glossary}
+\glsxtrpl[][plural=entries]{entry}. This has
+drawbacks and it's really much better to define entries in the
+\glsxtr{preamble}, but you may find it useful for simple
+indexing.
+
+\newpage
+
+\Glsxtr{preamble} \glsxtrpl{definition} are much better,
+but here is a \glsxtr{sample} of what you can do.
+
+\newpage
+The \glsxtrpl{glossary} must come at the end of the document
+with this usage.
+
+\newpage
+Commands can't occur in the label. The ``name'' key has to be
+used instead, but the starred version of
+\verb|\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly| attempts to allow non-ASCII
+characters in the label, but this may break some commands,
+so take care!
+
+The \glsxtr{naïve}
+\glsxtr[][plural={phœnixes}]{phœnix} sent
+off its \glsxtr{résumé} covered in
+\glsxtr{pâté} from the \glsxtr{soirée}.
+
+Terms that contain commands must have the ``name'' set and the
+command removed from the label
+\glsxtr[][name={\emph{e.g.}}]{eg} like this, but
+really it's much better to define the entry in the preamble
+and use the standard \verb|\gls| instead.
+
+\newpage
+The previous page presupposes the existence of
+\glsxtrpl{phœnix}.
+
+\newpage
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..90373cdd356
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ca31d13542
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+% arara: xelatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: xelatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{fontspec}
+\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly
+
+\begin{document}
+This is a \glsxtr{sample} document illustrating on-the-fly
+simultaneous \glsxtr{definition} and \glsxtr{usage}
+for \glsxtr[format=textbf][plural=glossaries]{glossary}
+\glsxtrpl[][plural=entries]{entry}. This has
+drawbacks and it's really much better to define entries in the
+\glsxtr{preamble}, but you may find it useful for simple
+indexing.
+
+\newpage
+
+\Glsxtr{preamble} \glsxtrpl{definition} are much better,
+but here is a \glsxtr{sample} of what you can do.
+
+\newpage
+The \glsxtrpl{glossary} must come at the end of the document
+with this usage.
+
+\newpage
+Commands can't occur in the label. The ``name'' key has to be
+used instead, but XeTeX makes life a bit easier for non-ASCII
+characters.
+
+The \glsxtr{naïve}
+\glsxtr[][plural={phœnixes}]{phœnix} sent
+off its \glsxtr{résumé} covered in
+\glsxtr{pâté} from the \glsxtr{soirée}.
+
+Terms that contain commands must have the ``name'' set and the
+command removed from the label
+\glsxtr[][name={\emph{e.g.}}]{eg} like this, but
+really it's much better to define the entry in the preamble
+and use the standard \verb|\gls| instead.
+
+\newpage
+The previous page presupposes the existence of
+\glsxtrpl{phœnix}.
+
+\newpage
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..42bf8cbfc85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8431c6abe26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly
+
+\begin{document}
+This is a \glsxtr{sample} document illustrating on-the-fly
+simultaneous \glsxtr{definition} and \glsxtr{usage}
+for \glsxtr[format=textbf][plural=glossaries]{glossary}
+\glsxtrpl[][plural=entries]{entry}. This has
+drawbacks and it's really much better to define entries in the
+\glsxtr{preamble}, but you may find it useful for simple
+indexing.
+
+\newpage
+
+\Glsxtr{preamble} \glsxtrpl{definition} are much better,
+but here is a \glsxtr{sample} of what you can do.
+
+\newpage
+The \glsxtrpl{glossary} must come at the end of the document
+with this usage.
+
+\newpage
+Commands can't occur in the label. The ``name'' key has to be
+used instead. Isn't this fiddly and not really worth the
+effort. May as well just define all the \glspl{entry} in the
+\glsxtr{preamble} instead.
+
+The \glsxtr[][name={na\"{\i}ve}]{naive}
+\glsxtr[][plural={ph\oe nixes},name={ph\oe nix}]{phoenix} sent
+off its \glsxtr[][name={r\'esum\'e}]{resume} covered in
+\glsxtr[][name={p\^at\'e}]{pate} from
+the \glsxtr[][name={soir\'ee}]{soiree}.
+
+\newpage
+The previous page presupposes the existence of
+\glsxtrpl{phoenix}.
+
+\newpage
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7593d10a722
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c54e3dcede7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+% Sample entry in the "general" category:
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
+
+\setabbreviationstyle[initialism]{short}
+
+% Set the attribute "insertdots" set to "true" to automatically
+% insert periods between the letters in initialism:
+\glssetcategoryattribute{initialism}{insertdots}{true}
+
+% This can cause a problem if any of the initialisms occur at the
+% end of a sentence so set the attribute "discardperiod" set to "true":
+\glssetcategoryattribute{initialism}{discardperiod}{true}
+
+\newabbreviation
+ [category=initialism,description={for example}]
+ {eg}{eg}{exempli gratia}
+
+% Now for an abbreviation without dots. This is strictly speaking
+% also an initialism, but it's going to be assigned the standard
+% "abbreviation" category:
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+% (This will use the style currently set for the "abbreviation"
+% category, which is the short-long style by default.)
+
+\begin{document}
+
+Entry occurs at the end of a sentence: \gls{eg}.
+Entry occurs at the end of a sentence: \gls{sample}.
+Entry occurs at the end of a sentence: \gls{html}.
+
+Entry \gls{eg} occurs in the middle of a sentence.
+Entry \gls{sample} occurs in the middle of a sentence.
+Entry \gls{html} occurs in the middle of a sentence.
+
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c6cf36a78be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..42adeda7df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[style=tree]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+% Append the description in parentheses on first use
+% for entries with the "describe" category:
+
+\glssetregularcategory{describe}
+
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkdescribe}{%
+ \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},
+ category=describe,
+ description={the first sample entry}}
+
+% Append the symbol in parentheses on first use for
+% entries with the "symbol" category:
+
+\glssetregularcategory{symbol}
+
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinksymbol}{%
+ \glsxtrifwasfirstuse
+ {%
+ \space (denoted: \glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},
+ symbol={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}_2}},
+ category=symbol,
+ description={the second sample entry}}
+
+% Append the description as a footnote for general entries
+% on first use:
+
+%\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
+% \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
+%}
+
+% or (defer footnote mark until after any following punctuation):
+
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
+ \glsxtrifwasfirstuse
+ {\glsxtrdopostpunc{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}}%
+ {}%
+}
+
+% Disable hyperlink of first use for those entries in the "general"
+% category:
+
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{nohyperfirst}{true}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample3}{name={sample3},
+ description={the third sample entry}}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+First use: \gls{sample1}, \gls{sample2} and \gls{sample3}.
+
+Next use: \gls{sample1}, \gls{sample2} and \gls{sample3}.
+
+Value of first field (post-link hook is still used): \glsfirst{sample1}, \glsfirst{sample2}
+and \glsfirst{sample3}. (The last one isn't considered first use by
+the hook that determines whether or not to hyperlink on first use.)
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..921d9c58c2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7fa2f325fb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\newabbreviation
+ [prefix={an\space},
+ prefixfirst={a~}]
+ {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+This is a sample document to test prefixes.
+First use: \pgls{svm}.
+Next use: \pgls{svm}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c2e1b926fcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..194f4a4bc89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[undefaction=warn]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name=sample,description={an example}}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+Defined entry: \gls{sample}, \glslink{sample}{text}.
+
+Undefined entry: \gls{undefined}, \glslink{undefined}{text}.
+
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7ecd515b3e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..03623a42023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{report}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+\newabbreviation{css}{CSS}{cascading style sheet}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={sample}}
+
+\newcommand*{\lastruncount}[1]{%
+Overall number of times the \texttt{#1} entry is used in
+this chapter: \glsentryprevcount{#1}. (Information obtained
+from previous run.)%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\currentruncount}[1]{%
+Number of times the \texttt{#1} entry has been used this
+chapter so far: \glsentrycurrcount{#1}.%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\triggertest}[1]{%
+Normal usage of \texttt{\char`\\gls} \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#1}{has}{hasn't} been
+suppressed for the \texttt{#1} entry in this chapter.%
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+This is a sample document to entry counting per unit. The unit entry counting
+has been enabled on the \texttt{abbreviation} category.
+The unit has been set to
+``\glsgetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{unitcount}''.
+This means that abbreviations will only be added to the glossary if
+they are used more than $n$ times per
+\glsgetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{unitcount},
+where in this document $n$ has been set to
+\glsgetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}.
+Entries in other categories behave as normal.
+
+\chapter{Sample}
+
+\lastruncount{xml}
+
+Used once: \gls{html}.
+
+Used twice: \gls{xml} and \gls{xml}.
+
+Used three times: \gls{css} and \gls{css} and \gls{css}.
+
+Used once but this entry is in the ``general'' category
+which doesn't have the entry unit counting set:
+\gls{sample}.
+
+\currentruncount{xml}
+
+\triggertest{xml}
+
+\currentruncount{css}
+
+\triggertest{css}
+
+\chapter{Another Sample}
+
+Used once in this chapter: \gls{xml}.
+
+Used twice in this chapter: \gls{css} and \gls{css}.
+
+\currentruncount{css}
+
+\triggertest{css}
+
+Total number of times the \texttt{css} entry was used
+throughout the document on the previous run:
+\glsentryprevtotalcount{css}.
+
+Total number of times the \texttt{xml} entry was used
+throughout the document on the previous run:
+\glsentryprevtotalcount{xml}.
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a61cb117186
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..42e2f4d6777
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdflatex
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
+\setglossarystyle{mcolindex}
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\loadglsentries{example-glossaries-brief}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Sample}
+
+Entries: \forglsentries{\thislabel}{\gls{\thislabel}. }
+
+\printglossaries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..79b243129a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,9943 @@
+%\iffalse
+% glossaries-extra.dtx generated using makedtx version 1.1 (c) Nicola Talbot
+% Command line args:
+% -author "Nicola Talbot"
+% -doc "glossaries-extra-codedoc.tex"
+% -codetitle "Main Package Code"
+% -src "glossaries-extra.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra.sty"
+% -section "chapter"
+% glossaries-extra
+% Created on 2016/1/24 16:56
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+%<*package>
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%</package>
+%\fi
+% \iffalse
+% Doc-Source file to use with LaTeX2e
+% Copyright (C) 2016 Nicola Talbot, all rights reserved.
+% \fi
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass[report,widecs]{nlctdoc}
+
+\iffalse
+glossaries-extra-codedoc.tex is a stub file used by makedtx to create
+glossaries-extra.dtx
+\fi
+
+\usepackage{alltt}
+\usepackage{pifont}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[colorlinks,
+ bookmarks,
+ hyperindex=false,
+ pdfauthor={Nicola L.C. Talbot},
+ pdftitle={glossaries-extra.sty: an extension to the glossaries
+package},
+ pdfkeywords={LaTeX,package,glossary,abbreviations}]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+
+\RecordChanges
+
+\makeglossaries
+
+\renewcommand*{\main}[1]{\hyperpage{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\htextbf}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\itermdef}[1]{\index{#1|htextbf}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{xindy}{
+ name={\appfmt{xindy}\index{xindy|htextbf}},
+ sort={xindy},
+ text={\protect\app{xindy}},
+ description={An flexible indexing application with multilingual
+ support written in Perl}
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{makeindex}{%
+ name={\appfmt{makeindex}\index{makeindex|htextbf}},%
+ sort={makeindex},%
+ text={\protect\app{makeindex}},%
+ description={An indexing application},
+}
+
+\let\glsd\glsuseri
+\let\glsation\glsuserii
+
+\newglossaryentry{firstuse}{%
+ name={First use\ifirstuse},
+ sort={first use},%
+ text={first use},%
+ user1={first used},
+ description={The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start
+ of the document or after a reset) with one of the
+ following commands: \ics{gls}, \ics{Gls}, \ics{GLS}, \ics{glspl},
+ \ics{Glspl}, \ics{GLSpl} or \ics{glsdisp}.
+ \glsseeformat{firstuseflag,firstusetext}{}\nopostdesc}%
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{firstuseflag}{%
+name={First use flag\ifirstuseflag},
+sort={first use flag},%
+text={first use flag},%
+description={A conditional that determines whether or not the entry
+has been used according to the rules of \gls{firstuse}}%
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{firstusetext}{%
+name={First use text\ifirstusetext},
+sort={first use text},%
+text={first use text},%
+description={The text that is displayed on \gls{firstuse}, which is
+governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
+\ics{newglossaryentry}. (May be overridden by
+\ics{glsdisp}.)\nopostdesc}%
+}
+
+\doxitem{Option}{option}{package options}
+\doxitem{Counter}{counter}{glossary counters}
+\doxitem{AbbrvStyle}{abbrvstyle}{abbreviation styles}
+
+\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+
+\CheckSum{6805}
+
+\newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}}
+\newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}}
+\newcommand*{\firstuseflag}{\gls{firstuseflag}}
+\newcommand*{\firstusetext}{\gls{firstusetext}}
+
+\newcommand*{\ifirstuseflag}{\iterm{first use>flag}}
+\newcommand*{\ifirstusetext}{\iterm{first use>text}}
+
+\newcommand*{\istkey}[1]{\appfmt{#1}\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>#1=\texttt{#1}|hyperpage}}
+\newcommand*{\locfmt}[1]{\texttt{#1}\SpecialMainIndex{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\mkidxspch}{\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>special characters|hyperpage}}
+
+\newcommand*{\igloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt{#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\gloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\csopt{#1}{#2}}
+
+\newcommand*{\glostyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{glossary styles:>#1={\protect\sffamily#1}|main}}
+
+\newcommand*{\acrstyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{acronym
+styles (glossaries):>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}}
+
+\newcommand*{\abbrstyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{abbreviation styles:>#1={\protect\sffamily#1}|main}}
+
+\newcommand*{\category}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{entry categories:>#1={\protect\sffamily#1}|main}}
+
+\newcommand*{\catattr}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{category attributes:>#1={\protect\sffamily#1}|main}}
+
+\GlossaryPrologue{%
+ \chapter*{{Change History}}%
+ \markboth{{Change History}}{{Change History}}%
+ \phantomsection
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Change History}%
+ \raggedright
+}
+
+\title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.0:
+ documented code}
+\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt]
+Dickimaw Books\\
+\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
+
+\date{2016-01-24}
+
+\begin{document}
+\DocInput{glossaries-extra.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%\fi
+%\MakeShortVerb{"}
+%\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+%\begin{abstract}
+%This is the documented code for the \sty{glossaries-extra} package.
+%See glossaries-extra-manual.pdf for the user manual.
+%
+%\begin{important}
+%This package is experimental and not stable. It's provided for
+%testing purposes only. Future versions may not be compatible with
+%this version. Once it has stabilised I'll add it to CTAN, at which
+%point compatibility with the first stable version will be
+%maintained.
+%\end{important}
+%\end{abstract}
+%
+%\tableofcontents
+%
+%\StopEventually{%
+% \printglossaries
+% \PrintChanges
+% \PrintIndex
+%}
+%
+%
+%
+%\chapter{Main Package Code}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-extra.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\changes{0.1}{2015-11-22}{Initial experimental release}
+%\section{Package Initialisation and Options}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2016/01/24 v1.0 (NLCT)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Requires \sty{xkeyval} to define package options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Requires \sty{etoolbox} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Has \sty{glossaries} already been loaded?
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries}
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Already loaded so pass any options to \cs{setupglossaries}.
+% This means that the options that can only be set when
+% \sty{glossaries} is loaded can't be used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\glsxtr@dooption}[1]{\setupglossaries{#1}}%
+ \let\@glsxtr@declareoption\@gls@declareoption
+}
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Not already loaded, so pass options to \sty{glossaries}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\glsxtr@dooption}[1]{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{#1}{glossaries}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set the defaults.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{toc}{glossaries}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{nopostdot}{glossaries}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{noredefwarn}{glossaries}
+ \@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{babel}%
+ {\PassOptionsToPackage{translate=babel}{glossaries}}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\@glsxtr@declareoption}[2]{%
+ \DeclareOptionX{#1}{#2}%
+ \DeclareOption{#1}{#2}%
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Declare package options.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrundefaction}
+% Determines what to do if an entry hasn't been defined.
+% The two arguments are the error or warning message and the help
+% message if an error should be produced.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrundefaction}[2]{%
+ \@glsxtrundeftag\PackageError{glossaries-extra}{#1}{#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@warnonexistsordo}
+% If user wants \pkgopt[warn]{undefaction}, then \sty{glossaries}
+% v4.19 is required.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@warnonexistsordo}[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrundeftag}
+% Text to display when an entry doesn't exist.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrundeftag}{??}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtrundeftag}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This text is switched on at the start of the document to prevent
+% unwanted text inserted into the preamble if any tests are made
+% before the start of the document.
+%\end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries-extra.sty}{undefaction}[\val\nr]%
+ {warn,error}%
+ {%
+ \ifcase\nr\relax
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrundefaction}[2]{%
+ \@glsxtrundeftag\GlossariesExtraWarning{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtr@warnonexistsordo}[1]{%
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{glossaries-extra}{%
+ \string##1\space hasn't been defined, so
+ some errors won't be converted to warnings.
+ (This most likely means your version of
+ glossaries.sty is below version 4.19.)}%
+ }%
+ \or
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrundefaction}[2]{%
+ \@glsxtrundeftag\PackageError{glossaries-extra}{##1}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtr@warnonexistsordo}[1]{}%
+ \fi
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% By default don't allow entries to be defined in the document to
+% encourage the user to define them in the preamble, but if the user
+% is really determined to define them in the document allow them to
+% request this.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries-extra.sty}[@glsxtr]{docdef}[true]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{option}{indexcrossrefs}
+% Automatically index cross references at the end of the document
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries-extra.sty}[@glsxtr]{indexcrossrefs}[true]{%
+ \if@glsxtrindexcrossrefs
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindexcrossrefs}{}%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+% Switch off since this can increase the build time.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@glsxtrindexcrossrefsfalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+% But allow \gloskey{see} key to switch it on automatically.
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@autoindexcrossrefs}
+%\changes{1.0}{2016-01-24}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindexcrossrefs}{\@glsxtrindexcrossrefstrue}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlossariesExtraWarning}
+%Allow users to suppress warnings.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlossariesExtraWarning}[1]{\PackageWarning{glossaries-extra}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlossariesExtraWarningNoLine}
+%Allow users to suppress warnings.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlossariesExtraWarningNoLine}[1]{%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries-extra}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@glsxtr@declareoption{nowarn}{%
+ \let\GlossariesExtraWarning\@gobble
+ \let\GlossariesExtraWarningNoLine\@gobble
+ \glsxtr@dooption{nowarn}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrabbrvtype}
+% Glossary type for abbreviations.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrabbrvtype}{\glsdefaulttype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef}
+% Set by \pkgopt{abbreviations} option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@doabbreviationsdef}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@doabbreviationsdef}{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{babel}%
+ {\providecommand{\abbreviationsname}{\acronymname}}%
+ {\providecommand{\abbreviationsname}{Abbreviations}}%
+ \newglossary[glg-abr]{abbreviations}{gls-abr}{glo-abr}{\abbreviationsname}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrabbrvtype}{abbreviations}%
+ \newcommand*{\printabbreviations}[1][]{%
+ \printglossary[type=\glsxtrabbrvtype,##1]%
+ }%
+ \disable@keys{glossaries-extra.sty}{abbreviations}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the \pkgopt{acronym} option hasn't been used, change
+% \ics{acronymtype} to \ics{glsxtrabbrvtype}.
+%\changes{0.4}{2015-12-03}{added redefinition of \cs{acronymtype}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifglsacronym
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{\glsxtrabbrvtype}%
+ \fi
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{option}{abbreviations}
+% If \pkgopt{abbreviations}, create a new glossary type for abbreviations.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@glsxtr@declareoption{abbreviations}{%
+ \let\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef\@glsxtr@doabbreviationsdef
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts}
+% Enable shortcut commands for the abbreviations. Unlike the analogous
+% command provided by \sty{glossaries}, this uses \cs{newcommand}
+% instead of \cs{let} as a safety feature.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts}{%
+ \newcommand*{\ab}{\cgls}%
+ \newcommand*{\abp}{\cglspl}%
+ \newcommand*{\as}{\glsxtrshort}%
+ \newcommand*{\asp}{\glsxtrshortpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\al}{\glsxtrlong}%
+ \newcommand*{\alp}{\glsxtrlongpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\af}{\glsxtrfull}%
+ \newcommand*{\afp}{\glsxtrfullpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\Ab}{\cGls}%
+ \newcommand*{\Abp}{\cGlspl}%
+ \newcommand*{\As}{\Glsxtrshort}%
+ \newcommand*{\Asp}{\Glsxtrshortpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\Al}{\Glsxtrlong}%
+ \newcommand*{\Alp}{\Glsxtrlongpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\Af}{\Glsxtrfull}%
+ \newcommand*{\Afp}{\Glsxtrfullpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\AB}{\cGLS}%
+ \newcommand*{\ABP}{\cGLSpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\AS}{\GLSxtrshort}%
+ \newcommand*{\ASP}{\GLSxtrshortpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\AL}{\GLSxtrlong}%
+ \newcommand*{\ALP}{\GLSxtrlongpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\AF}{\GLSxtrfull}%
+ \newcommand*{\AFP}{\GLSxtrfullpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\newabbr}{\newabbreviation}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Disable this command after it's been used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts\relax
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts}
+% Similarly provide shortcut versions for the commands provided by
+% the \pkgopt{symbols} and \pkgopt{numbers} options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts}{%
+ \newcommand*{\newentry}{\newglossaryentry}%
+ \ifdef\printsymbols
+ {%
+ \newcommand*{\newsym}{\glsxtrnewsymbol}%
+ }{}%
+ \ifdef\printnumbers
+ {%
+ \newcommand*{\newnum}{\glsxtrnewnumber}%
+ }{}%
+ \let\GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts\relax
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Always use the long forms, not the shortcuts, where portablity is
+% an issue. (For example, when defining entries in a file that may
+% be input by multiple documents.)
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}
+% Command used to set the shortcuts option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%Provide \pkgopt{shortcuts} option. Unlike the \sty{glossaries}
+%version, this is a choice rather than a boolean key but it also provides
+%\pkgopt[true]{shortcuts} and \pkgopt[false]{shortcuts}, which are
+%equivalent to \pkgopt[all]{shortcuts} and
+%\pkgopt[none]{shortcuts}. Multiple use of this option in the
+%\emph{same} option list will override each other.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries-extra.sty}{shortcuts}[\val\nr]%
+ {acronyms,acro,abbreviations,abbr,other,all,true,none,false}[true]{%
+ \ifcase\nr\relax % acronyms
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \glsacrshortcutstrue
+ \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+ }%
+ \or % acro
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \glsacrshortcutstrue
+ \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+ }%
+ \or % abbreviations
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts
+ }%
+ \or % abbr
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts
+ }%
+ \or % other
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts
+ }%
+ \or % all
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \glsacrshortcutstrue
+ \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+ \GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts
+ \GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts
+ }%
+ \or % true
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \glsacrshortcutstrue
+ \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+ \GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts
+ \GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts
+ }%
+ \else % none, false
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{}%
+ \fi
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@doaccsupp}
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@doaccsupp}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{option}{accsupp}
+% If \pkgopt{accsupp}, load \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@glsxtr@declareoption{accsupp}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@doaccsupp}{\RequirePackage{glossaries-accsupp}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% Warning text displayed in document if the external glossary file
+% given by the argument is missing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@defaultnoglossarywarning{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{option}{nomissingglstext}
+% If true, suppress the text produced if the external glossary file
+% is missing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries-extra.sty}{nomissingglstext}[\val\nr]%
+ {true,false}[true]{%
+ \ifcase\nr\relax % true
+ \renewcommand{\glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning}[1]{%
+ \null
+ }%
+ \else % false
+ \renewcommand{\glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@defaultnoglossarywarning{#1}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%
+% Pass all other options to \sty{glossaries}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOptionX*{%
+ \expandafter\glsxtr@dooption\expandafter{\CurrentOption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Process options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptionsX
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Load \sty{glossaries} if not already loaded.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{glossaries}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Load the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package if required.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@glsxtr@doaccsupp
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Define abbreviations glossaries if required.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef
+\let\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Setup shortcuts if required.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glossariesextrasetup}
+%Allow user to set options after the package has been loaded.
+% First modify \cs{glsxtr@dooption} so that it now uses
+% \cs{setupglossaries}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtr@dooption}[1]{\setupglossaries{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now define the user command:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glossariesextrasetup}[1]{%
+ \let\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts\relax
+ \setkeys{glossaries-extra.sty}{#1}%
+ \@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef
+ \let\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef\relax
+ \@glsxtr@setupshortcuts
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Disable preamble-only options and switch on the undefined tag at
+% the start of the document.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \disable@keys{glossaries-extra.sty}{abbreviations}%
+ \def\@glsxtrundeftag{\glsxtrundeftag}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\section{Extra Utilities}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrifemptyglossary}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsxtrifemptyglossary}\marg{type}\marg{true}\marg{false}
+%\end{definition}
+% Provide command to determine if any entries have been added to the
+% glossary (where the glossary label is provided in the first
+% argument). The entries are stored in the comma-separated list
+% \cs{glolist@\meta{type}}. If this hasn't been defined, the glosary
+% doesn't exist. If it has been defined and is simply a comma, the
+% glossary exists and is empty. (It's initialised to a comma.)
+%\changes{0.4}{2015-12-03}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsxtrifemptyglossary}[3]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsstring{glolist@#1}{,}{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary type `#1' doesn't exist}{}%
+ #2%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\section{Modifications to Commands Provided by \sty{glossaries}}
+% Some of the commands provided by \sty{glossaries} are modified
+% to take into account new options or to change default behaviour.
+%
+%\subsection{Existence Checks}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsdoifexists}
+% Modify \cs{glsdoifexists} to take account of the
+% \pkgopt{undefaction} setting.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\glsdoifexists}[2]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has not been defined}{You need to define a glossary entry before
+ you can reference it.}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsdoifnoexists}
+% Modify \cs{glsdoifnoexists} to take account of the
+% \pkgopt{undefaction} setting.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\glsdoifnoexists}[2]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has already been defined}{}}{#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsdoifexistsordo}
+% Modify \cs{glsdoifexistsordo} to take account of the
+% \pkgopt{undefaction} setting. This command was introduced in
+% \sty{glossaries} version 4.19, so check if it has been defined first.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\glsdoifexistsordo
+{%
+ \renewcommand{\glsdoifexistsordo}[3]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has not been defined}{You need to define a glossary entry
+ before you can use it.}%
+ #3%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+{%
+ \glsxtr@warnonexistsordo\glsdoifexistsordo
+ \newcommand{\glsdoifexistsordo}[3]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has not been defined}{You need to define a glossary entry
+ before you can use it.}%
+ #3%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\doifglossarynoexistsordo}
+% Similarly for \cs{doifglossarynoexistsordo}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\doifglossarynoexistsordo
+{%
+ \renewcommand{\doifglossarynoexistsordo}[3]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary type `#1' already exists}{}%
+ #3%
+ }%
+ {#2}%
+ }%
+}
+{%
+ \glsxtr@warnonexistsordo\doifglossarynoexistsordo
+ \newcommand{\doifglossarynoexistsordo}[3]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary type `#1' already exists}{}%
+ #3%
+ }%
+ {#2}%
+ }%
+}
+
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@newglossaryentryposthook}
+% Hook into end of \cs{newglossaryentry} to add \qt{see} value as a
+% field.
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added empty see value if not set and added
+% `see' to field key map}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appto\@newglossaryentryposthook{%
+ \ifdefvoid\@glo@see
+ {\csxdef{glo@\@glo@label @see}{}}%
+ {%
+ \csxdef{glo@\@glo@label @see}{\@glo@see}%
+ \@glsxtr@autoindexcrossrefs
+ }%
+}
+\appto\@gls@keymap{,{see}{see}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Add all unused cross-references at the end of the document.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndDocument{\if@glsxtrindexcrossrefs\glsxtraddallcrossrefs\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtraddallcrossrefs}
+% Iterate through all used entries and if they have a
+% cross-reference, make sure the cross-reference has been added.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtraddallcrossrefs}{%
+ \forallglossaries{\@glo@type}%
+ {%
+ \forglsentries[\@glo@type]{\@glo@label}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\@glo@label}{\@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs{\@glo@label}}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs}
+% If the given entry has a see field add all unused
+% cross-references.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs}[1]{%
+ \letcs{\@glo@see}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@see}%
+ \ifdefvoid\@glo@see
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\glsxtr@addunused\@glo@see\@end@glsxtr@addunused
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@addunused}
+% Adds all the entries if they haven't been used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@addunused}[1][]{%
+ \@glsxtr@addunused
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@addunused}
+% Adds all the entries if they haven't been used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@addunused#1\@end@glsxtr@addunused{%
+ \@for\@glsxtr@label:=#1\do
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\@glsxtr@label}{}%
+ {%
+ \glsadd[format=glsxtrunusedformat]{\@glsxtr@label}%
+ \glsunset{\@glsxtr@label}%
+ \@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs{\@glsxtr@label}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrunusedformat}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrunusedformat}[1]{\unskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsection{Document Definitions}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\makenoidxglossaries}
+%Modify \cs{makenoidxglossaries} so that it automatically switches
+%off and disables the \pkgopt{docdef} key.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\glsxtr@orgmakenoidxglossaries\makenoidxglossaries
+\renewcommand{\makenoidxglossaries}{%
+ \glsxtr@orgmakenoidxglossaries
+ \@glsxtrdocdeffalse
+ \disable@keys{glossaries-extra.sty}{docdef}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}
+% Modify \cs{gls@defdocnewglossaryentry} so that it checks
+% the \pkgopt{docdef} value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{%
+ \if@glsxtrdocdef
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Since the \gloskey{see} value is now saved in a field, it
+% can be used by entries that have been defined in the document.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\gls@checkseeallowed\relax
+ \let\newglossaryentry\new@glossaryentry
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\newglossaryentry}[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Glossary entries must
+ be \MessageBreak defined in the preamble with \MessageBreak
+ package option `docdef=false'}{Move your glossary definitions to
+ the preamble. You can also put them in a \MessageBreak separate file
+ and load them with \string\loadglsentries.}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Permit a special form of document definition, but only allow
+% it if the glossaries come at the end of the document. These
+% commands behave a little like a combination of \cs{newterm}
+% and \cs{gls}. This must be explicitly enabled with
+% the following.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}{%
+ \@ifstar\@sGlsXtrEnableOnTheFly\@GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@sGlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% The starred version attempts to allow UTF8 characters in the
+% label, but this may break! (Formatting commands mustn't be used in the
+% label, but the label may be a command whose replacement text is the
+% actual label. This doesn't take into account a command that's
+% defined in terms of another command that may eventually expand to
+% the label text.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@sGlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsdetoklabel}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\@glsxtr@ifcsstart\string##1 \@glsxtr@end@
+ {%
+ \expandafter\detokenize\expandafter{##1}%
+ }%
+ {\detokenize{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \@GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly
+}
+\def\@glsxtr@ifcsstart#1#2\@glsxtr@end@#3#4{%
+ \expandafter\if\glsbackslash#1%
+ #3%
+ \else
+ #4%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrstarflywarn}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrstarflywarn}{%
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{Experimental starred version of
+ \string\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly\space in use (please ensure you have
+ read the warnings in the glossaries-extra user manual)}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% Don't redefine \cs{glsdetoklabel} if LuaTeX or XeTeX is being
+% used, since it's mainly to allow accented characters in the
+% label.
+%
+% These definitions are all assigned the category given by:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrcat}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrcat}{general}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtr}[1][]{%
+ \def\glsxtr@keylist{##1}%
+ \@glsxtr
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\@glsxtr}[2][]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{##2}%
+ {%
+ \ifblank{##1}{}{\GlsXtrWarning{##1}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{##2}{name={##2},category=\glsxtrcat,
+ description={\nopostdesc},##1}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\gls\expandafter[\glsxtr@keylist]{##2}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtr}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsxtr}[1][]{%
+ \def\glsxtr@keylist{##1}%
+ \@Glsxtr
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\@Glsxtr}[2][]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{##2}%
+ {%
+ \ifblank{##1}{}{\GlsXtrWarning{##1}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{##2}{name={##2},category=\glsxtrcat,
+ description={\nopostdesc},##1}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\Gls\expandafter[\glsxtr@keylist]{##2}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpl}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrpl}[1][]{%
+ \def\glsxtr@keylist{##1}%
+ \@glsxtrpl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtrpl}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\@glsxtrpl}[2][]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{##2}%
+ {%
+ \ifblank{##1}{}{\GlsXtrWarning{##1}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{##2}{name={##2},category=\glsxtrcat,
+ description={\nopostdesc},##1}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\glspl\expandafter[\glsxtr@keylist]{##2}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrpl}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsxtrpl}[1][]{%
+ \def\glsxtr@keylist{##1}%
+ \@Glsxtrpl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtrpl}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\@Glsxtrpl}[2][]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{##2}
+ {%
+ \ifblank{##1}{}{\GlsXtrWarning{##1}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{##2}{name={##2},category=\glsxtrcat,
+ description={\nopostdesc},##1}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\Glspl\expandafter[\glsxtr@keylist]{##2}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrWarning}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{%
+ \def\@glsxtr@optlist{##1}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@glsxtr@optlist
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{The options `\@glsxtr@optlist' have
+ been ignored for entry `##2' as it has already been defined}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% Disable commands after the glossary:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@glsxtr@orgprintglossary\@printglossary
+ \renewcommand\@printglossary[2]{%
+ \@glsxtr@orgprintglossary{##1}{##2}%
+ \def\@glsxtr{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand\glsxtr}%
+ \def\@glsxtrpl{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand\glsxtrpl}%
+ \def\@Glsxtr{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand\Glsxtr}%
+ \def\@Glsxtrpl{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand\Glsxtrpl}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand}[1]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}%
+ {\string##1\space can't be used after any of the \MessageBreak
+ glossaries have been displayed}%
+ {The on-the-fly commands enabled by
+ \string\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly\space may only be used \MessageBreak
+ before the glossaries. If you want to use any entries \MessageBreak
+ after any of the glossaries, you must use the standard \MessageBreak
+ method of first defining the entry and then using the \MessageBreak
+ entry with commands like \string\gls}%
+ \@@glsxtr@disabledflycommand
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\@@glsxtr@disabledflycommand}[2][]{##2}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% End of \cs{GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}. Disable since it can only
+% be used once.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly\relax
+}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\subsection{Existing Glossary Style Modifications}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glslistdottedwidth}
+%If \cs{glslistdottedwidth} has been defined and is currently equal
+%to \verb|.5\hsize| then make the modification suggested in
+%\href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/bugtracker.cgi?action=view&key=92}{bug report \#92}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\glslistdottedwidth
+{%
+ \ifdim\glslistdottedwidth=.5\hsize
+ \setlength{\glslistdottedwidth}{-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifdim\glslistdottedwidth=-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax
+ \setlength{\glslistdottedwidth}{.5\columnwidth}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%Similarly for \cs{glsdescwidth}:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsdescwidth}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\glsdescwidth
+{%
+ \ifdim\glsdescwidth=.6\hsize
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifdim\glsdescwidth=-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.6\columnwidth}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%and for \cs{glspagelistwidth}:
+%\begin{macro}{\glspagelistwidth}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\glspagelistwidth
+{%
+ \ifdim\glspagelistwidth=.1\hsize
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifdim\glspagelistwidth=-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{.1\columnwidth}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glossaryentrynumbers}
+% Has the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} option been used?
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\org@glossaryentrynumbers#1{#1\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}%
+ \ifx\org@glossaryentrynumbers\glossaryentrynumbers
+ \glsnonumberlistfalse
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{%
+ \GlsXtrFormatLocationList{#1}\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \glsnonumberlisttrue
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrFormatLocationList}
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% Provide an easy interface to change the format of the location
+% list without removing the save number list stuff.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrFormatLocationList}[1]{#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\KV@printgloss@nonumberlist}
+% Modify the \gloskey[printglossary]{nonumberlist} key to
+% use \cs{GlsXtrFormatLocationList} (and also save the number list):
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\KV@printgloss@nonumberlist}[1]{%
+ \XKV@plfalse
+ \XKV@sttrue
+ \XKV@checkchoice[\XKV@resa]{#1}{true,false}%
+ {%
+ \csname glsnonumberlist\XKV@resa\endcsname
+ \ifglsnonumberlist
+ \def\glossaryentrynumbers##1{\gls@save@numberlist{##1}}%
+ \else
+ \def\glossaryentrynumbers##1{%
+ \GlsXtrFormatLocationList{##1}%
+ \gls@save@numberlist{##1}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsection{Entry Formatting, Hyperlinks and Indexing}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsentryfmt}
+% Change default entry format. Use the generic format for regular
+% terms (that is, entries that have a category with the \catattr{regular}
+% attribute set) or non-regular terms without a short value and use the abbreviation format for non-regular
+% terms that have a short value. If further attributes need to be checked, then
+% \cs{glsentryfmt} will need redefining as appropriate (or use
+% \cs{defglsentryfmt}).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added check for short}
+% The abbreviation format is set here for entries that have a short
+% form, even if they are regular entries to ensure the abbreviation
+% fonts are correct.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{moved \cs{glssetabbrvfmt} from
+%\cs{glsxtrabbrvfmt} to here}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
+ \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{\glslabel}}}{}%
+ \glsifregular{\glslabel}%
+ {\glsgenentryfmt}%
+ {\ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Commands like \cs{glsifplural} are only used by the \cs{gls}-like
+% commands in the \sty{glossaries} package, but it might be useful
+% for the postlink hook to know if the user has used, say,
+% \cs{glsfirst} or \cs{glsplural}. This can provide better
+% consistency with the formatting of the \cs{gls}-like commands,
+% even though they don't use \cs{glsentryfmt}.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@field@link}
+% Redefine \cs{@gls@field@link} so that commands like \cs{glsfirst}
+% can setup \cs{glsxtrifwasfirstuse} etc to allow the postlink hook
+% to work better. This now has an optional argument that sets up the
+% defaults.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added optional argument}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\@gls@field@link}[4][]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#3}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glscustomtext{#4}%
+ \@glsxtr@field@linkdefs
+ #1%
+ \@gls@link[#2]{#3}{#4}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@field@linkdefs}
+% Default settings for \cs{@gls@field@link}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@field@linkdefs}{%
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%Redefine the field link commands that need to modify the above.
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLStext@}
+% All uppercase version of \cs{glstext}.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLStext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree]{#1}{#2}%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glstext@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@secondofthree]{#1}{#2}%
+ {\Glsentrytext{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsfirst@}
+% No case changing version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo]{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsentryfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsfirst@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\Glsentryfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSfirst@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsplural}
+% No case changing version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsplural#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo]{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsentryplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsplural}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsplural#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\Glsentryplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSplural}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSplural#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsfirstplural@}
+% No case changing version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsfirstplural@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\Glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsfirstplural@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsname@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryname{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSname@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsdesc@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrydesc{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSdesc@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsdescplural@}
+% No case-changing version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]{#1}{#2}{\glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsdescplural@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSdescplural@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glssymbol@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrysymbol{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSsymbol@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glssymbolplural@}
+% No case-changing version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]{#1}{#2}{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glssymbolplural@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSsymbolplural@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsuseri@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuseri{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSuseri@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseri{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsuserii@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuserii{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSuserii@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserii{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsuseriii@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuseriii{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSuseriii@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriii{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsuseriv@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuseriv{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSuseriv@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriv{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsuserv@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuserv{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSuserv@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserv{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsuservi@}
+% First letter uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuservi{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSuservi@}
+% All uppercase version.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuservi{#2}#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%Commands like \cs{acrshort} already set \cs{glsifplural}, but they
+%don't set \cs{glsxtrifwasfirstuse} so they need adjusting.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@acrshort}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% No case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@acrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsaccessshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Acrshort}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% First letter uppercase.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Acrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsaccessshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@ACRshort}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% All uppercase.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ACRshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsaccessshort{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@acrshortpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% No case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Acrshortpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% First letter uppercase.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@ACRshortpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% All uppercase.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ACRshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@acrlong}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% No case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@acrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsaccesslong{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Acrlong}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% First letter uppercase.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Acrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsaccesslong{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@ACRlong}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% All uppercase.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ACRlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsaccesslong{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@acrlongpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% No case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsaccesslongpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Acrlongpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% First letter uppercase.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@ACRlongpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% All uppercase.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ACRlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsaccesslongpl{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%Modify \cs{@glsaddkey} so additional keys provided by the user can
+%be treated in a similar way.
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsaddkey}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\@glsaddkey}[7]{%
+ \key@ifundefined{glossentry}{#1}%
+ {%
+ \define@key{glossentry}{#1}{\csdef{@glo@#1}{##1}}%
+ \appto\@gls@keymap{,{#1}{#1}}%
+ \appto\@newglossaryentryprehook{\csdef{@glo@#1}{#2}}%
+ \appto\@newglossaryentryposthook{%
+ \letcs{\@glo@tmp}{@glo@#1}%
+ \gls@assign@field{#2}{\@glo@label}{#1}{\@glo@tmp}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{#3}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{#1}}%
+ \newcommand*{#4}[1]{\@Gls@entry@field{##1}{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now for the commands with links. First the version with no case
+% change (same as before):
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsdef{@gls@user@#1@}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Can't define `\string#5' as helper command
+ `\expandafter\string\csname @gls@user@#1@\endcsname' already
+ exists}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname @gls@user@#1\endcsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\csuse{@gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\csuse{@gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}[]}}%
+ \csdef{@gls@user@#1@}##1##2[##3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{##1}{##2}{#3{##2}##3}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*{#5}{%
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt\csname @gls@user@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Next the version with the first letter converted to upper case
+% (modified):
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsdef{@Gls@user@#1@}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Can't define `\string#6' as helper command
+ `\expandafter\string\csname @Gls@user@#1@\endcsname' already
+ exists}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname @Gls@user@#1\endcsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\csuse{@Gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\csuse{@Gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}[]}}%
+ \csdef{@Gls@user@#1@}##1##2[##3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@secondofthree]%
+ {##1}{##2}{#4{##2}##3}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*{#6}{%
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt\csname @Gls@user@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally the all caps version (modified):
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsdef{@GLS@user@#1@}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Can't define `\string#7' as helper command
+ `\expandafter\string\csname @GLS@user@#1@\endcsname' already
+ exists}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname @GLS@user@#1\endcsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\csuse{@GLS@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\csuse{@GLS@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}[]}}%
+ \csdef{@GLS@user@#1@}##1##2[##3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree]%
+ {##1}{##2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3{##2}##3}}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*{#7}{%
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt\csname @GLS@user@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Key `#1' already exists}{}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper}
+% Old versions of \sty{glossaries} don't define
+% this, so provide it just in case it hasn't been defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper}
+% Modify check to determine if the hyperlink should be automatically
+% suppressed, but save the original in case the acronyms are restored.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@glsxtr@org@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper
+\renewcommand*{\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{ifglsused} isn't useful in the post link hook as it's already
+% been unset by then, so define a command that can be used in the
+% post link hook. Since \cs{@gls@link@checkfirsthyper} is only used
+% by commands like \cs{gls} but not by other commands, this seems
+% the best place to put it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo}
+ {\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Store the category label for convenience.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\glscategorylabel{\glscategory{\glslabel}}%
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{nohypernext}{true}%
+ {\KV@glslink@hyperfalse}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
+ {\KV@glslink@hyperfalse}{}%
+ }%
+ \glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\do@glsdisablehyperinlist}
+% This command was introduced in \sty{glossaries} v4.19. If it
+% hasn't been defined, we're using an earlier version, in which case
+% the \catattr{nohyper} attribute can't be implemented.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\do@glsdisablehyperinlist
+{%
+ \let\@glsxtr@do@glsdisablehyperinlist\do@glsdisablehyperinlist
+ \renewcommand*{\do@glsdisablehyperinlist}{%
+ \@glsxtr@do@glsdisablehyperinlist
+ \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{nohyper}{true}{\KV@glslink@hyperfalse}{}%
+ }
+}
+{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Define a \gloskey[glslink]{noindex} key to prevent writing information to the
+% external file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@boolkey{glslink}{noindex}[true]{}
+\KV@glslink@noindexfalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%If \cs{@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts} has been defined
+%(\sty{glossaries} v4.20) use it to set the default keys in
+%\cs{@glslink}.
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{%
+ \KV@glslink@noindexfalse
+ }
+}
+{
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Not defined so prepend it to \cs{do@glsdisablehyperinlist} to
+% achieve the same effect.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{%
+ \KV@glslink@noindexfalse
+ }
+ \preto\do@glsdisablehyperinlist{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% Set the default options for \cs{glslink} etc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{\setkeys{glslink}{#1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrifindexing}
+% Provide user level command to access it in \cs{glswriteentry}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrifindexing}[2]{%
+ \ifKV@glslink@noindex #2\else #1\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glswriteentry}
+% Redefine to test for \catattr{indexonlyfirst} category attribute.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
+ \glsxtrifindexing
+ {%
+ \ifglsindexonlyfirst
+ \ifglsused{#1}
+ {\glsxtrdoautoindexname{#1}{dualindex}}%
+ {#2}%
+ \else
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{indexonlyfirst}{true}%
+ {\ifglsused{#1}
+ {\glsxtrdoautoindexname{#1}{dualindex}}%
+ {#2}}%
+ {#2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@@do@@wrglossary}
+% Hook into glossary indexing command so that it can also use
+% \ics{index} at the same time if required and add user hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appto\@@do@@wrglossary{\@glsxtr@do@@wrindex
+ \glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{\@gls@label}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% (The label can be obtained from \cs{@gls@label} at this point.)
+%\end{macro}
+% Similarly for the \qt{noidx} version:
+%\begin{macro}{\gls@noidxglossary}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appto\gls@noidxglossary{\@glsxtr@do@@wrindex
+ \glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{\@gls@label}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@do@@wrindex}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@do@@wrindex}{%
+ \glsxtrdoautoindexname{\@gls@label}{dualindex}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook}
+% Allow user to hook into indexing code. (Always used by
+% \cs{glsadd}. Used by \cs{gls} when indexing, which may or may not occur
+% depending on the indexing settings.)
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook}[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@alt@hyp@opt}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% Commands like \cs{gls} have a star or plus version. Provide a
+% third symbol that the user can adapt for convenience.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@alt@hyp@opt}[1]{%
+ \let\glslinkvar\@firstofthree
+ \let\@gls@hyp@opt@cs#1\relax
+ \@ifstar{\s@gls@hyp@opt}%
+ {\@ifnextchar+%
+ {\@firstoftwo{\p@gls@hyp@opt}}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\@ifnextchar\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char
+ {\@firstoftwo{\@alt@gls@hyp@opt}}%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@alt@gls@hyp@opt}
+% User version
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@alt@gls@hyp@opt}[1][]{%
+ \let\glslinkvar\@firstofthree
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt@cs\expandafter[\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@keys,#1]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+%Contains the character used as the command modifier.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@keys}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+%Contains the option list used as the command modifier.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@keys}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrSetAltModifier}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetAltModifier}[2]{%
+ \let\@gls@hyp@opt\@gls@alt@hyp@opt
+ \def\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@keys{#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsdohyperlink}
+% Unpleasant complications can occur if the \gloskey{text} or
+% \gloskey{first} key etc contains \cs{gls}, particularly if there
+% are hyperlinks. To get around this problem, patch
+% \cs{glsdohyperlink} so that it temporarily makes \ics{gls} behave
+% like \ics{glstext}\oarg{hyper=false,noindex}. (This will be
+% overridden if the user explicitly cancels either of those options
+% in the optional argument of \cs{gls} or using the plus version.)
+% This also patches the short form commands like \cs{acrshort}
+% and \cs{glsxtrshort} to use \cs{glsentryshort} and, similarly, the
+% long form commands like \cs{acrlong} and \cs{glsxtrlong} to use
+% \cs{glsentrylong}.
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\glsdohyperlink}[2]{%
+ \hyperlink{#1}{{\glsxtrprotectlinks#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsdisablehyper}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added}
+% Redefine in case we have an old version of \sty{glossaries}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifundef\glsdonohyperlink
+{%
+ \renewcommand{\glsdisablehyper}{%
+ \KV@glslink@hyperfalse
+ \let\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink
+ \let\@glstarget\@secondoftwo
+ }
+}
+{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsdonohyperlink}
+% This command was only introduced in \sty{glossaries} v4.20, so it may
+% not be defined. For older \sty{glossaries} versions, this won't be
+% used if \sty{hyperref} hasn't been loaded, which means the
+% indexing will still take place.
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\glsdonohyperlink#1#2{{\glsxtrprotectlinks #2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Reset \cs{@glslink} with patched versions:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsundef{hyperlink}%
+{%
+ \let\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink
+}%
+{%
+ \let\@glslink\glsdohyperlink
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrprotectlinks}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% Make \cs{gls} (and variants) behave like the corresponding
+% \cs{glstext} (and variants) with hyperlinking and indexing off.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrprotectlinks}{%
+ \KV@glslink@hyperfalse
+ \KV@glslink@noindextrue
+ \let\@gls@\@glsxtr@p@text@
+ \let\@Gls@\@Glsxtr@p@text@
+ \let\@GLS@\@GLSxtr@p@text@
+ \let\@glspl@\@glsxtr@p@plural@
+ \let\@Glspl@\@Glsxtr@p@plural@
+ \let\@GLSpl@\@GLSxtr@p@plural@
+ \let\@glsxtrshort\@glsxtr@p@short@
+ \let\@Glsxtrshort\@Glsxtr@p@short@
+ \let\@GLSxtrshort\@GLSxtr@p@short@
+ \let\@glsxtrlong\@glsxtr@p@long@
+ \let\@Glsxtrlong\@Glsxtr@p@long@
+ \let\@GLSxtrlong\@GLSxtr@p@long@
+ \let\@glsxtrshortpl\@glsxtr@p@shortpl@
+ \let\@Glsxtrshortpl\@Glsxtr@p@shortpl@
+ \let\@GLSxtrshortpl\@GLSxtr@p@shortpl@
+ \let\@glsxtrlongpl\@glsxtr@p@longpl@
+ \let\@Glsxtrlongpl\@Glsxtr@p@longpl@
+ \let\@GLSxtrlongpl\@GLSxtr@p@longpl@
+ \let\@acrshort\@glsxtr@p@acrshort@
+ \let\@Acrshort\@Glsxtr@p@acrshort@
+ \let\@ACRshort\@GLSxtr@p@acrshort@
+ \let\@acrshortpl\@glsxtr@p@acrshortpl@
+ \let\@Acrshortpl\@Glsxtr@p@acrshortpl@
+ \let\@ACRshortpl\@GLSxtr@p@acrshortpl@
+ \let\@acrlong\@glsxtr@p@acrlong@
+ \let\@Acrlong\@Glsxtr@p@acrlong@
+ \let\@ACRlong\@GLSxtr@p@acrlong@
+ \let\@acrlongpl\@glsxtr@p@acrlongpl@
+ \let\@Acrlongpl\@Glsxtr@p@acrlongpl@
+ \let\@ACRlongpl\@GLSxtr@p@acrlongpl@
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% These protected versions need grouping to prevent the label from
+% getting confused.
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@p@text@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@text@#1#2[#3]{{\@glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@p@text@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@text@#1#2[#3]{{\@Glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@p@text@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@text@#1#2[#3]{{\@GLStext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@p@plural@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@plural@#1#2[#3]{{\@glsplural@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@p@plural@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@plural@#1#2[#3]{{\@Glsplural@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@p@plural@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@plural@#1#2[#3]{{\@GLSplural@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@p@short@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@short@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@p@short@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@short@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsentryshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@p@short@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@short@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@p@shortpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@shortpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@p@shortpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@shortpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@p@shortpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@shortpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@p@long@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@long@#1#2[#3]{{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@p@long@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@long@#1#2[#3]{{\Glsentrylong{#2}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@p@long@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@long@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@p@longpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@longpl@#1#2[#3]{{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@p@longpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@longpl@#1#2[#3]{{\Glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@p@longpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@longpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@p@acrshort@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@acrshort@#1#2[#3]{{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@p@acrshort@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@acrshort@#1#2[#3]{{\acronymfont{\Glsentryshort{#2}}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@p@acrshort@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@acrshort@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@p@acrshortpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@acrshortpl@#1#2[#3]{{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@p@acrshortpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@acrshortpl@#1#2[#3]{{\acronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@p@acrshortpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@acrshortpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@p@acrlong@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@acrlong@#1#2[#3]{{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@p@acrlong@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@acrlong@#1#2[#3]{{\Glsentrylong{#2}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@p@acrlong@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@acrlong@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@p@acrlongpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@acrlongpl@#1#2[#3]{{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@p@acrlongpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@acrlongpl@#1#2[#3]{{\Glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@p@acrlongpl@}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@acrlongpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsection{Entry Counting}
+%
+% The entry counting mechanism from \sty{glossaries} is adjusted
+% here to work with category attributes. Provide a convenient
+% command to enable entry counting, set the \catattr{entrycount}
+% attribute for given categories and redefine \ics{gls} etc to
+% use \cs{cgls} instead.
+%
+% First adjust definitions of the unset and reset commands to
+% provide a hook.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsunset}
+% Global unset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\@glsunset}[1]{%
+ \@@glsunset{#1}%
+ \glsxtrpostunset{#1}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostunset}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostunset}[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glslocalunset}
+% Local unset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\@glslocalunset}[1]{%
+ \@@glslocalunset{#1}%
+ \glsxtrpostlocalunset{#1}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostlocalunset}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalunset}[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsreset}
+% Global reset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\@glsreset}[1]{%
+ \@@glsreset{#1}%
+ \glsxtrpostreset{#1}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostreset}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostreset}[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glslocalreset}
+% Local reset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\@glslocalreset}[1]{%
+ \@@glslocalreset{#1}%
+ \glsxtrpostlocalreset{#1}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostlocalreset}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalreset}[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting}
+% The first argument is the list of categories and the second
+% argument is the value of the \catattr{entrycount} attribute.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting}[2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Enable entry counting:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsenableentrycount
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Redefine \cs{gls} etc:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glspl}{\cGlspl}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set the \catattr{entrycount} attribute:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@glsxtr@setentrycountunsetattr{#1}{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In case this command is used again:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting\@glsxtr@setentrycountunsetattr
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting}[3]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting\space
+ can't be used with \string\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting}%
+ {Use one or other but not both commands}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@setentrycountunsetattr}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@setentrycountunsetattr}[2]{%
+ \@for\@glsxtr@cat:=#1\do
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glsxtr@cat}{}%
+ {%
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{\@glsxtr@cat}{entrycount}{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Redefine the entry counting commands to take into account the
+%\catattr{entrycount} attribute.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsenableentrycount}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\glsenableentrycount}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Enable new fields:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \appto\@newglossaryentry@defcounters{\@@newglossaryentry@defcounters}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Just in case the user has switched on the \pkgopt{docdef} option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{%
+ \renewcommand*\newglossaryentry[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{\string\newglossaryentry\space
+ may only be used in the preamble when entry counting has
+ been activated}{If you use \string\glsenableentrycount\space
+ you must place all entry definitions in the preamble not in
+ the document environment}%
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% New commands to access new fields:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsentrycurrcount}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}%
+ {0}{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{currcount}}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\glsentryprevcount}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevcount}%
+ {0}{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{prevcount}}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Adjust post unset and reset:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@glsxtr@entrycount@org@unset\glsxtrpostunset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostunset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entrycount@org@unset{##1}%
+ \@gls@increment@currcount{##1}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entrycount@org@localunset\glsxtrpostlocalunset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalunset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entrycount@org@localunset{##1}%
+ \@gls@local@increment@currcount{##1}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entrycount@org@reset\glsxtrpostreset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostreset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entrycount@org@reset{##1}%
+ \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}{0}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entrycount@org@localreset\glsxtrpostlocalreset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalreset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entrycount@org@localreset{##1}%
+ \csdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}{0}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Modifications to take into account the attributes that govern
+% whether the entry should be unset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@cgls@\@@cgls@
+ \let\@cglspl@\@@cglspl@
+ \let\@cGLS@\@@cGLS@
+ \let\@cGlspl@\@@cGlspl@
+ \let\@cGLS@\@@cGLS@
+ \let\@cGLSpl@\@@cGLSpl@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The rest is as the original definition.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \AtEndDocument{\@gls@write@entrycounts}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@entry@count}[2]{%
+ \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevcount}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \let\glsenableentrycount\relax
+ \renewcommand*{\glsenableentryunitcount}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\glsenableentryunitcount\space
+ can't be used with \string\glsenableentrycount}%
+ {Use one or other but not both commands}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@write@entrycounts}
+% Modify this command so that it only writes the information for
+% entries with the \catattr{entrycount} attribute and issue
+% warning if no entries have this attribute set.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\@gls@write@entrycounts}{%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\providecommand*{\string\@gls@entry@count}[2]{}}%
+ \count@=0\relax
+ \forallglsentries{\@glsentry}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\@glsentry}{entrycount}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\@glsentry}%
+ {%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\@gls@entry@count{\@glsentry}{\glsentrycurrcount{\@glsentry}}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \advance\count@ by \@ne
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \ifnum\count@=0
+ \GlossariesExtraWarningNoLine{Entry counting has been enabled
+ \MessageBreak with \string\glsenableentrycount\space but the
+ \MessageBreak attribute `entrycount' hasn't
+ \MessageBreak been assigned to any of the defined
+ \MessageBreak entries}%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsxtrifcounttrigger}\marg{label}\marg{trigger format}\marg{normal}
+%\end{definition}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{%
+ \glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%
+ {%
+ \ifnum\glsentryprevcount{#1}>\glsgetattribute{#1}{entrycount}\relax
+ #3%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Actual internal definitions of \cs{cgls} used when entry counting
+% is enabled.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@@cgls@}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@cgls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cglsformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@@cgls@}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@cglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cglsplformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@@cGls@}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@cGls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cGlsformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@@cGlspl@}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@cGlspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cGlsplformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@@cGLS@}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@cGLS@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cGLSformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@GLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@@cGLSpl@}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@cGLSpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cGLSplformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+%
+% Remove default warnings from \cs{cgls} etc so that it can be used
+% interchangeable with \cs{gls} etc.
+%\begin{macro}{\@cgls@}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@cgls@#1#2[#3]{\@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@cGls@}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@cGls@#1#2[#3]{\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@cglspl@}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@cglspl@#1#2[#3]{\@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@cGlspl@}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@cGlspl@#1#2[#3]{\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Add all upper case versions not provided by \sty{glossaries}.
+%\begin{macro}{\cGLS}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\cGLS}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@cGLS}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@cGLS}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@cGLS}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@cGLS@{#1}{#2}}{\@cGLS@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@cGLS@}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@cGLS@#1#2[#3]{\@GLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\cGLSformat}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% Format used by \cs{cGLS} if entry only used once on previous run.
+% The first argument is the label, the second argument is the insert
+% text.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\cGLSformat}[2]{%
+ \expandafter\mfirstucMakeUppercase\expandafter{\cglsformat{#1}{#2}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\cGLSpl}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\cGLSpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@cGLSpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@cGLSpl}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@cGLSpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@cGLSpl@{#1}{#2}}{\@cGLSpl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@cGLSpl@}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@cGLSpl@#1#2[#3]{\@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\cGLSplformat}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% Format used by \cs{cGLSpl} if entry only used once on previous run.
+% The first argument is the label, the second argument is the insert
+% text.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\cGLSplformat}[2]{%
+ \expandafter\mfirstucMakeUppercase\expandafter{\cglsplformat{#1}{#2}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Modify the trigger formats to check for the \catattr{regular} attribute.
+%\begin{macro}{\cglsformat}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\cglsformat}[2]{%
+ \glsifregular{#1}
+ {\glsentryfirst{#1}}%
+ {\ifglshaslong{#1}{\glsentrylong{#1}}{\glsentryfirst{#1}}}#2%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\cGlsformat}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\cGlsformat}[2]{%
+ \glsifregular{#1}
+ {\Glsentryfirst{#1}}%
+ {\ifglshaslong{#1}{\Glsentrylong{#1}}{\Glsentryfirst{#1}}}#2%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\cglsplformat}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\cglsplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsifregular{#1}
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}%
+ {\ifglshaslong{#1}{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}{\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}}#2%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\cGlsplformat}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\cGlsplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsifregular{#1}
+ {\Glsentryfirstplural{#1}}%
+ {\ifglshaslong{#1}{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}{\Glsentryfirstplural{#1}}}#2%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%New code similar to above for unit counting.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@@newglossaryentry@defunitcounters}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@@newglossaryentry@defunitcounters}{%
+ \edef\@glo@countunit{\csuse{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@\@glo@category @unitcount}}%
+ \ifdefvoid\@glo@countunit
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@ifunitcounter{\@glo@countunit}%
+ {}%
+ {\expandafter\@glsxtr@addunitcounter\expandafter{\@glo@countunit}}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@unitcountlist}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% List to keep track of which counters are being used by the entry
+% unit count facility.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@unitcountlist}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@addunitcounter}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@addunitcounter}[1]{%
+ \listadd{\@glsxtr@unitcountlist}{#1}%
+ \ifcsundef{glsxtr@theunit@#1}
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{theH#1}%
+ {\csdef{glsxtr@theunit@#1}{\csuse{theH#1}}}%
+ {\csdef{glsxtr@theunit@#1}{\csuse{the#1}}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@ifunitcounter}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@ifunitcounter}[3]{%
+ \xifinlist{#1}{\@glsxtr@unitcountlist}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@currentunitcount}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@glsxtr@currentunitcount[1]{%
+ glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@currunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@previousunitcount}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@glsxtr@previousunitcount[1]{%
+ glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prevunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@increment@currunitcount}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@increment@currunitcount}[1]{%
+ \glshasattribute{#1}{unitcount}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glsxtr@csname{\@glsxtr@currentunitcount{#1}}%
+ \ifcsundef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {%
+ \csgdef{\@glsxtr@csname}{1}%
+ \listcsxadd
+ {glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@unitlist}%
+ {\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csxdef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {\number\numexpr\csname\@glsxtr@csname\endcsname+1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@local@increment@currunitcount}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@local@increment@currunitcount}[1]{%
+ \glshasattribute{#1}{unitcount}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glsxtr@csname{\@glsxtr@currentunitcount{#1}}%
+ \ifcsundef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {%
+ \csdef{\@glsxtr@csname}{1}%
+ \listcseadd
+ {glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@unitlist}%
+ {\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csedef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {\number\numexpr\csname\@glsxtr@csname\endcsname+1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@currunitcount}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@currunitcount}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef
+ {glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@currunit@#2}%
+ {0}%
+ {\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@currunit@#2}}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@prevunitcount}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@prevunitcount}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef
+ {glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prevunit@#2}%
+ {0}%
+ {\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prevunit@#2}}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsenableentryunitcount}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsenableentryunitcount}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Enable new fields:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \appto\@newglossaryentry@defcounters{\@@newglossaryentry@defunitcounters}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Just in case the user has switched on the \pkgopt{docdef} option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{%
+ \renewcommand*\newglossaryentry[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{\string\newglossaryentry\space
+ may only be used in the preamble when entry counting has
+ been activated}{If you use \string\glsenableentryunitcount\space
+ you must place all entry definitions in the preamble not in
+ the document environment}%
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% New commands to access new fields:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsentrycurrcount}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@currunitcount{##1}{\glsgetattribute{##1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{##1}{unitcount}}}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\glsentryprevcount}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@prevunitcount{##1}{\glsgetattribute{##1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{##1}{unitcount}}}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Access total count:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsentryprevtotalcount}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}%
+ {0}%
+ {%
+ \number\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Access max value:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsentryprevmaxcount}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}%
+ {0}%
+ {%
+ \number\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Adjust post unset and reset:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@unset\glsxtrpostunset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostunset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@unset{##1}%
+ \@gls@increment@currunitcount{##1}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@localunset\glsxtrpostlocalunset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalunset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@localunset{##1}%
+ \@gls@local@increment@currunitcount{##1}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@reset\glsxtrpostreset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostreset}[1]{%
+ \glshasattribute{##1}{unitcount}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glsxtr@csname{\@glsxtr@currentunitcount{##1}}%
+ \ifcsundef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {}%
+ {\csgdef{\@glsxtr@csname}{0}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@localreset\glsxtrpostlocalreset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalreset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@localreset{##1}%
+ \glshasattribute{##1}{unitcount}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glsxtr@csname{\@glsxtr@currentunitcount{##1}}%
+ \ifcsundef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {}%
+ {\csdef{\@glsxtr@csname}{0}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Modifications to take into account the attributes that govern
+% whether the entry should be unset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@cgls@\@@cgls@
+ \let\@cglspl@\@@cglspl@
+ \let\@cGLS@\@@cGLS@
+ \let\@cGlspl@\@@cGlspl@
+ \let\@cGLS@\@@cGLS@
+ \let\@cGLSpl@\@@cGLSpl@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write information to the aux file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \AtEndDocument{\@gls@write@entryunitcounts}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@entry@unitcount}[3]{%
+ \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunit@##3}{##2}%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}%
+ {\csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}{##2}}%
+ {%
+ \csxdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}{
+ \number\numexpr\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}+##2}%
+ }%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}%
+ {\csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}{##2}}%
+ {%
+ \ifnum\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}<##2
+ \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}{##2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\glsenableentryunitcount\relax
+ \renewcommand*{\glsenableentrycount}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\glsenableentrycount\space
+ can't be used with \string\glsenableentryunitcount}%
+ {Use one or other but not both commands}%
+ }%
+}
+\@onlypreamble\glsenableentryunitcount
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@entry@unitcount}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@entry@unitcount}[3]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@write@entryunitcounts@do}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@write@entryunitcounts@do}[1]{%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\@gls@entry@unitcount
+ {\@glsentry}%
+ {\@glsxtr@currunitcount{\@glsentry}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@write@entryunitcounts}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@write@entryunitcounts}{%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\providecommand*{\string\@gls@entry@unitcount}[3]{}}%
+ \count@=0\relax
+ \forallglsentries{\@glsentry}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\@glsentry}{unitcount}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\@glsentry}%
+ {%
+ \forlistcsloop
+ {\@gls@write@entryunitcounts@do}%
+ {glo@\glsdetoklabel{\@glsentry}@unitlist}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \advance\count@ by \@ne
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \ifnum\count@=0
+ \GlossariesExtraWarningNoLine{Entry counting has been enabled
+ \MessageBreak with \string\glsenableentryunitcount\space but the
+ \MessageBreak attribute `unitcount' hasn't
+ \MessageBreak been assigned to any of the defined
+ \MessageBreak entries}%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting}
+% The first argument is the list of categories, the second
+% argument is the value of the \catattr{entrycount} attribute
+% and the third is the counter name.
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting}[3]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Enable entry counting:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsenableentryunitcount
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Redefine \cs{gls} etc:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glspl}{\cGlspl}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set the \catattr{entrycount} attribute:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@glsxtr@setentryunitcountunsetattr{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In case this command is used again:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting\@glsxtr@setentryunitcountunsetattr
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting}[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting\space
+ can't be used with \string\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting}%
+ {Use one or other but not both commands}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@setentryunitcountunsetattr}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@setentryunitcountunsetattr}[3]{%
+ \@for\@glsxtr@cat:=#1\do
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glsxtr@cat}{}%
+ {%
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{\@glsxtr@cat}{entrycount}{#2}%
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{\@glsxtr@cat}{unitcount}{#3}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\subsection{Acronym Modifications}
+% It's more consistent to use the abbreviation code for acronyms,
+% but make some adjustments to allow for continued use of the
+% \sty{glossaries} package's custom acronym format. (For example,
+% user may already have defined some acronym styles with
+% \cs{newacronymstyle} which they would like to continue to use.)
+% The original \sty{glossaries} acronym code can be restored
+% with \cs{RestoreAcronyms}, but adjust \cs{SetGenericNewAcronym}
+% so that \cs{newacronym} adds the category.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\SetGenericNewAcronym}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\SetGenericNewAcronym}{%
+ \let\@Gls@entryname\@Gls@acrentryname
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glsacronymlists}%
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \protected@edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\expandonce{\acronymentry{##2}}},%
+ sort={\acronymsort{\the\glsshorttok}{\the\glslongtok}},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ category=acronym,
+ \GenericAcronymFields,%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\Genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\Genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{\genacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{\Genacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{\genplacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{\Genplacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% This will cause a problem for glossaries that contain a mixture of
+% acronyms and abbreviations, so redefine \cs{newacronym} to use the
+% new abbreviation interface.
+%
+% First save the original definitions:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@glsxtr@org@setacronymstyle\setacronymstyle
+\let\@glsxtr@org@newacronymstyle\newacronymstyle
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\MakeAcronymsAbbreviations}
+% Make acronyms use the same interface as abbreviations.
+% Note that \cs{newacronymstyle} has a different implementation to
+% \cs{newabbrevationstyle} so disable \cs{newacronymstyle} and
+% \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+%\changes{0.4}{2015-12-03}{set the default type to \cs{acronymtype}}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{now disables \cs{setacronymstyle}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\MakeAcronymsAbbreviations}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \newabbreviation[type=\acronymtype,category=acronym,##1]{##2}{##3}{##4}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\glsabbrvfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\setacronymstyle}[1]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\setacronymstyle{##1}
+ unavailable.
+ Use \string\setabbreviationstyle\space instead.
+ The original acronym interface can be restored with
+ \string\RestoreAcronyms}{}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\newacronymstyle}[1]{%
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{New acronym style `##1' won't be
+ available unless you restore the original acronym interface with
+ \string\RestoreAcronyms}%
+ \@glsxtr@org@newacronymstyle{##1}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Switch acronyms to abbreviations:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\MakeAcronymsAbbreviations
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\RestoreAcronyms}
+% Restore acronyms to \sty{glossaries} interface.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RestoreAcronyms}{%
+ \SetGenericNewAcronym
+ \renewcommand{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \let\setacronymstyle\@glsxtr@org@setacronymstyle
+ \let\newacronymstyle\@glsxtr@org@newacronymstyle
+ \let\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@glsxtr@org@checkfirsthyper
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{acronym}{regular}{false}%
+ \setacronymstyle{long-short}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsacspace}
+% Allow the user to customise the maximum value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\glsacspace}[1]{%
+ \settowidth{\dimen@}{(\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}})}%
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\glsacspacemax~\else\space\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsacspacemax}
+% Value used in the above.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsacspacemax}{3em}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsection{Indexing and Displaying Glossaries}
+%From time-to-time users ask if they can have one glossary sorted
+%normally and another sorted by definition or usage. With the
+% base \sty{glossaries} package this can only be achieved with the
+% \qt{noidx} commands (Option~1). This is an attempt to mix and
+% match.
+%
+%First we need a list of the glossaries that require
+%\gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy}.
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}
+%\changes{0.5.5}{??}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% Save the original definition of \cs{makeglossaries}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@glsxtr@org@makeglossaries\makeglossaries
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Redefine \cs{makeglossaries} to take an optional argument.
+% This should be empty for the usual behaviour (all glossaries
+% need processing with an indexing application) or a comma-separated
+% list of glossary labels indicating those glossaries that should be
+% processed with an indexing application.
+%\begin{macro}{\makeglossaries}
+%\changes{0.5.5}{??}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\makeglossaries}[1][]{%
+ \ifblank{#1}%
+ {\@glsxtr@org@makeglossaries}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist{#1}%
+ \ifundef{\glswrite}{\newwrite\glswrite}{}%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand
+ \string\@glsorder[1]{}}
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand
+ \string\@istfilename[1]{}}
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@istfilename{\istfilename}}%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsorder{\glsorder}}
+ \write\@auxout{\string\providecommand\string\@gls@reference[3]{}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Iterate through each supplied glossary type and activate it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@for\@glo@type:=#1\do{%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glo@type}{}{\@makeglossary{\@glo@type}}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% New glossaries must be created before \cs{makeglossaries}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\newglossary[4][]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{New glossaries
+ must be created before \string\makeglossaries}{You need
+ to move \string\makeglossaries\space after all your
+ \string\newglossary\space commands}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Any subsequence instances of this command should have no effect
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@makeglossary\relax
+ \let\makeglossary\relax
+ \let\makeglossaries\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Disable all commands that have no effect after \cs{makeglossaries}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@disable@onlypremakeg
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Allow \gloskey{see} key:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\gls@checkseeallowed\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Suppress warning about no \cs{makeglossaries}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\warn@nomakeglossaries\relax
+ \def\warn@noprintglossary{%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No \string\printglossary\space
+ or \string\printglossaries\space
+ found.^^J(Remove \string\makeglossaries\space if you don't
+want
+ any glossaries.)^^JThis document will not have a glossary}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Adjust display number list to check for type:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsdisplaynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}%
+ {\@glsxtr@idx@displaynumberlist{##1}}%
+ {\@glsxtr@noidx@displaynumberlist{##1}}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Adjust entry list:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentrynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}%
+ {\@glsxtr@idx@entrynumberlist{##1}}%
+ {\@glsxtr@noidx@entrynumberlist{##1}}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Adjust number list loop
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsnumberlistloop}[2]{%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\glsnumberlistloop\space
+ not available for glossary `##1'}{}%
+ }%
+ {\@glsxtr@noidx@numberlistloop{##1}{##2}}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Only sanitize sort for normal indexing glossaries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##2}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}%
+ {%
+ \glsdosanitizesort
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglssanitizesort
+ \@gls@noidx@sanitizesort
+ \else
+ \@gls@noidx@nosanitizesort
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Unlike \cs{makenoidxglossaries} we can't automatically set
+% sanitizesort=false. All entries must be defined in the preamble.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\new@glossaryentry[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Glossary entries must be defined
+ in the preamble\MessageBreak when you use the optional argument
+ of \string\makeglossaries}{Either move your definitions to the
+ preamble or don't use the optional argument of
+ \string\makeglossaries}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Only activate sort key for glossaries that aren't listed in
+% \verb|#1| (glossary label is stored in \cs{@glo@type} but this
+% defaults to \cs{glsdefaulttype} so some expansion is required).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\@printgloss@setsort}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glo@assign@sortkey}{%
+ \edef\@glo@type{\@glo@type}%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@glo@type}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}%
+ {%
+ \@@glo@no@assign@sortkey
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@@glo@assign@sortkey
+ }%
+ }%
+ \def\@glo@sorttype{\@glo@default@sorttype}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check \pkgopt{automake} setting:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifglsautomake
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist\do{%
+ \ifdefempty{\@gls@type}{}{\@gls@automake{\@gls@type}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Display number list for the regular version:
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@idx@displaynumberlist}
+%\changes{0.5.5}{??}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@glsxtr@idx@displaynumberlist\glsdisplaynumberlist
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Display number list for the \qt{noidx} version:
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@noidx@displaynumberlist}
+%\changes{0.5.5}{??}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@noidx@displaynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@loclist}%
+ \ifdef\@gls@loclist
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{%
+ \glsnumlistsep
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@finalsep{\glsnumlistlastsep}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@finalsep{}%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@prev{}%
+ \forlistloop{\glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler}{\@gls@loclist}%
+ \@gls@noidxloclist@finalsep
+ \@gls@noidxloclist@prev
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??\glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Missing location list for `#1'. Either
+ a rerun is required or you haven't referenced the entry.}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%And for the number list loop:
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@noidx@numberlistloop}
+%\changes{0.5.5}{??}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@noidx@numberlistloop}[3]{%
+ \letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@loclist}%
+ \let\@gls@org@glsnoidxdisplayloc\glsnoidxdisplayloc
+ \let\@gls@org@glsseeformat\glsseeformat
+ \let\glsnoidxdisplayloc#2\relax
+ \let\glsseeformat#3\relax
+ \ifdef\@gls@loclist
+ {%
+ \forlistloop{\glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler}{\@gls@loclist}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??\glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Missing location list for `##1'. Either
+ a rerun is required or you haven't referenced the entry.}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\glsnoidxdisplayloc\@gls@org@glsnoidxdisplayloc
+ \let\glsseeformat\@gls@org@glsseeformat
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%Same for entry number list.
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@noidx@entrynumberlist}
+%\changes{0.5.5}{??}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@noidx@entrynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@loclist}%
+ \ifdef\@gls@loclist
+ {%
+ \glsnoidxloclist{\@gls@loclist}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??\glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Missing location list for `#1'. Either
+ a rerun is required or you haven't referenced the entry.}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@idx@entrynumberlist}
+%\changes{0.5.5}{??}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@glsxtr@idx@entrynumberlist\glsentrynumberlist
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Give a bit of assistance to new users who are confused and don't
+% know how to read transcript messages.
+%\begin{macro}{\@print@glossary}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added redefinition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\@print@glossary}{%
+ \makeatletter
+ \@input@{\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @in\endcsname}%
+ \IfFileExists{\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @in\endcsname}%
+ {}%
+ {\glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning{\@glo@type}}%
+ \ifglsxindy
+ \ifcsundef{@xdy@\@glo@type @language}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
+ \noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\providecommand\string\@xdylanguage[2]{}}%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@xdylanguage{\@glo@type}{\@xdy@main@language}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
+ \noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\providecommand\string\@xdylanguage[2]{}}%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@xdylanguage{\@glo@type}{\csname @xdy@\@glo@type
+ @language\endcsname}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@auxoutstuff
+ \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
+ \noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\providecommand\string\@gls@codepage[2]{}}%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@gls@codepage{\@glo@type}{\gls@codepage}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@auxoutstuff
+ \fi
+ \renewcommand*{\@warn@nomakeglossaries}{%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{\string\makeglossaries\space
+ hasn't been used,^^Jthe glossaries will not be updated}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Setup the warning text to display if the external file for the given
+% glossary is missing.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead}
+% Header message.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead}[2]{%
+ This document is incomplete. The external file associated with
+ the glossary `#1' (which should be called \texttt{#2})
+ hasn't been created.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart}
+% No entries have been added to the glossary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart}{%
+ This has probably happened because there are no entries defined
+ in this glossary.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain}
+% The default \qt{main} glossary is empty.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain}{%
+ If you don't want this glossary,
+ add \texttt{nomain} to your package option list when you load
+ \texttt{glossaries-extra.sty}. For example:%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain}
+% A glossary that isn't the default \qt{main} glossary is empty.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain}[1]{%
+ Did you forget to use \texttt{type=#1} when you defined your
+ entries? If you tried to load entries into this glossary with
+ \texttt{\string\loadglsentries} did you remember to use
+ \texttt{[#1]} as the optional argument? If you did, check that
+ the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type set
+ to \texttt{\string\glsdefaulttype}.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile}
+% Advisory message to check the file contents.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile}[1]{%
+ Check the contents of the file \texttt{#1}. If
+ it's empty, that means you haven't indexed any of your entries in this
+ glossary (using commands like \texttt{\string\gls} or
+ \texttt{\string\glsadd}) so this list can't be generated.
+ If the file isn't empty, the document build process hasn't been
+ completed.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake}
+% Message when \pkgopt{automake} option has been used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake}[1]{%
+ You may need to rerun \LaTeX. If you already have, it may be that
+ \TeX's shell escape doesn't allow you to run
+ \ifglsxindy xindy\else makeindex\fi. Check the
+ transcript file \texttt{\jobname.log}. If the shell escape is
+ disabled, try one of the following:
+
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Run the external (Lua) application:
+
+ \texttt{makeglossaries-lite \string"\jobname\string"}
+
+ \item Run the external (Perl) application:
+
+ \texttt{makeglossaries \string"\jobname\string"}
+ \end{itemize}
+
+ Then rerun \LaTeX\ on this document.
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{Rerun required to build the
+ glossary `#1' or check TeX's shell escape allows
+ you to run \ifglsxindy xindy\else makeindex\fi}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{removed \cs{GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoAutoMakeMain}}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch}
+% Mismatching \cs{makenoidxglossaries}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch}{%
+ You need to either replace \texttt{\string\makenoidxglossaries}
+ with \texttt{\string\makeglossaries} or replace
+ \texttt{\string\printglossary} (or \texttt{\string\printglossaries}) with
+ \texttt{\string\printnoidxglossary}
+ (or \texttt{\string\printnoidxglossaries}) and then rebuild
+ this document.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo}
+% Build advice.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo}{%
+ Try one of the following:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Add \texttt{automake} to your package option list when you load
+ \texttt{glossaries-extra.sty}. For example:
+
+ \texttt{\string\usepackage[automake]%
+ \glsopenbrace glossaries-extra\glsclosebrace}
+
+ \item Run the external (Lua) application:
+
+ \texttt{makeglossaries-lite \string"\jobname\string"}
+
+ \item Run the external (Perl) application:
+
+ \texttt{makeglossaries \string"\jobname\string"}
+ \end{itemize}
+
+ Then rerun \LaTeX\ on this document.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail}
+% Final paragraph.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail}{%
+ This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut}
+% No out file created.
+% Build advice.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut}[1]{%
+ The file \texttt{#1} doesn't exist. This most likely means you haven't used
+ \texttt{\string\makeglossaries} or you have used
+ \texttt{\string\nofiles}. If this is just a draft version of the
+ document, you can suppress this message using the
+ \texttt{nomissingglstext} package option.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@defaultnoglossarywarning}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@defaultnoglossarywarning}[1]{%
+ \glossarysection[\glossarytoctitle]{\glossarytitle}
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead{#1}{\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @in\endcsname}
+ \par
+ \glsxtrifemptyglossary{#1}%
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart\space
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{main}}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain\par
+ \medskip
+ \noindent\texttt{\string\usepackage[nomain\ifglsacronym ,acronym\fi]%
+ \glsopenbrace glossaries-extra\glsclosebrace}
+ \medskip
+ }%
+ {\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @out\endcsname}
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile
+ {\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @out\endcsname}
+
+ \ifglsautomake
+
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake{#1}
+
+ \else
+
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{main}}%
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain\par
+ \medskip
+ \noindent\texttt{\string\usepackage[nomain]%
+ \glsopenbrace glossaries-extra\glsclosebrace}
+ \medskip
+ }%
+ {}%
+
+ \ifdefequal\makeglossaries\@no@makeglossaries
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut
+ {\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @out\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \par
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\section{Integration with glossaries-accsupp}
+% Provide better integration with the \sty{glossaries-accsupp}
+% package. (Must be loaded before the main code of
+% \sty{glossaries-extra} either explicitly or through the
+% \pkgopt{accsupp} package option.)
+%
+% These commands have their definitions set according to whether
+% or not \sty{glossaries-extra} has been loaded.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{fixed typo in glossaries-accsupp and tidied up code to use
+% just one \cs{@ifpackageloaded}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-accsupp}
+{
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define (or redefine) commands to use the accessibility
+% information.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessname}
+% Display the \gloskey{name} value (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryname{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsname@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessname{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessname}
+% Display the \gloskey{name} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryname{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsname@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessname{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessname}
+% Display the \gloskey{name} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessname}[1]{%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSname@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessname{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccesstext}
+% Display the \gloskey{text} value (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesstext}[1]{%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentrytext{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glstext@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccesstext{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccesstext}
+% Display the \gloskey{text} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesstext}[1]{%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentrytext{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glstext@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccesstext{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccesstext}
+% Display the \gloskey{text} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesstext}[1]{%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLStext@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLStext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccesstext{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{plural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessplural}[1]{%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{plural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessplural}[1]{%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{plural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessplural}[1]{%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessfirst}
+% Display the \gloskey{first} value (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessfirst}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryfirst{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsfirst@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessfirst}
+% Display the \gloskey{first} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessfirst}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryfirst{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsfirst@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessfirst}
+% Display the \gloskey{first} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessfirst}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSfirst@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessfirstplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{firstplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryfirstplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsfirstplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessfirstplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{firstplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryfirstplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsfirstplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessfirstplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{firstplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSfirstplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccesssymbol}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbol} value (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesssymbol}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentrysymbol{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glssymbol@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccesssymbol{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccesssymbol}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbol} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesssymbol}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentrysymbol{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glssymbol@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccesssymbol{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccesssymbol}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbol} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesssymbol}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSsymbol@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccesssymbol{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccesssymbolplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbolplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesssymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentrysymbolplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glssymbolplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccesssymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccesssymbolplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbolplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesssymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentrysymbolplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glssymbolplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccesssymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccesssymbolplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbolplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesssymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSsymbolplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSsymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccesssymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessdesc}
+% Display the \gloskey{desc} value (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessdesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentrydesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsdesc@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessdesc{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessdesc}
+% Display the \gloskey{desc} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessdesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentrydesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsdesc@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessdesc{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessdesc}
+% Display the \gloskey{desc} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessdesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSdesc@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessdesc{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessdescplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{descplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessdescplural}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentrydescplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsdescplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessdescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessdescplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{descplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessdescplural}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentrydescplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsdescplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessdescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessdescplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{descplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessdescplural}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSdescplural@}
+% Redefine to use accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessdescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessshort}
+% Display the short form (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessshort}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryshort{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessshort}
+% Display the short form with first letter converted to uppercase
+% (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessshort}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryshort{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessshort}
+% Display the \gloskey{short} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessshort}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryshort{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessshortpl}
+% Display the short plural form (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessshortpl}[1]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryshortpl{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessshortpl}
+% Display the short plural form with first letter converted to
+% uppercase (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessshortpl}[1]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryshortpl{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessshortpl}
+% Display the \gloskey{shortplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessshortpl}[1]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccesslong}
+% Display the long form (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesslong}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{#1}}{#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccesslong}
+% Display the long form (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesslong}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{#1}}{#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccesslong}
+% Display the \gloskey{long} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesslong}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccesslongpl}
+% Display the long plural form (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesslongpl}[1]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}{#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccesslongpl}
+% Display the long plural form (no link and no check for existence).
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesslongpl}[1]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}{#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccesslongpl}
+% Display the \gloskey{longplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesslongpl}[1]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% End of if part
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+{
+% \end{macrocode}
+% No accessibility support. Just define these commands to do
+% \cs{glsentry}\meta{xxx}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessname}
+% Display the \gloskey{name} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessname}
+% Display the \gloskey{name} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessname}
+% Display the \gloskey{name} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessname}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccesstext}
+% Display the \gloskey{text} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesstext}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccesstext}
+% Display the \gloskey{text} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesstext}[1]{\Glsentrytext{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccesstext}
+% Display the \gloskey{text} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesstext}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{plural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessplural}[1]{\glsentryplural{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{plural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessplural}[1]{\Glsentryplural{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{plural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessfirst}
+% Display the \gloskey{first} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessfirst}[1]{\glsentryfirst{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessfirst}
+% Display the \gloskey{first} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessfirst}[1]{\Glsentryfirst{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessfirst}
+% Display the \gloskey{first} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessfirst}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessfirstplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{firstplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessfirstplural}[1]{\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessfirstplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{firstplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessfirstplural}[1]{\Glsentryfirstplural{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessfirstplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{firstplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccesssymbol}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbol} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesssymbol}[1]{\glsentrysymbol{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccesssymbol}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbol} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesssymbol}[1]{\Glsentrysymbol{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccesssymbol}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbol} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesssymbol}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccesssymbolplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbolplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesssymbolplural}[1]{\glsentrysymbolplural{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccesssymbolplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbolplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesssymbolplural}[1]{\Glsentrysymbolplural{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccesssymbolplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{symbolplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesssymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessdesc}
+% Display the \gloskey{desc} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessdesc}[1]{\glsentrydesc{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessdesc}
+% Display the \gloskey{desc} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessdesc}[1]{\Glsentrydesc{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessdesc}
+% Display the \gloskey{desc} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessdesc}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessdescplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{descplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessdescplural}[1]{\glsentrydescplural{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessdescplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{descplural} value (no link and no check for existence)
+% with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessdescplural}[1]{\Glsentrydescplural{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessdescplural}
+% Display the \gloskey{descplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessdescplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessshort}
+% Display the short form (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessshort}[1]{\glsentryshort{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessshort}
+% Display the short form with first letter converted to uppercase
+% (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessshort}[1]{\Glsentryshort{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessshort}
+% Display the \gloskey{short} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessshort}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryshort{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessshortpl}
+% Display the short plural form (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessshortpl}[1]{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccessshortpl}
+% Display the short plural form with first letter converted to
+% uppercase (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessshortpl}[1]{\Glsentryshortpl{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccessshortpl}
+% Display the \gloskey{shortplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessshortpl}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccesslong}
+% Display the long form (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesslong}[1]{\glsentrylong{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccesslong}
+% Display the long form (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesslong}[1]{\Glsentrylong{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccesslong}
+% Display the \gloskey{long} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesslong}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsaccesslongpl}
+% Display the long plural form (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesslongpl}[1]{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsaccesslongpl}
+% Display the long plural form (no link and no check for existence).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesslongpl}[1]{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSaccesslongpl}
+% Display the \gloskey{longplural} value (no link and no check for existence).
+% converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesslongpl}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% End of else part
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\section{Categories}
+%\begin{macro}{\glscategory}
+% Add a new storage key that can be used to indicate a category. The
+% default category is \category{general}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsaddstoragekey{category}{general}{\glscategory}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsifcategory}
+% Convenient shortcut to determine if an entry has the given
+% category.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsifcategory}[4]{%
+ \ifglsfieldeq{#1}{category}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Categories can have attributes.
+%\begin{macro}{\glssetcategoryattribute}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{category}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value}
+%\end{definition}
+% Set (or override if already set) an attribute for the given
+% category.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glssetcategoryattribute}[3]{%
+ \csdef{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}{#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsgetcategoryattribute}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsgetcategoryattribute}\marg{category}\marg{attribute-label}
+%\end{definition}
+% Get the value of the given attribute for the given
+% category. Does nothing if the attribute isn't defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsgetcategoryattribute}[2]{%
+ \csuse{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glshascategoryattribute}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glshascategoryattribute}\marg{category}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{true}\marg{false}
+%\end{definition}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% Tests if the category has the given attribute set.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glshascategoryattribute}[4]{%
+ \ifcsvoid{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}{#4}{#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glssetattribute}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glssetattribute}\marg{entry label}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value}
+%\end{definition}
+% Short cut where the category label is obtained from the entry
+% information.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glssetattribute}[3]{%
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{\glscategory{#1}}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsgetattribute}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsgetattribute}\marg{entry label}\marg{attribute-label}
+%\end{definition}
+% Short cut where the category label is obtained from the entry
+% information.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsgetattribute}[2]{%
+ \glsgetcategoryattribute{\glscategory{#1}}{#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glshasattribute}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glshasattribute}\marg{entry
+%label}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{true}\marg{false}
+%\end{definition}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added check for entry's existence}
+% Short cut to test if the given attribute has been set where the
+% category label is obtained from the entry information.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glshasattribute}[4]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}%
+ {\glshascategoryattribute{\glscategory{#1}}{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+ {#4}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsifcategoryattribute}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsifcategoryattribute}\marg{category}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value}\marg{true
+%part}\marg{false part}
+%\end{definition}
+% True if category has the attribute with the given value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsifcategoryattribute}[5]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}%
+ {#5}%
+ {\ifcsstring{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsifattribute}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsifattribute}\marg{entry label}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{value}\marg{true
+%part}\marg{false part}
+%\end{definition}
+%Short cut to determine if the given entry has a category with the
+%given attribute set.
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added check for entry's existence}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsifattribute}[5]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}%
+ {\glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategory{#1}}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}%
+ {#5}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Set attributes for the default \category{general} category:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{regular}{true}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Acronyms are regular by default, since they're typically just
+% treated like normal words.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{acronym}{regular}{true}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glssetregularcategory}
+%Convenient shortcut to create add the regular attribute.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glssetregularcategory}[1]{%
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{regular}{true}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsifregularcategory}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsifregularcategory}\marg{category}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
+%\end{definition}
+% Short cut to determine if a category has the regular attribute.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsifregularcategory}[3]{%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{#1}{regular}{true}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsifregular}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsifregular}\marg{entry label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
+%\end{definition}
+% Short cut to determine if an entry has a regular category.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsifregular}[3]{%
+ \glsifregularcategory{\glscategory{#1}}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsforeachincategory}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsforeachincategory}\oarg{glossary
+%labels}\marg{category-label}\marg{glossary-cs}\marg{label-cs}\marg{body}
+%\end{definition}
+% Iterates through all entries in all the glossaries (or just those
+% listed in \meta{glossary labels}) and does \meta{body} if the
+% category matches \meta{category-label}. The control sequences
+% \meta{glossary-cs} and \meta{label-cs} may be used in \meta{body}
+% to access the glossary label and entry label for the current
+% iteration.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsforeachincategory}[5][\@glo@types]{%
+ \forallglossaries[#1]{#3}%
+ {%
+ \forglsentries[#3]{#4}%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategory{#4}{#2}{#5}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsforeachwithattribute}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsforeachwithattribute}\oarg{glossary
+%labels}\marg{attribute-label}\marg{attribute-value}\marg{glossary-cs}\marg{label-cs}\marg{body}
+%\end{definition}
+% Iterates through all entries in all the glossaries (or just those
+% listed in \meta{glossary labels}) and does \meta{body} if the
+% category attribute \meta{attribute-label} matches
+% \meta{attribute-value}. The control sequences
+% \meta{glossary-cs} and \meta{label-cs} may be used in \meta{body}
+% to access the glossary label and entry label for the current
+% iteration.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsforeachwithattribute}[6][\@glo@types]{%
+ \forallglossaries[#1]{#4}%
+ {%
+ \forglsentries[#4]{#5}%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#5}{#2}{#3}{#6}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% If \cs{newterm} has been defined, redefine it so that it
+% automatically sets the category label to \category{index} and add
+% \cs{glsxtrpostdescription}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\newterm
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\newterm}
+%\changes{0.4}{2015-12-03}{fixed name argument}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\newterm}[2][]{%
+ \newglossaryentry{#2}%
+ {type={index},category=index,name={#2},%
+ description={\glsxtrpostdescription\nopostdesc},#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% Indexed terms are regular by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{index}{regular}{true}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostdescindex}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescindex}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%If the \pkgopt{symbols} package option was used, define a similar
+%command for symbols, but set the default sort to the label rather
+%than the name as the symbols will typically contain commands that
+%will confuse makeindex and xindy.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\printsymbols
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrnewsymbol}
+%\changes{0.4}{2015-12-03}{added extra argument}
+% Unlike \cs{newterm}, this has a separate argument for the label
+% (since the symbol will likely contain commands).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrnewsymbol}[3][]{%
+ \newglossaryentry{#2}{name={#3},sort={#2},type=symbols,category=symbol,#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% Symbols are regular by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{symbol}{regular}{true}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostdescsymbol}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescsymbol}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Similar for the numbers option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\printnumbers
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrnewnumber}
+%\changes{0.4}{2015-12-03}{added extra argument}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\printnumbers
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrnewnumber}[3][]{%
+ \newglossaryentry{#2}{name={#3},sort={#2},type=numbers,category=number,#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% Numbers are regular by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{number}{regular}{true}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostdescnumber}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescnumber}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrsetcategory}
+% Set the category for all listed labels. The first argument is the
+% list of entry labels and the second argument is the category label.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsetcategory}[2]{%
+ \@for\@glsxtr@label:=#1\do
+ {%
+ \glsfieldxdef{\@glsxtr@label}{category}{#2}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrsetcategoryforall}
+% Set the category for all entries in the listed glossaries. The first argument
+% is the list of glossary labels and the second argument is the category label.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsetcategoryforall}[2]{%
+ \forallglossaries[#1]{\@glsxtr@type}{%
+ \forglsentries[\@glsxtr@type]{\@glsxtr@label}%
+ {%
+ \glsfieldxdef{\@glsxtr@label}{category}{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfieldtitlecase}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsxtrfieldtitlecase}\marg{label}\marg{field}
+%\end{definition}
+% Apply title casing to the contents of the given field.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecase}[2]{%
+ \expandafter\xcapitalisewords\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2\endcsname}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Provide a convenient way to modify glossary styles without having
+% to define a new style just to convert the first letter of fields
+% to upper case.
+%\begin{macro}{\glossentrydesc}
+% If the \catattr{glossdesc} attribute is \qt{firstuc} convert first
+% letter to upper case. If the attribute is \qt{title} use title
+% case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-accsupp}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossdesc}{firstuc}%
+ {%
+ \Glsaccessdesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossdesc}{title}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsxtrfieldtitlecase{#1}{desc}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsaccessdesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossdesc}{firstuc}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentrydesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossdesc}{title}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn
+ \glsxtrfieldtitlecase{#1}{desc}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsentrydesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glossentryname}
+% If the \catattr{glossname} attribute is \qt{firstuc} convert first
+% letter to upper case. If the attribute is \qt{title} use title
+% case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-accsupp}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{firstuc}%
+ {%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\Glsentryname{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{title}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\glsxtrfieldtitlecase{#1}{name}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{uc}%
+ {%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Hide the label from the upper-casing command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \letcs{\glo@name}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
+ \glsnamefont{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glo@name}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \letcs{\glo@name}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \expandafter\glsnamefont\expandafter{\glo@name}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Do post-name hook:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsxtrpostnamehook{#1}%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{firstuc}%
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\Glsentryname{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{title}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn
+ \glsnamefont{\glsxtrfieldtitlecase{#1}{name}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{uc}%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Hide the label from the upper-casing command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \letcs{\glo@name}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
+ \glsnamefont{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glo@name}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This little trick is used by \sty{glossaries} to allow the user to
+% redefine \ics{glsnamefont} to use \cs{makefirstuc}. Support it
+% even though they can now use the \catattr{firstuc} attribute.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \letcs{\glo@name}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
+ \expandafter\glsnamefont\expandafter{\glo@name}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Do post-name hook:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsxtrpostnamehook{#1}%
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glossentryname}
+% Redefine to set the abbreviation format and accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-accsupp}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\Glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\Glsentryname{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Do post-name hook:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsxtrpostnamehook{#1}%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\Glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsnamefont{\Glsentryname{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Do post-name hook:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsxtrpostnamehook{#1}%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Provide a convenient way to also index the entries using the
+% standard \ics{index} mechanism. This may use different actual,
+% encap and escape characters to those used for the glossaries.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostnamehook}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% Hook to append stuff after the name is displayed in the glossary.
+% The argument is the entry's label.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamehook}[1]{%
+ \def\@glsnumberformat{glsnumberformat}%
+ \glsxtrdoautoindexname{#1}{indexname}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\if@glsxtr@format@override}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% Determines if the \gloskey[glslink]{format} key should override
+% the indexing attribute value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\if@glsxtr@format@override
+\@glsxtr@format@overridefalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%If overriding is enabled, the \ics{glshypernumber} command will have to
+%be redefined in the index to use \cs{hyperpage} instead.
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}
+{
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If \sty{hyperref}'s \pkgoptfmt{hyperindex} option is on, then
+% \sty{hyperref} will automatically add \cs{hyperpage}, so don't
+% add it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifHy@hyperindex
+ \newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride}{%
+ \@glsxtr@format@overridetrue
+ \appto\theindex{\let\glshypernumber\@firstofone}%
+ }
+ \else
+ \newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride}{%
+ \@glsxtr@format@overridetrue
+ \appto\theindex{\let\glshypernumber\hyperpage}%
+ }
+ \fi
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride}{%
+ \@glsxtr@format@overridetrue
+ }
+}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrdoautoindexname}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrdoautoindexname}[2]{%
+ \glshasattribute{#1}{#2}%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Escape any makeindex/xindy characters in the value of the \gloskey{name}
+% field. Take care with \sty{babel} as this won't work if the
+% category code has changed for those characters.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@setname{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the attribute value is simply \qt{true} don't add an encap,
+% otherwise use the value as the encap.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \protected@edef\@glsxtr@attrval{\glsgetattribute{#1}{#2}}%
+ \if@glsxtr@format@override
+ \ifdefstring{\@glsnumberformat}{glsnumberformat}{}%
+ {\let\@glsxtr@attrval\@glsnumberformat}%
+ \fi
+ \ifdefstring{\@glsxtr@attrval}{true}%
+ {}%
+ {\eappto\@glo@name{\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap\@glsxtr@attrval}}%
+ \expandafter\index\expandafter{\@glo@name}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@setname}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% Assign \cs{@glo@name} for use with \catattr{indexname} attribute.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@setname}[1]{%
+ \def\@glo@name{\string\glsentryname{#1}}%
+ \glsletentryfield{\@glo@sort}{#1}{sort}%
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glo@sort
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@doextra@esc\@glo@sort
+ \epreto\@glo@name{\@glo@sort\@glsxtr@autoindex@at}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@doextra@esc}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@doextra@esc}[1]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Escape the escape character unless it has already been escaped.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@glsxtr@autoindex@esc\@gls@quotechar
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \edef\@@glsxtr@checkspch{%
+ \noexpand\@glsxtr@autoindex@escquote\expandonce{#1}%
+ \noexpand\@empty\@glsxtr@autoindex@esc\noexpand\@nnil
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@esc\noexpand\@empty\noexpand\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \@@glsxtr@checkspch
+ \let#1\@gls@checkedmkidx\relax
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Escape actual character unless it has already been escaped.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@glsxtr@autoindex@at\@gls@actualchar
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \edef\@@glsxtr@checkspch{%
+ \noexpand\@glsxtr@autoindex@escat\expandonce{#1}%
+ \noexpand\@empty\@glsxtr@autoindex@at\noexpand\@nnil
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@at\noexpand\@empty\noexpand\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \@@glsxtr@checkspch
+ \let#1\@gls@checkedmkidx\relax
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Escape level character unless it has already been escaped.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@glsxtr@autoindex@level\@gls@levelchar
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \edef\@@glsxtr@checkspch{%
+ \noexpand\@glsxtr@autoindex@esclevel\expandonce{#1}%
+ \noexpand\@empty\@glsxtr@autoindex@level\noexpand\@nnil
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@level\noexpand\@empty\noexpand\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \@@glsxtr@checkspch
+ \let#1\@gls@checkedmkidx\relax
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Escape encap character unless it has already been escaped.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap\@gls@encapchar
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \edef\@@glsxtr@checkspch{%
+ \noexpand\@glsxtr@autoindex@escencap\expandonce{#1}%
+ \noexpand\@empty\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap\noexpand\@nnil
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@encap\noexpand\@empty\noexpand\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \@@glsxtr@checkspch
+ \let#1\@gls@checkedmkidx\relax
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% The user commands here have a preamble-only restriction to ensure
+% they are set before required and also to reduce the chances of
+% complications caused by \sty{babel}'s shorthands.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@at}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% Actual character for use with \cs{index}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@at}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrSetActualChar}
+% Set the actual character.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetActualChar}[1]{%
+ \gdef\@glsxtr@autoindex@at{#1}%
+ \def\@glsxtr@autoindex@escat##1#1##2#1##3\@glsxtr@endescspch{%
+ \@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch{#1}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@escat}{##1}{##2}{##3}%
+ }%
+}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrSetActualChar
+\makeatother
+\GlsXtrSetActualChar{@}
+\makeatletter
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% Encap character for use with \cs{index}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrSetEncapChar}
+% Set the encap character.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetEncapChar}[1]{%
+ \gdef\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap{#1}%
+ \def\@glsxtr@autoindex@escencap##1#1##2#1##3\@glsxtr@endescspch{%
+ \@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch{#1}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@escencap}{##1}{##2}{##3}%
+ }%
+}
+\GlsXtrSetEncapChar{|}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrSetEncapChar
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@level}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% Level character for use with \cs{index}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@level}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrSetLevelChar}
+% Set the encap character.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetLevelChar}[1]{%
+ \gdef\@glsxtr@autoindex@level{#1}%
+ \def\@glsxtr@autoindex@esclevel##1#1##2#1##3\@glsxtr@endescspch{%
+ \@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch{#1}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@esclevel}{##1}{##2}{##3}%
+ }%
+}
+\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{!}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrSetLevelChar
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@esc}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% Escape character for use with \cs{index}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@esc}{"}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrSetEscChar}
+% Set the escape character.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetEscChar}[1]{%
+ \gdef\@glsxtr@autoindex@esc{#1}%
+ \def\@glsxtr@autoindex@escquote##1#1##2#1##3\@glsxtr@endescspch{%
+ \@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch{#1}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@escquote}{##1}{##2}{##3}%
+ }%
+}
+\GlsXtrSetEscChar{"}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrSetEscChar
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Set if defined. (For example, if \sty{doc} package has been
+% loaded.) Actual character \ics{actualchar}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\actualchar
+ {\expandafter\GlsXtrSetActualChar\expandafter{\actualchar}}
+ {}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Quote character \ics{quotechar}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\quotechar
+ {\expandafter\GlsXtrSetEscChar\expandafter{\quotechar}}
+ {}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Level character \ics{levelchar}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\levelchar
+ {\expandafter\GlsXtrSetLevelChar\expandafter{\levelchar}}
+ {}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Encap character \ics{encapchar}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\encapchar
+ {\expandafter\GlsXtrSetEncapChar\expandafter{\encapchar}}
+ {}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@gobbleto@endescspch}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@gobbleto@endescspch#1\@glsxtr@endescspch{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@@glsxtr@autoindex@esc@spch}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch}\marg{char}\marg{cs}\marg{pre}\marg{mid}\marg{post}
+%\end{definition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch}[5]{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#3}%
+ \ifx\@nnil#3\relax
+ \def\@@glsxtr@checkspch{\@glsxtr@gobbleto@endescspch#5\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\@nnil#4\relax
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@glsxtr@checkspch{\@glsxtr@gobbleto@endescspch
+ #4#5\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@esc#1}%
+ \def\@@glsxtr@checkspch{#2#5#1\@nnil#1\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@@glsxtr@checkspch
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glossentrydesc}
+% Redefine to set the abbreviation format and accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\Glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \Glsaccessdesc{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glossentrysymbol}
+% Redefine to set the abbreviation format and accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\glossentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsaccesssymbol{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glossentrysymbol}
+% Redefine to set the abbreviation format and accessibility support.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\Glossentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \Glsaccesssymbol{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%Allow initials to be marked but only use the formatting for the
+%tag in the glossary.
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging}
+% Allow initial tagging. The first argument is a list of categories
+% to apply this to. The second argument is the name of the command to
+% use to tag the initials. This can't already be defined for safety
+% unless the starred version is used.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging}{%
+ \@ifstar\s@glsxtr@enabletagging\@glsxtr@enabletagging
+}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@enabletagging}
+% Starred version undefines command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\s@glsxtr@enabletagging}[2]{%
+ \undef#2%
+ \@glsxtr@enabletagging{#1}{#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@enabletagging}
+% Internal command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@enabletagging}[2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set attributes for categories given in the first argument.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@for\@glsxtr@cat:=#1\do
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty\@glsxtr@cat
+ {}%
+ {\glssetcategoryattribute{\@glsxtr@cat}{tagging}{true}}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*#2[1]{##1}%
+ \def\@glsxtr@taggingcs{#2}%
+ \renewcommand*\@glsxtr@activate@initialtagging{%
+ \let#2\@glsxtr@tag
+ }%
+ \ifundef\@gls@preglossaryhook
+ {\GlossariesExtraWarning{Initial tagging requires at least
+ glossaries.sty v4.19 to work correctly}}%
+ {}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%Are we using an old version of \sty{mfirstuc} that has a bug in
+%\cs{capitalisewords}? If so, patch it so we don't have a problem
+% with a combination of tagging and title case.
+%\begin{macro}{\mfu@checkword@do}
+%If this command hasn't been defined, then we have pre v2.02 of
+%\sty{mfirstuc}
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifundef\mfu@checkword@do
+{
+ \newcommand*{\mfu@checkword@do}[1]{%
+ \ifdefstring{\mfu@checkword@arg}{#1}%
+ {%
+ \let\@mfu@domakefirstuc\@firstofone
+ \listbreak
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\mfu@checkword}
+% \cs{capitalisewords} was introduced in \sty{mfirstuc} v1.06.
+% If \cs{mfu@checkword} hasn't been defined \sty{mfirstuc} is too
+% old to support the title case attribute.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifundef\mfu@checkword
+ {
+ \newcommand{\@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn}{%
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{mfirstuc.sty too old. Title Caps
+ support not available}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% One warning should suffice.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn\relax
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \renewcommand*{\mfu@checkword}[1]{%
+ \def\mfu@checkword@arg{#1}%
+ \let\@mfu@domakefirstuc\makefirstuc
+ \forlistloop\mfu@checkword@do\@mfu@nocaplist
+ }
+ }
+}
+{}% no patch required
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn}
+% Do warning if title case not supported.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@activate@initialtagging}
+% Used in \cs{printglossary} but at least v4.19 of \sty{glossaries}
+% required.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@glsxtr@activate@initialtagging{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@tag}
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% Definition of tagging command when used in glossary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\@glsxtr@tag}[1]{%
+ \glsifattribute{\glscurrententrylabel}{tagging}{true}%
+ {\glsxtrtagfont{#1}}{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrtagfont}
+% Used in the glossary.
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrtagfont}[1]{\underline{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@preglossaryhook}
+% This macro was introduced in \sty{glossaries} version 4.19, so it
+% may not be defined. If it hasn't been defined this feature is
+% unavailable.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\@gls@preglossaryhook
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@preglossaryhook}{%
+ \@glsxtr@activate@initialtagging
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@postdescription\glspostdescription
+ \renewcommand*{\glspostdescription}{%
+ \glsxtrpostdescription
+ \@glsxtr@org@postdescription
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostdescription}
+%This command will only be used if \cs{@gls@preglossaryhook} is
+%available \emph{and} the glossary style uses
+%\cs{glspostdescription} without modifying it. (The nopostdesc
+%option will suppress this.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescription}{%
+ \csuse{glsxtrpostdesc\glscategory{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostdescterm}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescterm}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostdescacronym}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescacronym}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostdescabbreviation}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescabbreviation}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glspostlinkhook}
+% Redefine the post link hook used by commands like \cs{gls} to
+% make it easier for categories or attributes to modify this action.
+% Since this hook occurs outside the existence check of commands like
+% \cs{gls}, this needs to be checked again here. Do nothing if the
+% entry hasn't been defined.
+%\changes{0.5.4}{2015-12-15}{added existence check}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\glspostlinkhook}{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{\glslabel}{\glsxtrpostlinkhook}{}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostlinkhook}
+% The entry label should already be stored in \cs{glslabel} by
+% \cs{@gls@link}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkhook}{%
+ \glsxtrdiscardperiod{\glslabel}%
+ {\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence}%
+ {\glsxtrpostlink}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostlink}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlink}{%
+ \csuse{glsxtrpostlink\glscategory{\glslabel}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% Done by \cs{glsxtrpostlinkhook} if a full stop is discarded.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence}{%
+ \ifcsdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategory{\glslabel}}
+ {%
+ \csuse{glsxtrpostlink\glscategory{\glslabel}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Put the full stop back.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ .\spacefactor\sfcode`\. \relax
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Assume the full stop was discarded because the entry ends with a
+% period, so adjust the spacefactor.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \spacefactor\sfcode`\. \relax
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% Provide a command for appending the description in parentheses on
+% first use, for the convenience of users wanting to add this to the
+% post link hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse}{%
+ \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\space(\glsaccessdesc{\glslabel})}{}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% Provide a command for appending the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on
+% first use, for the convenience of users wanting to add this to the
+% post link hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse}{%
+ \glsxtrifwasfirstuse
+ {%
+ \ifglshassymbol{\glslabel}{\space(\glsaccesssymbol{\glslabel})}{}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrdiscardperiod}
+% Discard following period (if present) if the
+% \catattr{discardperiod} attribute is true. If a period is
+% discarded, do the second argument otherwise do the third
+% argument. The entry label is in the first argument.
+% Since this is designed for abbreviations that end with a period,
+% check if the plural form was used (which typically won't end with
+% a period).
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{added check for plural}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrdiscardperiod}[3]{%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{discardperiod}{true}%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{pluraldiscardperiod}{true}%
+ {\glsxtrifperiod{#2}{#3}}%
+ {#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrifperiod{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrifperiod}
+% Make a convenient user command to check if the next character is a
+% full stop (period). Works like \cs{@ifstar} but uses
+% \cs{new@ifnextchar} rather than \cs{@ifnextchar}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrifperiod}[1]{\new@ifnextchar.{\@firstoftwo{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Sometimes it's useful to test if there's a punctuation character
+% following the glossary entry.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@punclist}
+% List of characters identified as punctuation marks. (Be careful of
+% \sty{babel} shorthands!) This doesn't allow for punctuation marks
+% made up from multiple characters (such as \verb|''|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@punclist}{.,:;?!}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtraddpunctuationmark}
+% Add character to punctuation list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtraddpunctuationmark}[1]{\appto\glsxtr@punclist{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrsetpunctuationmarks}
+% Reset the punctuation list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsetpunctuationmarks}[1]{\def\glsxtr@punclist{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrifpunc}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsxtrifnextpunc}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
+%\end{definition}
+%Test if this is followed by a punctuation mark. (Adapted from
+%\cs{new@ifnextchar}.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrifnextpunc}[2]{%
+ \def\reserved@a{#1}%
+ \def\reserved@b{#2}%
+ \futurelet\@glspunc@token\glsxtr@ifnextpunc
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@ifnextpunc}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@ifnextpunc}{%
+ \glsxtr@ifpunctoken{\@glspunc@token}{\let\reserved@b\reserved@a}{}%
+ \reserved@b
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@ifpunctoken}
+% Test if the token given in the first argument is in the
+% punctuation list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@ifpunctoken}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\@glsxtr@ifpunctoken\expandafter#1\glsxtr@punclist\@nnil
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@ifpunctoken}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@ifpunctoken#1#2{%
+ \let\reserved@d=#2%
+ \ifx\reserved@d\@nnil
+ \let\glsxtr@next\@glsxtr@notfoundinlist
+ \else
+ \ifx#1\reserved@d
+ \let\glsxtr@next\@glsxtr@foundinlist
+ \else
+ \let\glsxtr@next\@glsxtr@ifpunctoken
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \glsxtr@next#1%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@foundinlist}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@foundinlist#1\@nnil{\@firstoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@notfoundinlist}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@notfoundinlist#1{\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrdopostpunc}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{glsxtrdopostpunc}\marg{code}
+%\end{definition}
+% If this is followed be a punctuation character, do \meta{code}
+% after the character otherwise do \meta{code} before whatever comes
+% next.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsxtrdopostpunc}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrifnextpunc{\@glsxtr@swaptwo{#1}}{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@swaptwo}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@glsxtr@swaptwo}[2]{#2#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\section{Abbreviations}
+%
+%The \qt{acronym} code from \sty{glossaries} is misnamed as it's more
+%often used for other forms of abbreviations. This code corrects
+%this inconsistency, but rather than just having synonyms, provide
+% commands for abbreviations that have a similar, but not identical,
+% underlying mechanism to acronyms.
+%
+% If there's a style for the given category, apply it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{category}{%
+ \edef\glscategorylabel{#1}%
+ \ifcsdef{@glsabbrv@current@#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{\csname @glsabbrv@current@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save the short plural form. This may be needed before the entry is
+% defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{shortplural}{%
+ \def\@gls@shortpl{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Similarly for the long plural form.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{longplural}{%
+ \def\@gls@longpl{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Token registers for the short plural and long plural, provided for
+% use in the abbreviation style definitions.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsshortpltok}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newtoks\glsshortpltok
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glslongpltok}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newtoks\glslongpltok
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@insertdots}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% Provided in case user wants to automatically insert dots between
+% each letter of the abbreviation. This should be applied before
+% defining the abbreviation to optimise the document build.
+% (Otherwise, it would have to be done each time the short form is
+% required, which is an unnecessary waste of time.) For this to work
+% the short form must be expanded when passed to
+% \cs{newabbreviation}. Note that explicitly using the
+% \gloskey{short} or \gloskey{shortplural} keys will override this.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@insertdots}[2]{%
+ \def#1{}%
+ \@glsxtr@insert@dots#1#2\@nnil
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@insert@dots}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@insert@dots}[2]{%
+ \ifx\@nnil#2\relax
+ \let\@glsxtr@insert@dots@next\@gobble
+ \else
+ \ifx\relax#2\relax
+ \else
+ \appto#1{#2.}%
+ \fi
+ \let\@glsxtr@insert@dots@next\@glsxtr@insert@dots
+ \fi
+ \@glsxtr@insert@dots@next#1%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\newabbreviation}
+% Define a new generic abbreviation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\newabbreviation}[4][]{%
+ \glskeylisttok{#1}%
+ \glslabeltok{#2}%
+ \glsshorttok{#3}%
+ \glslongtok{#4}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Get the category.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{fixed family name in \cs{setkeys}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\glscategorylabel{abbreviation}%
+ \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{\@glsabbrv@current@abbreviation}%
+ \setkeys*{glsxtrabbrv}[shortplural,longplural]{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set the default long plural
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@gls@longpl{#4\glspluralsuffix}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Has the \catattr{insertdots} attribute been set?
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{insertdots}{true}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@insertdots\@gls@short{#3}%
+ \expandafter\glsshorttok\expandafter{\@gls@short\spacefactor1000 \relax}%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{aposplural}{true}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@gls@shortpl\expandafter{\@gls@short
+ '\abbrvpluralsuffix}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{noshortplural}{true}%
+ {%
+ \let\@gls@shortpl\@gls@short
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@gls@shortpl\expandafter{\@gls@short
+ \abbrvpluralsuffix}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \catattr{insertdots} not true.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{aposplural}{true}%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@shortpl{#3'\abbrvpluralsuffix}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{noshortplural}{true}%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@shortpl{#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@shortpl{#3\abbrvpluralsuffix}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Hook for further customisation if required:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsxtrnewabbrevpresetkeyhook{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Get the short and long plurals provided by user in optional
+% argument to override defaults, if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setkeys*{glsxtrabbrv}[category]{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set the plural token registers so the values can be accessed by
+% the abbreviation styles.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\glsshortpltok\expandafter{\@gls@shortpl}%
+ \expandafter\glslongpltok\expandafter{\@gls@longpl}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Do any extra setup provided by hook:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newabbreviationhook
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define this entry:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \protected@edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\glsxtrabbrvtype,%
+ category=abbreviation,%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshortpltok},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongpltok},%
+ name={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ \CustomAbbreviationFields,%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrnewabbrevpresetkeyhook}
+% Hook for extra stuff in \cs{newabbreviation}
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrnewabbrevpresetkeyhook}[3]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}
+% Hook used by abbreviation styles.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\newabbreviationhook}
+% Hook for use with \cs{newabbreviation}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\newabbreviationhook}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\CustomAbbreviationFields}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfullformat}
+% Full format without case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{#1}}#2\glsxtrfullsep{#1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{#1}})%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrfullformat}
+% Full format with case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslong{#1}}#2\glsxtrfullsep{#1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{#1}})%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfullplformat}
+% Plural full format without case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{#1}}#2\glsxtrfullsep{#1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#1}})%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrfullplformat}
+% Plural full format with case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{#1}}#2\glsxtrfullsep{#1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#1}})%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfullsep}
+% Separator used by full format is a space by default. The argument
+% is the entry's label.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\space}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% In-line formats in case first use isn't compatible with
+% \cs{glsentryfull} (for example, first use suppresses the long form
+% or uses a footnote).
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}
+% Full format without case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}{\glsxtrfullformat}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}
+% Full format with case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}{\Glsxtrfullformat}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfullplformat}
+% Plural full format without case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}{\glsxtrfullplformat}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}
+% Plural full format with case change.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}{\Glsxtrfullplformat}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Redefine \cs{glsentryfull} etc to use the inline format.
+% Since these commands as supposed to be expandable, they can only
+% use the currently applied style. If there are mixed styles, you'll
+% need to use the \cs{glsxtrfull} set of commands instead.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsentryfull}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{\glsxtrinlinefullformat{#1}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryfull}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{#1}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsentryfullpl}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#1}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryfullpl}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#1}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsfirstabbrvfont}
+% Font changing command used for the abbreviation on first use or in
+% the full format.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont}
+% Font changing command used for the abbreviation on first use or in
+% the full format.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont}[1]{\glsabbrvfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsabbrvfont}
+% Font changing command used for the abbreviation on subsequent use.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsabbrvdefaultfont}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{renamed from \cs{abbrvdefaultfont}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsabbrvdefaultfont}[1]{#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsfirstlongfont}
+% Font changing command used for the long form on first use or in
+% the full format.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\abbrvpluralsuffix}
+% Default plural suffix.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfull}
+% Full form (no case-change).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrfull}
+\newcommand*\ns@glsxtrfull[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@full}
+% Low-level macro:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@full#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\glsxtrinlinefullformat{#2}{#3}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% What should \cs{glsxtrifwasfirstuse} be set to here? Where the inline
+% and display full forms are the same, this is essentially emulating
+% first use, to it make sense for the postlink hook to pretend it
+% was a first use instance. It makes less sense if the inline and
+% display forms are different. Provide a hook to make it easier to
+% reconfigure.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrsetupfulldefs}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsetupfulldefs}{%
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrfull}
+% Full form (first letter uppercase).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrfull}
+\newcommand*\ns@Glsxtrfull[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@full}
+% Low-level macro:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@full#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{#2}{#3}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrfull}
+% Full form (all uppercase).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrfull}
+\newcommand*\ns@GLSxtrfull[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtr@full{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@GLSxtr@full{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@full}
+% Low-level macro:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@full#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsxtrinlinefullformat{#2}{#3}}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrfullpl}
+% Plural full form (no case-change).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrfullpl}
+\newcommand*\ns@glsxtrfullpl[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@glsxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtr@fullpl}
+% Low-level macro:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtr@fullpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#2}{#3}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrfullpl}
+% Plural full form (first letter uppercase).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrfullpl}
+\newcommand*\ns@Glsxtrfullpl[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Glsxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsxtr@fullpl}
+% Low-level macro:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtr@fullpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#2}{#3}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrfullpl}
+% Plural full form (all upper case).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrfullpl}
+\newcommand*\ns@GLSxtrfullpl[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@GLSxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@GLSxtr@fullpl}
+% Low-level macro:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtr@fullpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#2}{#3}}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% The short and long forms work in a similar way to acronyms.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrshort}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrshort}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@glsxtrshort}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}}{\@glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Need to make sure \cs{glsabbrvfont} is set correctly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrshort}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrshort}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Glsxtrshort}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrshort}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrshort}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@GLSxtrshort}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtrshort{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSxtrshort{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrlong}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrlong}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@glsxtrlong}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}}{\@glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\glsaccesslong{#2}#3}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrlong}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrlong}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Glsxtrlong}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\Glsaccesslong{#2}#3}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrlong}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrlong}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@GLSxtrlong}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtrlong{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSxtrlong{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsaccesslong{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Plural short forms:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrshortpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrshortpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@glsxtrshortpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}}{\@glsxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrshortpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrshortpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Glsxtrshortpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrshortpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrshortpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@GLSxtrshortpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Plural long forms:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrlongpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrlongpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@glsxtrlongpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}}{\@glsxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@glsxtrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\glsaccesslongpl{#2}#3}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrlongpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrlongpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Glsxtrlongpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Glsxtrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\Glsaccesslongpl{#2}#3}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GLSxtrlongpl}
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrlongpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% a final optional argument
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ns@GLSxtrlongpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@GLSxtrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsaccesslongpl{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glssetabbrvfmt}
+% Set the current format for the given category (or the
+% \category{abbreviation} category if unset).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glssetabbrvfmt}[1]{%
+ \ifcsdef{@glsabbrv@current@#1}%
+ {\glsxtr@applyabbrvfmt{\csname @glsabbrv@current@#1\endcsname}}%
+ {\glsxtr@applyabbrvfmt{\@glsabbrv@current@abbreviation}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{removed \cs{glsxtrabbrvfmt}}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt}
+% Similar to \cs{glsgenacfmt}, but for abbreviations.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt}{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Subsequent use:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Subsequent plural form:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Subsequent plural form, don't adjust case:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Subsequent plural form, make first letter upper case:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Subsequent plural form, all caps:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{\glslabel}}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Subsequent singular form
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Subsequent singular form, don't adjust case:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Subsequent singular form, make first letter upper case:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Subsequent singular form, all caps:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{\glslabel}}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First use:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First use plural form:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First use plural form, don't adjust case:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsxtrfullplformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First use plural form, make first letter upper case:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \Glsxtrfullplformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First use plural form, all caps:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsxtrfullplformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First use singular form
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First use singular form, don't adjust case:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsxtrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First use singular form, make first letter upper case:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \Glsxtrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First use singular form, all caps:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsxtrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% User supplied text.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glscustomtext
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsection{Abbreviation Styles Setup}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\setabbreviationstyle}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\setabbreviationstyle}[2][abbreviation]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@setup@#2}
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Undefined abbreviation style `#2'}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Have abbreviations already been defined for this category?
+%\changes{0.5.2}{2015-12-08}{added check for post-definition style switch}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsstring{@glsabbrv@current@#1}{#2}%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Style already set.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\@glsxtr@dostylewarn{}%
+ \glsforeachincategory{#1}{\@gls@type}{\@gls@label}%
+ {%
+ \def\@glsxtr@dostylewarn{\GlossariesWarning{Abbreviation
+ style has been switched \MessageBreak
+ for category `#1', \MessageBreak
+ but there have already been entries \MessageBreak
+ defined for this category. Unwanted \MessageBreak
+ side-effects may result}}%
+ \@endfortrue
+ }%
+ \@glsxtr@dostylewarn
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set up the style for the given category.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \csdef{@glsabbrv@current@#1}{#2}%
+ \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle}
+% Apply the abbreviation style without existence check.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle}[1]{%
+ \csuse{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@setup@#1}%
+ \csuse{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@fmts@#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr@applyabbrvfmt}
+% Only apply the style formats.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@applyabbrvfmt}[1]{%
+ \csuse{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@fmts@#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\newabbreviationstyle}
+% This is different from \cs{newacronymstyle}. The first argument is
+% the label, the second argument sets the information required when
+% defining the new abbreviation and the third argument sets the
+% commands used to display the full format.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\newabbreviationstyle}[3]{%
+ \ifcsdef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@#1}
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Abbreviation style `#1' already
+ defined}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csdef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@setup@#1}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialise hook to do nothing. The style may change this.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{}%
+ #2}%
+ \csdef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@fmts@#1}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Assume in-line form is the same as first use. The style may change
+% this.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}{\glsxtrfullformat}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}{\Glsxtrfullformat}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}{\glsxtrfullplformat}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}{\Glsxtrfullplformat}%
+ #3}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@setup@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}%
+ {Unknown abbreviation style definitions `#1'}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csname @glsabbrv@dispstyle@setup@#1\endcsname
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@fmts@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}%
+ {Unknown abbreviation style formats `#1'}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csname @glsabbrv@dispstyle@fmts@#1\endcsname
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\subsection{Predefined Styles (Default Font)}
+% Define some common styles. These will set the \gloskey{first},
+% \gloskey{firstplural}, \gloskey{text} and \gloskey{plural}
+% keys, even if the \catattr{regular} attribute isn't set to
+% \qt{true}. If this attribute is set, commands like \cs{gls} will
+% use them as per a regular entry, otherwise those keys will be
+% ignored unless explicitly invoked by the user with commands like
+% \cs{glsfirst}. In order for the first letter uppercase versions to
+% work correctly, \cs{glsxtrfullformat} needs to be expanded when
+% those keys are set. The final optional argument of \cs{glsfirst}
+% will behave differently to the final optional argument of \cs{gls}
+% with some styles.
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok})},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok})},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set}
+% Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In case the user wants to mix and match font styles, these are
+% redefined here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The first use full form and the inline full form are the same for
+% this style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+% Set this as the default style for general abbreviations:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-desc}
+% User supplies description. The long form is included in the name.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{fixed name to use \cs{glslabeltok}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsxtrfullformat{\the\glslabeltok}{}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok})},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok})},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set}
+% Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-long}
+% Short form followed by long form in parenthesis on first use.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-long}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok})},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok})},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set}
+% Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In case the user wants to mix and match font styles, these are
+% redefined here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The first use full form and the inline full form are the same for
+% this style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-long-desc}
+% User supplies description. The long form is included in the name.
+%\changes{0.3}{2015-12-02}{fixed name to use \cs{glslabeltok}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsxtrfullformat{\the\glslabeltok}{}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok})},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok})},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set}
+% Unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{footnote}
+% Short form followed by long form in footnote on first use.
+% Take care about using \cs{glsfirst} as this won't suppress the
+% hyperlink. (Perhaps modify \cs{glsfirst} to reflect
+% \catattr{nohyperfirst} attribute?)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{footnote}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}%
+ \protect\footnote{\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}}},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}%
+ \protect\footnote{\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}}},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off hyperlinks on first use to prevent nested hyperlinks,
+% and unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In case the user wants to mix and match font styles, these are
+% redefined here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The full format displays the short form followed by the long form
+% as a footnote.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The first use full form and the inline full form use the short
+% (long) style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{postfootnote}
+% Similar to the above but the footnote is placed afterwards,
+% outside the link. This avoids nested links and can also move the
+% footnote marker after any following punctuation mark.
+% This deferment won't occur with \cs{glsfirst}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{postfootnote}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}%
+ \protect\footnote{\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}}},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}%
+ \protect\footnote{\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}}},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make this category insert a footnote after the link if this was
+% the first use, and
+% unset the \catattr{regular} attribute if it has been set.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{switch off regular attribute if set}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \csdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategorylabel}{%
+ \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\glsxtrdopostpunc{\protect\footnote
+ {\glsfirstlongfont{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}}}}{}%
+ }%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In case the user wants to mix and match font styles, these are
+% redefined here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The full format displays the short form. The long form is
+% deferred.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The first use full form and the inline full form use the short
+% (long) style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short}
+% Provide a style that only displays the short form on first use,
+% but the short and long form can be displayed with the \qt{full}
+% commands that use the inline format. If the user supplies a
+% description, the long form won't be displayed in the predefined
+% glossary styles, but the post description hook can be employed to
+% automatically insert it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},
+ text={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},
+ description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In case the user wants to mix and match font styles, these are
+% redefined here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The inline full form displays the short form followed by the
+% long form in parentheses.
+%\changes{0.2}{2015-11-30}{switched inline full form to short (long)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The first use full form only displays the short form, but it
+% typically won't be used as the \catattr{regular} attribute is set by this style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+% Set this as the default style for acronyms:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{short}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-desc}
+% The user must supply the description in this style. The long form
+% is added to the name. The \abbrstyle{short} style (possibly with the
+% post-description hooks set) might be a better option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-desc}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsextrinlinefullformat{\the\glslabeltok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},
+ text={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},
+ description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In case the user wants to mix and match font styles, these are
+% redefined here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The inline full form displays the short format followed by the
+% long form in parentheses.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The first use full form only displays the short form, but it
+% typically won't be used as the \catattr{regular} attribute is set by this style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-desc}
+% Provide a style that only displays the long form,
+% but the long and short form can be displayed with the \qt{full}
+% commands that use the inline format. The predefined glossary styles
+% won't show the short form. The user must supply a description for
+% this style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-desc}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}},
+ sort={\the\glslongtok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}},
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}},
+ text={\the\glslongtok},
+ plural={\the\glslongpltok}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In case the user wants to mix and match font styles, these are
+% redefined here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The inline full form displays the long format followed by the
+% short form in parentheses.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The first use full form only displays the long form, but it
+% typically won't be used as the \catattr{regular} attribute is set by this style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long}
+% It doesn't really make a great deal of sense to have a long-only
+% style that doesn't have a description, but the best course of
+% action here is to use the short form as the name and the long
+% form as the description.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}},
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}},
+ text={\the\glslongtok},
+ plural={\the\glslongpltok},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-desc}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\subsection{Predefined Styles (Small Capitals)}
+%These styles use:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrscfont}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrscfont}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% and for the default short form suffix:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-sc}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long-short style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-sc-desc}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long-short-desc style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short-desc}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now the short (long) version
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-long}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short-long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+% As before but user provides description
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short-long-desc style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long-desc}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sc}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sc-desc}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-desc}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-sc}
+% The smallcaps font will only be used if
+% the short form is explicitly invoked through commands like
+% \cs{glsshort}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-desc-sc}
+% The smallcaps font will only be used if
+% the short form is explicitly invoked through commands like
+% \cs{glsshort}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-desc-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-desc}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{footnote-sc}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{footnote-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{footnote}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{postfootnote-sc}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{postfootnote-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{postfootnote}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{postfootnote}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use smallcaps and adjust the plural suffix to revert to upright.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\subsection{Predefined Styles (Fake Small Capitals)}
+% These styles require the \sty{relsize} package, which must be
+% loaded by the user. These styles all use:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrsmfont}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% and for the default short form suffix:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrsmsuffix}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsmsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-sm}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long-short style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-sm-desc}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sm-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long-short-desc style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sm-long}
+% Now the short (long) version
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-long}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short-long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sm-long-desc}
+% As before but user provides description
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short-long-desc style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sm}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-sm-desc}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-sm}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% The smallcaps font will only be used if
+% the short form is explicitly invoked through commands like
+% \cs{glsshort}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-desc-sm}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% The smaller font will only be used if
+% the short form is explicitly invoked through commands like
+% \cs{glsshort}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-desc-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{footnote-sm}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{footnote-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{postfootnote-sm}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{postfootnote-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{postfootnote}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{postfootnote}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\subsection{Predefined Styles (Emphasized)}
+% These styles use \ics{emph} for the short form.
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-em}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long-short style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-short-em-desc}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-em-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long-short-desc style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-em-long}
+% Now the short (long) version
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-em-long}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short-long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-em-long-desc}
+% As before but user provides description
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-em-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short-long-desc style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-em}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{short-em-desc}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-em-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as short style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-em}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% The emphasized font will only be used if
+% the short form is explicitly invoked through commands like
+% \cs{glsshort}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{long-desc-em}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% The emphasized font will only be used if
+% the short form is explicitly invoked through commands like
+% \cs{glsshort}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-desc-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{footnote-em}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{footnote-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\begin{abbrvstyle}{postfootnote-em}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newabbreviationstyle{postfootnote-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{postfootnote}%
+}%
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mostly as long style:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{postfootnote}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{abbrvstyle}
+%
+%\section{Using Entries in Headings}
+%
+% There are four main problems with using entries in sectioning
+% commands: they can mess with the first use flag if they end up in
+% the table of contents, they can add unwanted numbers to the
+% entry's location list, the label is corrupted if used inside
+% \ics{MakeUppercase} (which is used by the default headings style)
+% and they need to be expandable for PDF bookmarks. The
+% \sty{glossaries} package therefore recommends the use of the
+% expandable commands, such as \cs{glsentryshort}, instead but this
+% doesn't reflect the formatting since it doesn't include
+% \cs{glsabbrvfont}. The commands below are an attempt to get around
+% these problems.
+%
+% The PDF bookmark issue can easily be fixed with \sty{hyperref}'s
+% \cs{texorpdfstring} which can simply use the expandable command
+% in the PDF string case. The \TeX\ string case can now use
+% \cs{glsxtrshort} with the \gloskey{noindex} key set, which
+% prevents the unwanted additions to the location list, and the
+% \gloskey{hyper} key set to false, which prevents the problem of
+% nested links. This just leaves one thing left that needs to be
+% dealt with, and that's what to do if the heading style
+% uses \cs{MakeUppercase}.
+%
+% Note that \sty{glossaries} automatically loads \sty{textcase}, so
+% the label can be protected from case change with \sty{textcase}'s
+% \cs{NoCaseChange}. This means that we don't have a problem
+% provided the page style uses \cs{MakeTextUppercase}, but the
+% default heading page style uses \cs{MakeUppercase}.
+%
+% To get around this, save the original definition of \cs{markboth}
+% and \cs{markright} and adjust it so that \cs{MakeUppercase} is
+% temporarily redefined to \cs{MakeTextUppercase}. Some packages or
+% classes redefine these commands, so we can't just assume they
+% still have the original kernel definition.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\markright}
+% Save original definition:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@glsxtr@org@markright\markright
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Redefine (grouping not added in case it interferes with the
+% original code):
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\markright}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrmarkhook
+ \@glsxtr@org@markright{#1}%
+ \glsxtrrestoremarkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\markboth}
+% Save original definition:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@glsxtr@org@markboth\markboth
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Redefine (grouping not added in case it interferes with the
+% original code):
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\markboth}[2]{%
+ \glsxtrmarkhook
+ \@glsxtr@org@markboth{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsxtrrestoremarkhook
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% If this causes a problem provide a simple way of switching back to
+% the original definitions:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrRevertMarks}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrRevertMarks}{%
+ \let\markright\@glsxtr@org@markright
+ \let\markboth\@glsxtr@org@markboth
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrmarkhook}
+% Hook used in new definition of \cs{markboth} and \cs{markright}
+% to make some changes to apply to the marks:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrmarkhook}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save current definitions:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@MakeUppercase\MakeUppercase
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleshort\glsxtrtitleshort
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleshortpl\glsxtrtitleshortpl
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleshort\Glsxtrtitleshort
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleshortpl\Glsxtrtitleshortpl
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitletext\glsxtrtitletext
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitletext\Glsxtrtitletext
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleplural\glsxtrtitleplural
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleplural\Glsxtrtitleplural
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitlefirst\glsxtrtitlefirst
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitlefirst\Glsxtrtitlefirst
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitlefirstplural\glsxtrtitlefirstplural
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitlefirstplural\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural
+% \end{macrocode}
+% New definitions
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\MakeUppercase\MakeTextUppercase
+ \let\glsxtrtitleshort\glsxtrheadshort
+ \let\glsxtrtitleshortpl\glsxtrheadshortpl
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleshort\Glsxtrheadshort
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleshortpl\Glsxtrheadshortpl
+ \let\glsxtrtitletext\glsxtrheadtext
+ \let\Glsxtrtitletext\Glsxtrheadtext
+ \let\glsxtrtitleplural\glsxtrheadplural
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleplural\Glsxtrheadplural
+ \let\glsxtrtitlefirst\glsxtrheadfirst
+ \let\Glsxtrtitlefirst\Glsxtrheadfirst
+ \let\glsxtrtitlefirstplural\glsxtrheadfirstplural
+ \let\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural\Glsxtrheadfirstplural
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrrestoremarkhook}
+% Hook used in new definition of \cs{markboth} and \cs{markright}
+% to restore the modified definitions. (This is in case the original
+% \cs{markboth} and \cs{markright} shouldn't be grouped for some
+% reason. There already is some grouping within those original
+% definitions, but some of the code lies outside that grouping, and
+% possibly there's a reason for it.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrrestoremarkhook}{%
+ \let\MakeUppercase\@glsxtr@org@MakeUppercase
+ \let\glsxtrtitleshort\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleshort
+ \let\glsxtrtitleshortpl\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleshortpl
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleshort\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleshort
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleshortpl\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleshortpl
+ \let\glsxtrtitletext\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitletext
+ \let\Glsxtrtitletext\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitletext
+ \let\glsxtrtitleplural\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleplural
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleplural\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleplural
+ \let\glsxtrtitlefirst\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitlefirst
+ \let\Glsxtrtitlefirst\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitlefirst
+ \let\glsxtrtitlefirstplural\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitlefirstplural
+ \let\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitlefirstplural
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{removed \cs{ifglsxtruseuchead}}
+% Instead of using one document-wide conditional, use
+% \catattr{headuc} attribute to determine whether or not to use the
+% all upper case form.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadshort}
+% Command used to display short form in the page header.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadshort}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrtitleshort}
+% Command to display short form of abbreviation in section title and
+% table of contents.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitleshort}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadshortpl}
+% Command used to display plural short form in the page header.
+% If you want the text converted to upper case, this needs to be
+% redefined to use \cs{GLSxtrshortpl} instead. If you are using a
+% smallcaps style, the default fonts don't provide italic smallcaps.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadshortpl}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrtitleshortpl}
+% Command to display plural short form of abbreviation in section title and
+% table of contents.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitleshortpl}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrheadshort}
+% Command used to display short form in the page header with the
+% first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadshort}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrtitleshort}
+% Command to display short form of abbreviation in section title and
+% table of contents with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitleshort}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrheadshortpl}
+% Command used to display plural short form in the page header with the
+% first letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadshortpl}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrtitleshortpl}
+% Command to display plural short form of abbreviation in section title and
+% table of contents with the first letter converted to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitleshortpl}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadtext}
+% As above but for the \gloskey{text} value.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadtext}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLStext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glstext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrtitletext}
+% Command to display \gloskey{text} value in section title and
+% table of contents.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitletext}[1]{%
+ \glstext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrheadtext}
+% First letter converted to upper case
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadtext}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLStext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glstext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrtitletext}
+% Command to display \gloskey{text} value in section title and
+% table of contents with the first letter changed to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitletext}[1]{%
+ \Glstext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadplural}
+% As above but for the \gloskey{plural} value.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrtitleplural}
+% Command to display \gloskey{plural} value in section title and
+% table of contents.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitleplural}[1]{%
+ \glsplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrheadplural}
+% Convert first letter to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrtitleplural}
+% Command to display \gloskey{plural} value in section title and
+% table of contents with the first letter changed to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitleplural}[1]{%
+ \Glsplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadfirst}
+% As above but for the \gloskey{first} value.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadfirst}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrtitlefirst}
+% Command to display \gloskey{first} value in section title and
+% table of contents.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitlefirst}[1]{%
+ \glsfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrheadfirst}
+% First letter converted to upper case
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadfirst}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrtitlefirst}
+% Command to display \gloskey{first} value in section title and
+% table of contents with the first letter changed to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitlefirst}[1]{%
+ \Glsfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrheadfirstplural}
+% As above but for the \gloskey{firstplural} value.
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsxtrtitlefirstplural}
+% Command to display \gloskey{firstplural} value in section title and
+% table of contents.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitlefirstplural}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrheadfirstplural}
+% First letter converted to upper case
+%\changes{0.5.1}{2015-12-07}{now uses headuc attribute}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural}
+% Command to display \gloskey{first} value in section title and
+% table of contents with the first letter changed to upper case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural}[1]{%
+ \Glsfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsfmtshort}
+% Provide a way of using the formatted short form in section
+% headings. If \sty{hyperref} has been loaded, use
+% \cs{texorpdfstring} for convenience in PDF bookmarks.
+%\changes{0.2}{2015-11-30}{new}
+%\changes{0.4}{2015-12-03}{changed to use \cs{glsxtrshort}}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{changed to use \cs{glsxtrtitleshort}}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{renamed from \cs{glsentryfmtshort}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtshort}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitleshort{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryshort{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtshort}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitleshort{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%Similarly for the plural version.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsfmtshortpl}
+%\changes{0.2}{2015-11-30}{new}
+%\changes{0.4}{2015-12-03}{changed to use \cs{glsxtrshortpl}}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{changed to use \cs{glsxtrtitleshortpl}}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{renamed from \cs{glsentryfmtshortpl}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtshortpl}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitleshortpl{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryshortpl{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtshortpl}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitleshortpl{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% The case-changing version isn't suitable for PDF bookmarks, so the
+% PDF alternative uses the non-case-changing version.
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsfmtshort}
+% Singular form (first letter uppercase).
+%\changes{0.2}{2015-11-30}{new}
+%\changes{0.4}{2015-12-03}{changed to use \cs{Glsxtrshort}}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{changed to use \cs{Glsxtrtitleshort}}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{renamed from \cs{Glsentryfmtshort}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtshort}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitleshort{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryshort{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtshort}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitleshort{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsfmtshortpl}
+%Plural form (first letter uppercase).
+%\changes{0.2}{2015-11-30}{new}
+%\changes{0.4}{2015-12-03}{changed to use \cs{glsxtrshortpl}}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{changed to use \cs{Glsxtrtitleshortpl}}
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{renamed from \cs{Glsentryfmtshortpl}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtshortpl}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitleshortpl{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryshortpl{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtshortpl}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitleshortpl{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsfmttext}
+%As above but for the \gloskey{text} value.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmttext}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitletext{#1}}%
+ {\glsentrytext{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmttext}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitletext{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsfmttext}
+%First letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmttext}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitletext{#1}}%
+ {\glsentrytext{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmttext}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitletext{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsfmtplural}
+%As above but for the \gloskey{plural} value.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtplural}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitleplural{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryplural{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtplural}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitleplural{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsfmtplural}
+%First letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtplural}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitleplural{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryplural{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtplural}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitleplural{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsfmtfirst}
+%As above but for the \gloskey{first} value.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtfirst}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitlefirst{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryfirst{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtfirst}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitlefirst{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsfmtfirst}
+%First letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtfirst}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitlefirst{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryfirst{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtfirst}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitlefirst{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsfmtfirstpl}
+%As above but for the \gloskey{firstplural} value.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtfirstpl}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitlefirstplural{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtfirstpl}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitlefirstplural{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsfmtfirstpl}
+%First letter converted to upper case.
+%\changes{0.5}{2015-12-07}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtfirstpl}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtfirstpl}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitlefirstplural{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\section{Multi-Lingual Support}
+% Add the facility to load language modules, if they are installed,
+% but none are provided with this package.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\RequireGlossariesExtraLang}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RequireGlossariesExtraLang}[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{ver@glossariesxtr-#1.ldf}{\input{glossariesxtr-#1.ldf}}{}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang}
+%\changes{0.5.3}{2015-12-09}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang}[1]{%
+ \ProvidesFile{glossariesxtr-#1.ldf}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Load any required language modules that are available. This
+% doesn't generate any warning if none are found, since they're not
+% essential. (The only command that really needs defining for the
+% document is \ics{abbreviationsname}, which can simply be redefined.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{tracklang}
+{%
+ \AnyTrackedLanguages
+ {%
+ \ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{%
+ \IfTrackedLanguageFileExists{\this@dialect}%
+ {glossariesxtr-}% prefix
+ {.ldf}%
+ {%
+ \RequireGlossariesExtraLang{\CurrentTrackedTag}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-extra.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\Finale
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..989d375febe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+% glossaries-extra.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2016/1/24 16:56
+\input docstrip
+
+\preamble
+
+ glossaries-extra.dtx
+ Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot
+
+ This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+ of this license of (at your option) any later version.
+ The latest version of this license is in
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+ This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+
+ The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
+
+ This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived file glossaries-extra.sty.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+\generate{\file{glossaries-extra.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{glossaries-extra.sty,package}}
+}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fc0517ef5de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,4853 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `glossaries-extra.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `glossaries-extra.sty,package')
+%%
+%% glossaries-extra.dtx
+%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license of (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%%
+%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
+%%
+%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived file glossaries-extra.sty.
+%%
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2016/01/24 v1.0 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries}
+{%
+ \newcommand{\glsxtr@dooption}[1]{\setupglossaries{#1}}%
+ \let\@glsxtr@declareoption\@gls@declareoption
+}
+{%
+ \newcommand{\glsxtr@dooption}[1]{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{#1}{glossaries}%
+ }%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{toc}{glossaries}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{nopostdot}{glossaries}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{noredefwarn}{glossaries}
+ \@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{babel}%
+ {\PassOptionsToPackage{translate=babel}{glossaries}}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\@glsxtr@declareoption}[2]{%
+ \DeclareOptionX{#1}{#2}%
+ \DeclareOption{#1}{#2}%
+ }
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrundefaction}[2]{%
+ \@glsxtrundeftag\PackageError{glossaries-extra}{#1}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@warnonexistsordo}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrundeftag}{??}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtrundeftag}{}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries-extra.sty}{undefaction}[\val\nr]%
+ {warn,error}%
+ {%
+ \ifcase\nr\relax
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrundefaction}[2]{%
+ \@glsxtrundeftag\GlossariesExtraWarning{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtr@warnonexistsordo}[1]{%
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{glossaries-extra}{%
+ \string##1\space hasn't been defined, so
+ some errors won't be converted to warnings.
+ (This most likely means your version of
+ glossaries.sty is below version 4.19.)}%
+ }%
+ \or
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrundefaction}[2]{%
+ \@glsxtrundeftag\PackageError{glossaries-extra}{##1}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtr@warnonexistsordo}[1]{}%
+ \fi
+ }
+\define@boolkey{glossaries-extra.sty}[@glsxtr]{docdef}[true]{}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries-extra.sty}[@glsxtr]{indexcrossrefs}[true]{%
+ \if@glsxtrindexcrossrefs
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindexcrossrefs}{}%
+ \fi
+}
+\@glsxtrindexcrossrefsfalse
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindexcrossrefs}{\@glsxtrindexcrossrefstrue}
+\newcommand*{\GlossariesExtraWarning}[1]{\PackageWarning{glossaries-extra}{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\GlossariesExtraWarningNoLine}[1]{%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries-extra}{#1}}
+\@glsxtr@declareoption{nowarn}{%
+ \let\GlossariesExtraWarning\@gobble
+ \let\GlossariesExtraWarningNoLine\@gobble
+ \glsxtr@dooption{nowarn}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrabbrvtype}{\glsdefaulttype}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef}{}
+
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@doabbreviationsdef}{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{babel}%
+ {\providecommand{\abbreviationsname}{\acronymname}}%
+ {\providecommand{\abbreviationsname}{Abbreviations}}%
+ \newglossary[glg-abr]{abbreviations}{gls-abr}{glo-abr}{\abbreviationsname}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrabbrvtype}{abbreviations}%
+ \newcommand*{\printabbreviations}[1][]{%
+ \printglossary[type=\glsxtrabbrvtype,##1]%
+ }%
+ \disable@keys{glossaries-extra.sty}{abbreviations}%
+ \ifglsacronym
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{\glsxtrabbrvtype}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\@glsxtr@declareoption{abbreviations}{%
+ \let\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef\@glsxtr@doabbreviationsdef
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts}{%
+ \newcommand*{\ab}{\cgls}%
+ \newcommand*{\abp}{\cglspl}%
+ \newcommand*{\as}{\glsxtrshort}%
+ \newcommand*{\asp}{\glsxtrshortpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\al}{\glsxtrlong}%
+ \newcommand*{\alp}{\glsxtrlongpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\af}{\glsxtrfull}%
+ \newcommand*{\afp}{\glsxtrfullpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\Ab}{\cGls}%
+ \newcommand*{\Abp}{\cGlspl}%
+ \newcommand*{\As}{\Glsxtrshort}%
+ \newcommand*{\Asp}{\Glsxtrshortpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\Al}{\Glsxtrlong}%
+ \newcommand*{\Alp}{\Glsxtrlongpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\Af}{\Glsxtrfull}%
+ \newcommand*{\Afp}{\Glsxtrfullpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\AB}{\cGLS}%
+ \newcommand*{\ABP}{\cGLSpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\AS}{\GLSxtrshort}%
+ \newcommand*{\ASP}{\GLSxtrshortpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\AL}{\GLSxtrlong}%
+ \newcommand*{\ALP}{\GLSxtrlongpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\AF}{\GLSxtrfull}%
+ \newcommand*{\AFP}{\GLSxtrfullpl}%
+ \newcommand*{\newabbr}{\newabbreviation}%
+ \let\GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts\relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts}{%
+ \newcommand*{\newentry}{\newglossaryentry}%
+ \ifdef\printsymbols
+ {%
+ \newcommand*{\newsym}{\glsxtrnewsymbol}%
+ }{}%
+ \ifdef\printnumbers
+ {%
+ \newcommand*{\newnum}{\glsxtrnewnumber}%
+ }{}%
+ \let\GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts\relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries-extra.sty}{shortcuts}[\val\nr]%
+ {acronyms,acro,abbreviations,abbr,other,all,true,none,false}[true]{%
+ \ifcase\nr\relax % acronyms
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \glsacrshortcutstrue
+ \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+ }%
+ \or % acro
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \glsacrshortcutstrue
+ \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+ }%
+ \or % abbreviations
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts
+ }%
+ \or % abbr
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts
+ }%
+ \or % other
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts
+ }%
+ \or % all
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \glsacrshortcutstrue
+ \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+ \GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts
+ \GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts
+ }%
+ \or % true
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{%
+ \glsacrshortcutstrue
+ \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+ \GlsXtrDefineAbbreviationShortcuts
+ \GlsXtrDefineOtherShortcuts
+ }%
+ \else % none, false
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts}{}%
+ \fi
+ }
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@doaccsupp}{}
+\@glsxtr@declareoption{accsupp}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtr@doaccsupp}{\RequirePackage{glossaries-accsupp}}}
+\newcommand{\glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@defaultnoglossarywarning{#1}%
+}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries-extra.sty}{nomissingglstext}[\val\nr]%
+ {true,false}[true]{%
+ \ifcase\nr\relax % true
+ \renewcommand{\glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning}[1]{%
+ \null
+ }%
+ \else % false
+ \renewcommand{\glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@defaultnoglossarywarning{#1}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }
+\DeclareOptionX*{%
+ \expandafter\glsxtr@dooption\expandafter{\CurrentOption}}
+\ProcessOptionsX
+\RequirePackage{glossaries}
+\@glsxtr@doaccsupp
+\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef
+\let\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef\relax
+\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts
+\renewcommand{\glsxtr@dooption}[1]{\setupglossaries{#1}}%
+\newcommand*{\glossariesextrasetup}[1]{%
+ \let\@glsxtr@setupshortcuts\relax
+ \setkeys{glossaries-extra.sty}{#1}%
+ \@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef
+ \let\@glsxtr@abbreviationsdef\relax
+ \@glsxtr@setupshortcuts
+}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \disable@keys{glossaries-extra.sty}{abbreviations}%
+ \def\@glsxtrundeftag{\glsxtrundeftag}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsxtrifemptyglossary}[3]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsstring{glolist@#1}{,}{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary type `#1' doesn't exist}{}%
+ #2%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsdoifexists}[2]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has not been defined}{You need to define a glossary entry before
+ you can reference it.}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsdoifnoexists}[2]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has already been defined}{}}{#2}%
+}
+\ifdef\glsdoifexistsordo
+{%
+ \renewcommand{\glsdoifexistsordo}[3]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has not been defined}{You need to define a glossary entry
+ before you can use it.}%
+ #3%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+{%
+ \glsxtr@warnonexistsordo\glsdoifexistsordo
+ \newcommand{\glsdoifexistsordo}[3]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has not been defined}{You need to define a glossary entry
+ before you can use it.}%
+ #3%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\ifdef\doifglossarynoexistsordo
+{%
+ \renewcommand{\doifglossarynoexistsordo}[3]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary type `#1' already exists}{}%
+ #3%
+ }%
+ {#2}%
+ }%
+}
+{%
+ \glsxtr@warnonexistsordo\doifglossarynoexistsordo
+ \newcommand{\doifglossarynoexistsordo}[3]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrundefaction{Glossary type `#1' already exists}{}%
+ #3%
+ }%
+ {#2}%
+ }%
+}
+
+\appto\@newglossaryentryposthook{%
+ \ifdefvoid\@glo@see
+ {\csxdef{glo@\@glo@label @see}{}}%
+ {%
+ \csxdef{glo@\@glo@label @see}{\@glo@see}%
+ \@glsxtr@autoindexcrossrefs
+ }%
+}
+\appto\@gls@keymap{,{see}{see}}
+\AtEndDocument{\if@glsxtrindexcrossrefs\glsxtraddallcrossrefs\fi}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtraddallcrossrefs}{%
+ \forallglossaries{\@glo@type}%
+ {%
+ \forglsentries[\@glo@type]{\@glo@label}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\@glo@label}{\@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs{\@glo@label}}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs}[1]{%
+ \letcs{\@glo@see}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@see}%
+ \ifdefvoid\@glo@see
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\glsxtr@addunused\@glo@see\@end@glsxtr@addunused
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@addunused}[1][]{%
+ \@glsxtr@addunused
+}
+\def\@glsxtr@addunused#1\@end@glsxtr@addunused{%
+ \@for\@glsxtr@label:=#1\do
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\@glsxtr@label}{}%
+ {%
+ \glsadd[format=glsxtrunusedformat]{\@glsxtr@label}%
+ \glsunset{\@glsxtr@label}%
+ \@glsxtr@addunusedxrefs{\@glsxtr@label}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrunusedformat}[1]{\unskip}
+\let\glsxtr@orgmakenoidxglossaries\makenoidxglossaries
+\renewcommand{\makenoidxglossaries}{%
+ \glsxtr@orgmakenoidxglossaries
+ \@glsxtrdocdeffalse
+ \disable@keys{glossaries-extra.sty}{docdef}%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{%
+ \if@glsxtrdocdef
+ \let\gls@checkseeallowed\relax
+ \let\newglossaryentry\new@glossaryentry
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\newglossaryentry}[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Glossary entries must
+ be \MessageBreak defined in the preamble with \MessageBreak
+ package option `docdef=false'}{Move your glossary definitions to
+ the preamble. You can also put them in a \MessageBreak separate file
+ and load them with \string\loadglsentries.}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}{%
+ \@ifstar\@sGlsXtrEnableOnTheFly\@GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly
+}
+\newcommand*{\@sGlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsdetoklabel}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\@glsxtr@ifcsstart\string##1 \@glsxtr@end@
+ {%
+ \expandafter\detokenize\expandafter{##1}%
+ }%
+ {\detokenize{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \@GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly
+}
+\def\@glsxtr@ifcsstart#1#2\@glsxtr@end@#3#4{%
+ \expandafter\if\glsbackslash#1%
+ #3%
+ \else
+ #4%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrstarflywarn}{%
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{Experimental starred version of
+ \string\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly\space in use (please ensure you have
+ read the warnings in the glossaries-extra user manual)}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly}{%
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrcat}{general}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtr}[1][]{%
+ \def\glsxtr@keylist{##1}%
+ \@glsxtr
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\@glsxtr}[2][]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{##2}%
+ {%
+ \ifblank{##1}{}{\GlsXtrWarning{##1}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{##2}{name={##2},category=\glsxtrcat,
+ description={\nopostdesc},##1}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\gls\expandafter[\glsxtr@keylist]{##2}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\Glsxtr}[1][]{%
+ \def\glsxtr@keylist{##1}%
+ \@Glsxtr
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\@Glsxtr}[2][]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{##2}%
+ {%
+ \ifblank{##1}{}{\GlsXtrWarning{##1}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{##2}{name={##2},category=\glsxtrcat,
+ description={\nopostdesc},##1}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\Gls\expandafter[\glsxtr@keylist]{##2}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrpl}[1][]{%
+ \def\glsxtr@keylist{##1}%
+ \@glsxtrpl
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\@glsxtrpl}[2][]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{##2}%
+ {%
+ \ifblank{##1}{}{\GlsXtrWarning{##1}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{##2}{name={##2},category=\glsxtrcat,
+ description={\nopostdesc},##1}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\glspl\expandafter[\glsxtr@keylist]{##2}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\Glsxtrpl}[1][]{%
+ \def\glsxtr@keylist{##1}%
+ \@Glsxtrpl
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\@Glsxtrpl}[2][]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{##2}
+ {%
+ \ifblank{##1}{}{\GlsXtrWarning{##1}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{##2}{name={##2},category=\glsxtrcat,
+ description={\nopostdesc},##1}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\Glspl\expandafter[\glsxtr@keylist]{##2}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{%
+ \def\@glsxtr@optlist{##1}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@glsxtr@optlist
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{The options `\@glsxtr@optlist' have
+ been ignored for entry `##2' as it has already been defined}%
+ }
+ \let\@glsxtr@orgprintglossary\@printglossary
+ \renewcommand\@printglossary[2]{%
+ \@glsxtr@orgprintglossary{##1}{##2}%
+ \def\@glsxtr{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand\glsxtr}%
+ \def\@glsxtrpl{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand\glsxtrpl}%
+ \def\@Glsxtr{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand\Glsxtr}%
+ \def\@Glsxtrpl{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand\Glsxtrpl}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\@glsxtr@disabledflycommand}[1]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}%
+ {\string##1\space can't be used after any of the \MessageBreak
+ glossaries have been displayed}%
+ {The on-the-fly commands enabled by
+ \string\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly\space may only be used \MessageBreak
+ before the glossaries. If you want to use any entries \MessageBreak
+ after any of the glossaries, you must use the standard \MessageBreak
+ method of first defining the entry and then using the \MessageBreak
+ entry with commands like \string\gls}%
+ \@@glsxtr@disabledflycommand
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\@@glsxtr@disabledflycommand}[2][]{##2}
+ \let\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly\relax
+}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly
+\ifdef\glslistdottedwidth
+{%
+ \ifdim\glslistdottedwidth=.5\hsize
+ \setlength{\glslistdottedwidth}{-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifdim\glslistdottedwidth=-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax
+ \setlength{\glslistdottedwidth}{.5\columnwidth}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+{}%
+\ifdef\glsdescwidth
+{%
+ \ifdim\glsdescwidth=.6\hsize
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifdim\glsdescwidth=-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.6\columnwidth}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+{}%
+\ifdef\glspagelistwidth
+{%
+ \ifdim\glspagelistwidth=.1\hsize
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifdim\glspagelistwidth=-\dimexpr\maxdimen-1sp\relax
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{.1\columnwidth}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+{}%
+ \def\org@glossaryentrynumbers#1{#1\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}%
+ \ifx\org@glossaryentrynumbers\glossaryentrynumbers
+ \glsnonumberlistfalse
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{%
+ \GlsXtrFormatLocationList{#1}\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \glsnonumberlisttrue
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}%
+ \fi
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrFormatLocationList}[1]{#1}
+\renewcommand*{\KV@printgloss@nonumberlist}[1]{%
+ \XKV@plfalse
+ \XKV@sttrue
+ \XKV@checkchoice[\XKV@resa]{#1}{true,false}%
+ {%
+ \csname glsnonumberlist\XKV@resa\endcsname
+ \ifglsnonumberlist
+ \def\glossaryentrynumbers##1{\gls@save@numberlist{##1}}%
+ \else
+ \def\glossaryentrynumbers##1{%
+ \GlsXtrFormatLocationList{##1}%
+ \gls@save@numberlist{##1}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
+ \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{\glslabel}}}{}%
+ \glsifregular{\glslabel}%
+ {\glsgenentryfmt}%
+ {\ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\@gls@field@link}[4][]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#3}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glscustomtext{#4}%
+ \@glsxtr@field@linkdefs
+ #1%
+ \@gls@link[#2]{#3}{#4}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@field@linkdefs}{%
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+}
+\def\@GLStext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree]{#1}{#2}%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@Glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@secondofthree]{#1}{#2}%
+ {\Glsentrytext{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo]{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsentryfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\Glsentryfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsplural#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo]{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsentryplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsplural#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\Glsentryplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSplural#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\Glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@Glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryname{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@Glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrydesc{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]{#1}{#2}{\glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@Glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrysymbol{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]{#1}{#2}{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ ]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuseri{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseri{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuserii{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserii{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuseriii{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriii{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuseriv{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriv{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuserv{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserv{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link
+ [\let\glscapscase\@secondoftwo]{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuservi{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdoftwo]%
+ {#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuservi{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\def\@acrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsaccessshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@Acrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsaccessshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@ACRshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsaccessshort{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@Acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@ACRshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@acrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsaccesslong{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@Acrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsaccesslong{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@ACRlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsaccesslong{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsaccesslongpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@Acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@ACRlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsaccesslongpl{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\renewcommand*{\@glsaddkey}[7]{%
+ \key@ifundefined{glossentry}{#1}%
+ {%
+ \define@key{glossentry}{#1}{\csdef{@glo@#1}{##1}}%
+ \appto\@gls@keymap{,{#1}{#1}}%
+ \appto\@newglossaryentryprehook{\csdef{@glo@#1}{#2}}%
+ \appto\@newglossaryentryposthook{%
+ \letcs{\@glo@tmp}{@glo@#1}%
+ \gls@assign@field{#2}{\@glo@label}{#1}{\@glo@tmp}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{#3}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{#1}}%
+ \newcommand*{#4}[1]{\@Gls@entry@field{##1}{#1}}%
+ \ifcsdef{@gls@user@#1@}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Can't define `\string#5' as helper command
+ `\expandafter\string\csname @gls@user@#1@\endcsname' already
+ exists}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname @gls@user@#1\endcsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\csuse{@gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\csuse{@gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}[]}}%
+ \csdef{@gls@user@#1@}##1##2[##3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{##1}{##2}{#3{##2}##3}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*{#5}{%
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt\csname @gls@user@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \ifcsdef{@Gls@user@#1@}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Can't define `\string#6' as helper command
+ `\expandafter\string\csname @Gls@user@#1@\endcsname' already
+ exists}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname @Gls@user@#1\endcsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\csuse{@Gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\csuse{@Gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}[]}}%
+ \csdef{@Gls@user@#1@}##1##2[##3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@secondofthree]%
+ {##1}{##2}{#4{##2}##3}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*{#6}{%
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt\csname @Gls@user@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \ifcsdef{@GLS@user@#1@}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Can't define `\string#7' as helper command
+ `\expandafter\string\csname @GLS@user@#1@\endcsname' already
+ exists}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname @GLS@user@#1\endcsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\csuse{@GLS@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\csuse{@GLS@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}[]}}%
+ \csdef{@GLS@user@#1@}##1##2[##3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link[\let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree]%
+ {##1}{##2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3{##2}##3}}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*{#7}{%
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt\csname @GLS@user@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Key `#1' already exists}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\providecommand*{\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper}{}
+\let\@glsxtr@org@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper
+\renewcommand*{\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper}{%
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo}
+ {\let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo}%
+ \edef\glscategorylabel{\glscategory{\glslabel}}%
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{nohypernext}{true}%
+ {\KV@glslink@hyperfalse}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
+ {\KV@glslink@hyperfalse}{}%
+ }%
+ \glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook
+}
+\ifdef\do@glsdisablehyperinlist
+{%
+ \let\@glsxtr@do@glsdisablehyperinlist\do@glsdisablehyperinlist
+ \renewcommand*{\do@glsdisablehyperinlist}{%
+ \@glsxtr@do@glsdisablehyperinlist
+ \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{nohyper}{true}{\KV@glslink@hyperfalse}{}%
+ }
+}
+{}
+\define@boolkey{glslink}{noindex}[true]{}
+\KV@glslink@noindexfalse
+\ifdef\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{%
+ \KV@glslink@noindexfalse
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{%
+ \KV@glslink@noindexfalse
+ }
+ \preto\do@glsdisablehyperinlist{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{\setkeys{glslink}{#1}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrifindexing}[2]{%
+ \ifKV@glslink@noindex #2\else #1\fi
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
+ \glsxtrifindexing
+ {%
+ \ifglsindexonlyfirst
+ \ifglsused{#1}
+ {\glsxtrdoautoindexname{#1}{dualindex}}%
+ {#2}%
+ \else
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{indexonlyfirst}{true}%
+ {\ifglsused{#1}
+ {\glsxtrdoautoindexname{#1}{dualindex}}%
+ {#2}}%
+ {#2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\appto\@@do@@wrglossary{\@glsxtr@do@@wrindex
+ \glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{\@gls@label}%
+}
+\appto\gls@noidxglossary{\@glsxtr@do@@wrindex
+ \glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{\@gls@label}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@do@@wrindex}{%
+ \glsxtrdoautoindexname{\@gls@label}{dualindex}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@alt@hyp@opt}[1]{%
+ \let\glslinkvar\@firstofthree
+ \let\@gls@hyp@opt@cs#1\relax
+ \@ifstar{\s@gls@hyp@opt}%
+ {\@ifnextchar+%
+ {\@firstoftwo{\p@gls@hyp@opt}}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\@ifnextchar\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char
+ {\@firstoftwo{\@alt@gls@hyp@opt}}%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@alt@gls@hyp@opt}[1][]{%
+ \let\glslinkvar\@firstofthree
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt@cs\expandafter[\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@keys,#1]}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char}{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@keys}{}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetAltModifier}[2]{%
+ \let\@gls@hyp@opt\@gls@alt@hyp@opt
+ \def\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@char{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@alt@hyp@opt@keys{#2}%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glsdohyperlink}[2]{%
+ \hyperlink{#1}{{\glsxtrprotectlinks#2}}}
+\ifundef\glsdonohyperlink
+{%
+ \renewcommand{\glsdisablehyper}{%
+ \KV@glslink@hyperfalse
+ \let\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink
+ \let\@glstarget\@secondoftwo
+ }
+}
+{}
+\def\glsdonohyperlink#1#2{{\glsxtrprotectlinks #2}}
+\ifcsundef{hyperlink}%
+{%
+ \let\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink
+}%
+{%
+ \let\@glslink\glsdohyperlink
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrprotectlinks}{%
+ \KV@glslink@hyperfalse
+ \KV@glslink@noindextrue
+ \let\@gls@\@glsxtr@p@text@
+ \let\@Gls@\@Glsxtr@p@text@
+ \let\@GLS@\@GLSxtr@p@text@
+ \let\@glspl@\@glsxtr@p@plural@
+ \let\@Glspl@\@Glsxtr@p@plural@
+ \let\@GLSpl@\@GLSxtr@p@plural@
+ \let\@glsxtrshort\@glsxtr@p@short@
+ \let\@Glsxtrshort\@Glsxtr@p@short@
+ \let\@GLSxtrshort\@GLSxtr@p@short@
+ \let\@glsxtrlong\@glsxtr@p@long@
+ \let\@Glsxtrlong\@Glsxtr@p@long@
+ \let\@GLSxtrlong\@GLSxtr@p@long@
+ \let\@glsxtrshortpl\@glsxtr@p@shortpl@
+ \let\@Glsxtrshortpl\@Glsxtr@p@shortpl@
+ \let\@GLSxtrshortpl\@GLSxtr@p@shortpl@
+ \let\@glsxtrlongpl\@glsxtr@p@longpl@
+ \let\@Glsxtrlongpl\@Glsxtr@p@longpl@
+ \let\@GLSxtrlongpl\@GLSxtr@p@longpl@
+ \let\@acrshort\@glsxtr@p@acrshort@
+ \let\@Acrshort\@Glsxtr@p@acrshort@
+ \let\@ACRshort\@GLSxtr@p@acrshort@
+ \let\@acrshortpl\@glsxtr@p@acrshortpl@
+ \let\@Acrshortpl\@Glsxtr@p@acrshortpl@
+ \let\@ACRshortpl\@GLSxtr@p@acrshortpl@
+ \let\@acrlong\@glsxtr@p@acrlong@
+ \let\@Acrlong\@Glsxtr@p@acrlong@
+ \let\@ACRlong\@GLSxtr@p@acrlong@
+ \let\@acrlongpl\@glsxtr@p@acrlongpl@
+ \let\@Acrlongpl\@Glsxtr@p@acrlongpl@
+ \let\@ACRlongpl\@GLSxtr@p@acrlongpl@
+}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@text@#1#2[#3]{{\@glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@text@#1#2[#3]{{\@Glstext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@text@#1#2[#3]{{\@GLStext@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@plural@#1#2[#3]{{\@glsplural@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@plural@#1#2[#3]{{\@Glsplural@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@plural@#1#2[#3]{{\@GLSplural@{#1}{#2}[#3]}}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@short@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@short@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsentryshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@short@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@shortpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@shortpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@shortpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@long@#1#2[#3]{{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@long@#1#2[#3]{{\Glsentrylong{#2}#3}}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@long@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}}}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@longpl@#1#2[#3]{{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@longpl@#1#2[#3]{{\Glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@longpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@acrshort@#1#2[#3]{{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3}}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@acrshort@#1#2[#3]{{\acronymfont{\Glsentryshort{#2}}#3}}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@acrshort@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3}}}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@acrshortpl@#1#2[#3]{{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@acrshortpl@#1#2[#3]{{\acronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@acrshortpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}}}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@acrlong@#1#2[#3]{{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@acrlong@#1#2[#3]{{\Glsentrylong{#2}#3}}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@acrlong@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}}}
+\def\@glsxtr@p@acrlongpl@#1#2[#3]{{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}
+\def\@Glsxtr@p@acrlongpl@#1#2[#3]{{\Glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}
+\def\@GLSxtr@p@acrlongpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}}}
+\renewcommand*{\@glsunset}[1]{%
+ \@@glsunset{#1}%
+ \glsxtrpostunset{#1}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostunset}[1]{}
+ \renewcommand*{\@glslocalunset}[1]{%
+ \@@glslocalunset{#1}%
+ \glsxtrpostlocalunset{#1}%
+ }%
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalunset}[1]{}
+\renewcommand*{\@glsreset}[1]{%
+ \@@glsreset{#1}%
+ \glsxtrpostreset{#1}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostreset}[1]{}
+\renewcommand*{\@glslocalreset}[1]{%
+ \@@glslocalreset{#1}%
+ \glsxtrpostlocalreset{#1}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalreset}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting}[2]{%
+ \glsenableentrycount
+ \renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glspl}{\cGlspl}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
+ \@glsxtr@setentrycountunsetattr{#1}{#2}%
+ \let\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting\@glsxtr@setentrycountunsetattr
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting}[3]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting\space
+ can't be used with \string\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting}%
+ {Use one or other but not both commands}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@setentrycountunsetattr}[2]{%
+ \@for\@glsxtr@cat:=#1\do
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glsxtr@cat}{}%
+ {%
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{\@glsxtr@cat}{entrycount}{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glsenableentrycount}{%
+ \appto\@newglossaryentry@defcounters{\@@newglossaryentry@defcounters}%
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{%
+ \renewcommand*\newglossaryentry[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{\string\newglossaryentry\space
+ may only be used in the preamble when entry counting has
+ been activated}{If you use \string\glsenableentrycount\space
+ you must place all entry definitions in the preamble not in
+ the document environment}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\glsentrycurrcount}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}%
+ {0}{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{currcount}}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\glsentryprevcount}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevcount}%
+ {0}{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{prevcount}}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entrycount@org@unset\glsxtrpostunset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostunset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entrycount@org@unset{##1}%
+ \@gls@increment@currcount{##1}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entrycount@org@localunset\glsxtrpostlocalunset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalunset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entrycount@org@localunset{##1}%
+ \@gls@local@increment@currcount{##1}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entrycount@org@reset\glsxtrpostreset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostreset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entrycount@org@reset{##1}%
+ \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}{0}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entrycount@org@localreset\glsxtrpostlocalreset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalreset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entrycount@org@localreset{##1}%
+ \csdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}{0}%
+ }%
+ \let\@cgls@\@@cgls@
+ \let\@cglspl@\@@cglspl@
+ \let\@cGLS@\@@cGLS@
+ \let\@cGlspl@\@@cGlspl@
+ \let\@cGLS@\@@cGLS@
+ \let\@cGLSpl@\@@cGLSpl@
+ \AtEndDocument{\@gls@write@entrycounts}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@entry@count}[2]{%
+ \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevcount}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \let\glsenableentrycount\relax
+ \renewcommand*{\glsenableentryunitcount}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\glsenableentryunitcount\space
+ can't be used with \string\glsenableentrycount}%
+ {Use one or other but not both commands}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\@gls@write@entrycounts}{%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\providecommand*{\string\@gls@entry@count}[2]{}}%
+ \count@=0\relax
+ \forallglsentries{\@glsentry}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\@glsentry}{entrycount}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\@glsentry}%
+ {%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\@gls@entry@count{\@glsentry}{\glsentrycurrcount{\@glsentry}}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \advance\count@ by \@ne
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \ifnum\count@=0
+ \GlossariesExtraWarningNoLine{Entry counting has been enabled
+ \MessageBreak with \string\glsenableentrycount\space but the
+ \MessageBreak attribute `entrycount' hasn't
+ \MessageBreak been assigned to any of the defined
+ \MessageBreak entries}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{%
+ \glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%
+ {%
+ \ifnum\glsentryprevcount{#1}>\glsgetattribute{#1}{entrycount}\relax
+ #3%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {#3}%
+}
+\def\@@cgls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cglsformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@@cglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cglsplformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@@cGls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cGlsformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@@cGlspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cGlsplformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@@cGLS@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cGLSformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@GLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@@cGLSpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsxtrifcounttrigger{#2}%
+ {%
+ \cGLSplformat{#2}{#3}%
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@cgls@#1#2[#3]{\@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+\def\@cGls@#1#2[#3]{\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+\def\@cglspl@#1#2[#3]{\@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+\def\@cGlspl@#1#2[#3]{\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+\newrobustcmd*{\cGLS}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@cGLS}
+\newcommand*{\@cGLS}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@cGLS@{#1}{#2}}{\@cGLS@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@cGLS@#1#2[#3]{\@GLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+\newcommand*{\cGLSformat}[2]{%
+ \expandafter\mfirstucMakeUppercase\expandafter{\cglsformat{#1}{#2}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\cGLSpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@cGLSpl}
+\newcommand*{\@cGLSpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@cGLSpl@{#1}{#2}}{\@cGLSpl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@cGLSpl@#1#2[#3]{\@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+\newcommand*{\cGLSplformat}[2]{%
+ \expandafter\mfirstucMakeUppercase\expandafter{\cglsplformat{#1}{#2}}%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\cglsformat}[2]{%
+ \glsifregular{#1}
+ {\glsentryfirst{#1}}%
+ {\ifglshaslong{#1}{\glsentrylong{#1}}{\glsentryfirst{#1}}}#2%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\cGlsformat}[2]{%
+ \glsifregular{#1}
+ {\Glsentryfirst{#1}}%
+ {\ifglshaslong{#1}{\Glsentrylong{#1}}{\Glsentryfirst{#1}}}#2%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\cglsplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsifregular{#1}
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}%
+ {\ifglshaslong{#1}{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}{\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}}#2%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\cGlsplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsifregular{#1}
+ {\Glsentryfirstplural{#1}}%
+ {\ifglshaslong{#1}{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}{\Glsentryfirstplural{#1}}}#2%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@newglossaryentry@defunitcounters}{%
+ \edef\@glo@countunit{\csuse{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@\@glo@category @unitcount}}%
+ \ifdefvoid\@glo@countunit
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@ifunitcounter{\@glo@countunit}%
+ {}%
+ {\expandafter\@glsxtr@addunitcounter\expandafter{\@glo@countunit}}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@unitcountlist}{}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@addunitcounter}[1]{%
+ \listadd{\@glsxtr@unitcountlist}{#1}%
+ \ifcsundef{glsxtr@theunit@#1}
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{theH#1}%
+ {\csdef{glsxtr@theunit@#1}{\csuse{theH#1}}}%
+ {\csdef{glsxtr@theunit@#1}{\csuse{the#1}}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@ifunitcounter}[3]{%
+ \xifinlist{#1}{\@glsxtr@unitcountlist}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*\@glsxtr@currentunitcount[1]{%
+ glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@currunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}}%
+}
+\newcommand*\@glsxtr@previousunitcount[1]{%
+ glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prevunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@increment@currunitcount}[1]{%
+ \glshasattribute{#1}{unitcount}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glsxtr@csname{\@glsxtr@currentunitcount{#1}}%
+ \ifcsundef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {%
+ \csgdef{\@glsxtr@csname}{1}%
+ \listcsxadd
+ {glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@unitlist}%
+ {\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csxdef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {\number\numexpr\csname\@glsxtr@csname\endcsname+1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@local@increment@currunitcount}[1]{%
+ \glshasattribute{#1}{unitcount}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glsxtr@csname{\@glsxtr@currentunitcount{#1}}%
+ \ifcsundef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {%
+ \csdef{\@glsxtr@csname}{1}%
+ \listcseadd
+ {glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@unitlist}%
+ {\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{#1}{unitcount}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csedef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {\number\numexpr\csname\@glsxtr@csname\endcsname+1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@currunitcount}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef
+ {glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@currunit@#2}%
+ {0}%
+ {\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@currunit@#2}}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@prevunitcount}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef
+ {glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prevunit@#2}%
+ {0}%
+ {\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prevunit@#2}}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\glsenableentryunitcount}{%
+ \appto\@newglossaryentry@defcounters{\@@newglossaryentry@defunitcounters}%
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{%
+ \renewcommand*\newglossaryentry[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{\string\newglossaryentry\space
+ may only be used in the preamble when entry counting has
+ been activated}{If you use \string\glsenableentryunitcount\space
+ you must place all entry definitions in the preamble not in
+ the document environment}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\glsentrycurrcount}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@currunitcount{##1}{\glsgetattribute{##1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{##1}{unitcount}}}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\glsentryprevcount}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@prevunitcount{##1}{\glsgetattribute{##1}{unitcount}.%
+ \csuse{glsxtr@theunit@\glsgetattribute{##1}{unitcount}}}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\glsentryprevtotalcount}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}%
+ {0}%
+ {%
+ \number\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}
+ }%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\glsentryprevmaxcount}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}%
+ {0}%
+ {%
+ \number\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@unset\glsxtrpostunset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostunset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@unset{##1}%
+ \@gls@increment@currunitcount{##1}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@localunset\glsxtrpostlocalunset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalunset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@localunset{##1}%
+ \@gls@local@increment@currunitcount{##1}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@reset\glsxtrpostreset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostreset}[1]{%
+ \glshasattribute{##1}{unitcount}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glsxtr@csname{\@glsxtr@currentunitcount{##1}}%
+ \ifcsundef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {}%
+ {\csgdef{\@glsxtr@csname}{0}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@localreset\glsxtrpostlocalreset
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlocalreset}[1]{%
+ \@glsxtr@entryunitcount@org@localreset{##1}%
+ \glshasattribute{##1}{unitcount}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glsxtr@csname{\@glsxtr@currentunitcount{##1}}%
+ \ifcsundef{\@glsxtr@csname}%
+ {}%
+ {\csdef{\@glsxtr@csname}{0}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \let\@cgls@\@@cgls@
+ \let\@cglspl@\@@cglspl@
+ \let\@cGLS@\@@cGLS@
+ \let\@cGlspl@\@@cGlspl@
+ \let\@cGLS@\@@cGLS@
+ \let\@cGLSpl@\@@cGLSpl@
+ \AtEndDocument{\@gls@write@entryunitcounts}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@entry@unitcount}[3]{%
+ \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunit@##3}{##2}%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}%
+ {\csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}{##2}}%
+ {%
+ \csxdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}{
+ \number\numexpr\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunittotal}+##2}%
+ }%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}%
+ {\csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}{##2}}%
+ {%
+ \ifnum\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}<##2
+ \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevunitmax}{##2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\glsenableentryunitcount\relax
+ \renewcommand*{\glsenableentrycount}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\glsenableentrycount\space
+ can't be used with \string\glsenableentryunitcount}%
+ {Use one or other but not both commands}%
+ }%
+}
+\@onlypreamble\glsenableentryunitcount
+\newcommand*{\@gls@entry@unitcount}[3]{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@write@entryunitcounts@do}[1]{%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\@gls@entry@unitcount
+ {\@glsentry}%
+ {\@glsxtr@currunitcount{\@glsentry}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@write@entryunitcounts}{%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\providecommand*{\string\@gls@entry@unitcount}[3]{}}%
+ \count@=0\relax
+ \forallglsentries{\@glsentry}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\@glsentry}{unitcount}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\@glsentry}%
+ {%
+ \forlistcsloop
+ {\@gls@write@entryunitcounts@do}%
+ {glo@\glsdetoklabel{\@glsentry}@unitlist}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \advance\count@ by \@ne
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \ifnum\count@=0
+ \GlossariesExtraWarningNoLine{Entry counting has been enabled
+ \MessageBreak with \string\glsenableentryunitcount\space but the
+ \MessageBreak attribute `unitcount' hasn't
+ \MessageBreak been assigned to any of the defined
+ \MessageBreak entries}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting}[3]{%
+ \glsenableentryunitcount
+ \renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glspl}{\cGlspl}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
+ \@glsxtr@setentryunitcountunsetattr{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \let\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting\@glsxtr@setentryunitcountunsetattr
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting}[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting\space
+ can't be used with \string\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting}%
+ {Use one or other but not both commands}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@setentryunitcountunsetattr}[3]{%
+ \@for\@glsxtr@cat:=#1\do
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glsxtr@cat}{}%
+ {%
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{\@glsxtr@cat}{entrycount}{#2}%
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{\@glsxtr@cat}{unitcount}{#3}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\SetGenericNewAcronym}{%
+ \let\@Gls@entryname\@Gls@acrentryname
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glsacronymlists}%
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \protected@edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\expandonce{\acronymentry{##2}}},%
+ sort={\acronymsort{\the\glsshorttok}{\the\glslongtok}},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ category=acronym,
+ \GenericAcronymFields,%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\Genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\Genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{\genacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{\Genacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{\genplacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{\Genplacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+}
+\let\@glsxtr@org@setacronymstyle\setacronymstyle
+\let\@glsxtr@org@newacronymstyle\newacronymstyle
+\newcommand*{\MakeAcronymsAbbreviations}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \newabbreviation[type=\acronymtype,category=acronym,##1]{##2}{##3}{##4}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\glsabbrvfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\setacronymstyle}[1]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\setacronymstyle{##1}
+ unavailable.
+ Use \string\setabbreviationstyle\space instead.
+ The original acronym interface can be restored with
+ \string\RestoreAcronyms}{}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\newacronymstyle}[1]{%
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{New acronym style `##1' won't be
+ available unless you restore the original acronym interface with
+ \string\RestoreAcronyms}%
+ \@glsxtr@org@newacronymstyle{##1}%
+ }%
+}
+\MakeAcronymsAbbreviations
+\newcommand*{\RestoreAcronyms}{%
+ \SetGenericNewAcronym
+ \renewcommand{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \let\setacronymstyle\@glsxtr@org@setacronymstyle
+ \let\newacronymstyle\@glsxtr@org@newacronymstyle
+ \let\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@glsxtr@org@checkfirsthyper
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{acronym}{regular}{false}%
+ \setacronymstyle{long-short}%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glsacspace}[1]{%
+ \settowidth{\dimen@}{(\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}})}%
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\glsacspacemax~\else\space\fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsacspacemax}{3em}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}{}
+\let\@glsxtr@org@makeglossaries\makeglossaries
+\renewcommand*{\makeglossaries}[1][]{%
+ \ifblank{#1}%
+ {\@glsxtr@org@makeglossaries}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist{#1}%
+ \ifundef{\glswrite}{\newwrite\glswrite}{}%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand
+ \string\@glsorder[1]{}}
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand
+ \string\@istfilename[1]{}}
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@istfilename{\istfilename}}%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsorder{\glsorder}}
+ \write\@auxout{\string\providecommand\string\@gls@reference[3]{}}%
+ \@for\@glo@type:=#1\do{%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glo@type}{}{\@makeglossary{\@glo@type}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*\newglossary[4][]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{New glossaries
+ must be created before \string\makeglossaries}{You need
+ to move \string\makeglossaries\space after all your
+ \string\newglossary\space commands}}%
+ \let\@makeglossary\relax
+ \let\makeglossary\relax
+ \let\makeglossaries\relax
+ \@disable@onlypremakeg
+ \let\gls@checkseeallowed\relax
+ \let\warn@nomakeglossaries\relax
+ \def\warn@noprintglossary{%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No \string\printglossary\space
+ or \string\printglossaries\space
+ found.^^J(Remove \string\makeglossaries\space if you don't
+want
+ any glossaries.)^^JThis document will not have a glossary}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsdisplaynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}%
+ {\@glsxtr@idx@displaynumberlist{##1}}%
+ {\@glsxtr@noidx@displaynumberlist{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentrynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}%
+ {\@glsxtr@idx@entrynumberlist{##1}}%
+ {\@glsxtr@noidx@entrynumberlist{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsnumberlistloop}[2]{%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##1}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{\string\glsnumberlistloop\space
+ not available for glossary `##1'}{}%
+ }%
+ {\@glsxtr@noidx@numberlistloop{##1}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{##2}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}%
+ {%
+ \glsdosanitizesort
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglssanitizesort
+ \@gls@noidx@sanitizesort
+ \else
+ \@gls@noidx@nosanitizesort
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*\new@glossaryentry[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Glossary entries must be defined
+ in the preamble\MessageBreak when you use the optional argument
+ of \string\makeglossaries}{Either move your definitions to the
+ preamble or don't use the optional argument of
+ \string\makeglossaries}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\@printgloss@setsort}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glo@assign@sortkey}{%
+ \edef\@glo@type{\@glo@type}%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\@glo@type}{\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist}%
+ {%
+ \@@glo@no@assign@sortkey
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@@glo@assign@sortkey
+ }%
+ }%
+ \def\@glo@sorttype{\@glo@default@sorttype}%
+ }%
+ \ifglsautomake
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsxtr@reg@glosslist\do{%
+ \ifdefempty{\@gls@type}{}{\@gls@automake{\@gls@type}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+\let\@glsxtr@idx@displaynumberlist\glsdisplaynumberlist
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@noidx@displaynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@loclist}%
+ \ifdef\@gls@loclist
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{%
+ \glsnumlistsep
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@finalsep{\glsnumlistlastsep}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@finalsep{}%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@prev{}%
+ \forlistloop{\glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler}{\@gls@loclist}%
+ \@gls@noidxloclist@finalsep
+ \@gls@noidxloclist@prev
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??\glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Missing location list for `#1'. Either
+ a rerun is required or you haven't referenced the entry.}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@noidx@numberlistloop}[3]{%
+ \letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@loclist}%
+ \let\@gls@org@glsnoidxdisplayloc\glsnoidxdisplayloc
+ \let\@gls@org@glsseeformat\glsseeformat
+ \let\glsnoidxdisplayloc#2\relax
+ \let\glsseeformat#3\relax
+ \ifdef\@gls@loclist
+ {%
+ \forlistloop{\glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler}{\@gls@loclist}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??\glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Missing location list for `##1'. Either
+ a rerun is required or you haven't referenced the entry.}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\glsnoidxdisplayloc\@gls@org@glsnoidxdisplayloc
+ \let\glsseeformat\@gls@org@glsseeformat
+}%
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@noidx@entrynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@loclist}%
+ \ifdef\@gls@loclist
+ {%
+ \glsnoidxloclist{\@gls@loclist}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??\glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Missing location list for `#1'. Either
+ a rerun is required or you haven't referenced the entry.}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\let\@glsxtr@idx@entrynumberlist\glsentrynumberlist
+\renewcommand{\@print@glossary}{%
+ \makeatletter
+ \@input@{\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @in\endcsname}%
+ \IfFileExists{\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @in\endcsname}%
+ {}%
+ {\glsxtrNoGlossaryWarning{\@glo@type}}%
+ \ifglsxindy
+ \ifcsundef{@xdy@\@glo@type @language}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
+ \noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\providecommand\string\@xdylanguage[2]{}}%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@xdylanguage{\@glo@type}{\@xdy@main@language}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
+ \noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\providecommand\string\@xdylanguage[2]{}}%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@xdylanguage{\@glo@type}{\csname @xdy@\@glo@type
+ @language\endcsname}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@auxoutstuff
+ \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
+ \noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\providecommand\string\@gls@codepage[2]{}}%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@gls@codepage{\@glo@type}{\gls@codepage}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@auxoutstuff
+ \fi
+ \renewcommand*{\@warn@nomakeglossaries}{%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{\string\makeglossaries\space
+ hasn't been used,^^Jthe glossaries will not be updated}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead}[2]{%
+ This document is incomplete. The external file associated with
+ the glossary `#1' (which should be called \texttt{#2})
+ hasn't been created.%
+}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart}{%
+ This has probably happened because there are no entries defined
+ in this glossary.%
+}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain}{%
+ If you don't want this glossary,
+ add \texttt{nomain} to your package option list when you load
+ \texttt{glossaries-extra.sty}. For example:%
+}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain}[1]{%
+ Did you forget to use \texttt{type=#1} when you defined your
+ entries? If you tried to load entries into this glossary with
+ \texttt{\string\loadglsentries} did you remember to use
+ \texttt{[#1]} as the optional argument? If you did, check that
+ the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type set
+ to \texttt{\string\glsdefaulttype}.%
+}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile}[1]{%
+ Check the contents of the file \texttt{#1}. If
+ it's empty, that means you haven't indexed any of your entries in this
+ glossary (using commands like \texttt{\string\gls} or
+ \texttt{\string\glsadd}) so this list can't be generated.
+ If the file isn't empty, the document build process hasn't been
+ completed.%
+}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake}[1]{%
+ You may need to rerun \LaTeX. If you already have, it may be that
+ \TeX's shell escape doesn't allow you to run
+ \ifglsxindy xindy\else makeindex\fi. Check the
+ transcript file \texttt{\jobname.log}. If the shell escape is
+ disabled, try one of the following:
+
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Run the external (Lua) application:
+
+ \texttt{makeglossaries-lite \string"\jobname\string"}
+
+ \item Run the external (Perl) application:
+
+ \texttt{makeglossaries \string"\jobname\string"}
+ \end{itemize}
+
+ Then rerun \LaTeX\ on this document.
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{Rerun required to build the
+ glossary `#1' or check TeX's shell escape allows
+ you to run \ifglsxindy xindy\else makeindex\fi}%
+}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch}{%
+ You need to either replace \texttt{\string\makenoidxglossaries}
+ with \texttt{\string\makeglossaries} or replace
+ \texttt{\string\printglossary} (or \texttt{\string\printglossaries}) with
+ \texttt{\string\printnoidxglossary}
+ (or \texttt{\string\printnoidxglossaries}) and then rebuild
+ this document.%
+}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo}{%
+ Try one of the following:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Add \texttt{automake} to your package option list when you load
+ \texttt{glossaries-extra.sty}. For example:
+
+ \texttt{\string\usepackage[automake]%
+ \glsopenbrace glossaries-extra\glsclosebrace}
+
+ \item Run the external (Lua) application:
+
+ \texttt{makeglossaries-lite \string"\jobname\string"}
+
+ \item Run the external (Perl) application:
+
+ \texttt{makeglossaries \string"\jobname\string"}
+ \end{itemize}
+
+ Then rerun \LaTeX\ on this document.%
+}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail}{%
+ This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.%
+}
+\newcommand{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut}[1]{%
+ The file \texttt{#1} doesn't exist. This most likely means you haven't used
+ \texttt{\string\makeglossaries} or you have used
+ \texttt{\string\nofiles}. If this is just a draft version of the
+ document, you can suppress this message using the
+ \texttt{nomissingglstext} package option.%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@defaultnoglossarywarning}[1]{%
+ \glossarysection[\glossarytoctitle]{\glossarytitle}
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead{#1}{\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @in\endcsname}
+ \par
+ \glsxtrifemptyglossary{#1}%
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart\space
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{main}}{\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain\par
+ \medskip
+ \noindent\texttt{\string\usepackage[nomain\ifglsacronym ,acronym\fi]%
+ \glsopenbrace glossaries-extra\glsclosebrace}
+ \medskip
+ }%
+ {\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @out\endcsname}
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile
+ {\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @out\endcsname}
+
+ \ifglsautomake
+
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake{#1}
+
+ \else
+
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{main}}%
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain\par
+ \medskip
+ \noindent\texttt{\string\usepackage[nomain]%
+ \glsopenbrace glossaries-extra\glsclosebrace}
+ \medskip
+ }%
+ {}%
+
+ \ifdefequal\makeglossaries\@no@makeglossaries
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut
+ {\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @out\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \par
+ \GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail
+}
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-accsupp}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryname{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessname{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryname{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@Glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessname{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessname}[1]{%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@GLSname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessname{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesstext}[1]{%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentrytext{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccesstext{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesstext}[1]{%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentrytext{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@Glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccesstext{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesstext}[1]{%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@GLStext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccesstext{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessplural}[1]{%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@glsplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessplural}[1]{%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@glsplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessplural}[1]{%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@GLSplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessfirst}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryfirst{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessfirst}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryfirst{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@Glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessfirst}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@GLSfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryfirstplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryfirstplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@Glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@GLSfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesssymbol}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentrysymbol{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccesssymbol{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesssymbol}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentrysymbol{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@Glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccesssymbol{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesssymbol}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccesssymbol{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesssymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentrysymbolplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccesssymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesssymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentrysymbolplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@Glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccesssymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesssymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@GLSsymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccesssymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessdesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentrydesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessdesc{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessdesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentrydesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@Glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessdesc{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessdesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessdesc{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessdescplural}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentrydescplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsaccessdescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessdescplural}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentrydescplural{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@Glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsaccessdescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessdescplural}[1]{%
+ \glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+\def\@GLSdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\GLSaccessdescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessshort}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryshort{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessshort}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryshort{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessshort}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryshort{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessshortpl}[1]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsentryshortpl{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessshortpl}[1]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \Glsentryshortpl{#1}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessshortpl}[1]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesslong}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{#1}}{#1}%
+ }
+
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesslong}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{#1}}{#1}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesslong}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesslongpl}[1]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}{#1}%
+ }
+
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesslongpl}[1]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}{#1}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesslongpl}[1]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessname}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesstext}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesstext}[1]{\Glsentrytext{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesstext}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessplural}[1]{\glsentryplural{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessplural}[1]{\Glsentryplural{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessfirst}[1]{\glsentryfirst{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessfirst}[1]{\Glsentryfirst{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessfirst}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessfirstplural}[1]{\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessfirstplural}[1]{\Glsentryfirstplural{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesssymbol}[1]{\glsentrysymbol{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesssymbol}[1]{\Glsentrysymbol{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesssymbol}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesssymbolplural}[1]{\glsentrysymbolplural{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesssymbolplural}[1]{\Glsentrysymbolplural{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesssymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessdesc}[1]{\glsentrydesc{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessdesc}[1]{\Glsentrydesc{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessdesc}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessdescplural}[1]{\glsentrydescplural{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessdescplural}[1]{\Glsentrydescplural{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessdescplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessshort}[1]{\glsentryshort{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessshort}[1]{\Glsentryshort{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessshort}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryshort{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccessshortpl}[1]{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccessshortpl}[1]{\Glsentryshortpl{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccessshortpl}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesslong}[1]{\glsentrylong{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesslong}[1]{\Glsentrylong{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesslong}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#1}}}
+ \newcommand*{\glsaccesslongpl}[1]{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\Glsaccesslongpl}[1]{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\GLSaccesslongpl}[1]{%
+ \protect\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}}
+}
+\glsaddstoragekey{category}{general}{\glscategory}
+\newcommand{\glsifcategory}[4]{%
+ \ifglsfieldeq{#1}{category}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glssetcategoryattribute}[3]{%
+ \csdef{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsgetcategoryattribute}[2]{%
+ \csuse{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glshascategoryattribute}[4]{%
+ \ifcsvoid{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}{#4}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glssetattribute}[3]{%
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{\glscategory{#1}}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsgetattribute}[2]{%
+ \glsgetcategoryattribute{\glscategory{#1}}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glshasattribute}[4]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}%
+ {\glshascategoryattribute{\glscategory{#1}}{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+ {#4}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsifcategoryattribute}[5]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}%
+ {#5}%
+ {\ifcsstring{@glsxtr@categoryattr@@#1@#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsifattribute}[5]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}%
+ {\glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategory{#1}}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}%
+ {#5}%
+}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{regular}{true}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{acronym}{regular}{true}
+\newcommand*{\glssetregularcategory}[1]{%
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{#1}{regular}{true}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsifregularcategory}[3]{%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{#1}{regular}{true}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsifregular}[3]{%
+ \glsifregularcategory{\glscategory{#1}}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsforeachincategory}[5][\@glo@types]{%
+ \forallglossaries[#1]{#3}%
+ {%
+ \forglsentries[#3]{#4}%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategory{#4}{#2}{#5}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsforeachwithattribute}[6][\@glo@types]{%
+ \forallglossaries[#1]{#4}%
+ {%
+ \forglsentries[#4]{#5}%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#5}{#2}{#3}{#6}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\ifdef\newterm
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\newterm}[2][]{%
+ \newglossaryentry{#2}%
+ {type={index},category=index,name={#2},%
+ description={\glsxtrpostdescription\nopostdesc},#1}%
+ }
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{index}{regular}{true}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescindex}{}
+}
+{}
+\ifdef\printsymbols
+{%
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrnewsymbol}[3][]{%
+ \newglossaryentry{#2}{name={#3},sort={#2},type=symbols,category=symbol,#1}%
+ }
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{symbol}{regular}{true}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescsymbol}{}
+}
+{}
+\ifdef\printnumbers
+{%
+\ifdef\printnumbers
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrnewnumber}[3][]{%
+ \newglossaryentry{#2}{name={#3},sort={#2},type=numbers,category=number,#1}%
+ }
+ \glssetcategoryattribute{number}{regular}{true}
+ \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescnumber}{}
+}
+{}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsetcategory}[2]{%
+ \@for\@glsxtr@label:=#1\do
+ {%
+ \glsfieldxdef{\@glsxtr@label}{category}{#2}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsetcategoryforall}[2]{%
+ \forallglossaries[#1]{\@glsxtr@type}{%
+ \forglsentries[\@glsxtr@type]{\@glsxtr@label}%
+ {%
+ \glsfieldxdef{\@glsxtr@label}{category}{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecase}[2]{%
+ \expandafter\xcapitalisewords\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2\endcsname}%
+}
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-accsupp}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossdesc}{firstuc}%
+ {%
+ \Glsaccessdesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossdesc}{title}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsxtrfieldtitlecase{#1}{desc}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsaccessdesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossdesc}{firstuc}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentrydesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossdesc}{title}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn
+ \glsxtrfieldtitlecase{#1}{desc}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsentrydesc{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-accsupp}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{firstuc}%
+ {%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\Glsentryname{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{title}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\glsxtrfieldtitlecase{#1}{name}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{uc}%
+ {%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \letcs{\glo@name}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
+ \glsnamefont{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glo@name}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \letcs{\glo@name}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \expandafter\glsnamefont\expandafter{\glo@name}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \glsxtrpostnamehook{#1}%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{firstuc}%
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\Glsentryname{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{title}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn
+ \glsnamefont{\glsxtrfieldtitlecase{#1}{name}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{glossname}{uc}%
+ {%
+ \letcs{\glo@name}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
+ \glsnamefont{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glo@name}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \letcs{\glo@name}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
+ \expandafter\glsnamefont\expandafter{\glo@name}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \glsxtrpostnamehook{#1}%
+ }
+}
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-accsupp}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\Glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\Glsentryname{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ \glsxtrpostnamehook{#1}%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\Glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsnamefont{\Glsentryname{#1}}%
+ \glsxtrpostnamehook{#1}%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamehook}[1]{%
+ \def\@glsnumberformat{glsnumberformat}%
+ \glsxtrdoautoindexname{#1}{indexname}%
+}
+\newif\if@glsxtr@format@override
+\@glsxtr@format@overridefalse
+\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}
+{
+ \ifHy@hyperindex
+ \newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride}{%
+ \@glsxtr@format@overridetrue
+ \appto\theindex{\let\glshypernumber\@firstofone}%
+ }
+ \else
+ \newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride}{%
+ \@glsxtr@format@overridetrue
+ \appto\theindex{\let\glshypernumber\hyperpage}%
+ }
+ \fi
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride}{%
+ \@glsxtr@format@overridetrue
+ }
+}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrdoautoindexname}[2]{%
+ \glshasattribute{#1}{#2}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@setname{#1}%
+ \protected@edef\@glsxtr@attrval{\glsgetattribute{#1}{#2}}%
+ \if@glsxtr@format@override
+ \ifdefstring{\@glsnumberformat}{glsnumberformat}{}%
+ {\let\@glsxtr@attrval\@glsnumberformat}%
+ \fi
+ \ifdefstring{\@glsxtr@attrval}{true}%
+ {}%
+ {\eappto\@glo@name{\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap\@glsxtr@attrval}}%
+ \expandafter\index\expandafter{\@glo@name}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@setname}[1]{%
+ \def\@glo@name{\string\glsentryname{#1}}%
+ \glsletentryfield{\@glo@sort}{#1}{sort}%
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glo@sort
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@doextra@esc\@glo@sort
+ \epreto\@glo@name{\@glo@sort\@glsxtr@autoindex@at}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@doextra@esc}[1]{%
+ \ifx\@glsxtr@autoindex@esc\@gls@quotechar
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \edef\@@glsxtr@checkspch{%
+ \noexpand\@glsxtr@autoindex@escquote\expandonce{#1}%
+ \noexpand\@empty\@glsxtr@autoindex@esc\noexpand\@nnil
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@esc\noexpand\@empty\noexpand\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \@@glsxtr@checkspch
+ \let#1\@gls@checkedmkidx\relax
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@glsxtr@autoindex@at\@gls@actualchar
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \edef\@@glsxtr@checkspch{%
+ \noexpand\@glsxtr@autoindex@escat\expandonce{#1}%
+ \noexpand\@empty\@glsxtr@autoindex@at\noexpand\@nnil
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@at\noexpand\@empty\noexpand\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \@@glsxtr@checkspch
+ \let#1\@gls@checkedmkidx\relax
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@glsxtr@autoindex@level\@gls@levelchar
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \edef\@@glsxtr@checkspch{%
+ \noexpand\@glsxtr@autoindex@esclevel\expandonce{#1}%
+ \noexpand\@empty\@glsxtr@autoindex@level\noexpand\@nnil
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@level\noexpand\@empty\noexpand\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \@@glsxtr@checkspch
+ \let#1\@gls@checkedmkidx\relax
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap\@gls@encapchar
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \edef\@@glsxtr@checkspch{%
+ \noexpand\@glsxtr@autoindex@escencap\expandonce{#1}%
+ \noexpand\@empty\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap\noexpand\@nnil
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@encap\noexpand\@empty\noexpand\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \@@glsxtr@checkspch
+ \let#1\@gls@checkedmkidx\relax
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@at}{}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetActualChar}[1]{%
+ \gdef\@glsxtr@autoindex@at{#1}%
+ \def\@glsxtr@autoindex@escat##1#1##2#1##3\@glsxtr@endescspch{%
+ \@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch{#1}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@escat}{##1}{##2}{##3}%
+ }%
+}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrSetActualChar
+\makeatother
+\GlsXtrSetActualChar{@}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap}{}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetEncapChar}[1]{%
+ \gdef\@glsxtr@autoindex@encap{#1}%
+ \def\@glsxtr@autoindex@escencap##1#1##2#1##3\@glsxtr@endescspch{%
+ \@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch{#1}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@escencap}{##1}{##2}{##3}%
+ }%
+}
+\GlsXtrSetEncapChar{|}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrSetEncapChar
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@level}{}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetLevelChar}[1]{%
+ \gdef\@glsxtr@autoindex@level{#1}%
+ \def\@glsxtr@autoindex@esclevel##1#1##2#1##3\@glsxtr@endescspch{%
+ \@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch{#1}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@esclevel}{##1}{##2}{##3}%
+ }%
+}
+\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{!}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrSetLevelChar
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@autoindex@esc}{"}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrSetEscChar}[1]{%
+ \gdef\@glsxtr@autoindex@esc{#1}%
+ \def\@glsxtr@autoindex@escquote##1#1##2#1##3\@glsxtr@endescspch{%
+ \@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch{#1}{\@glsxtr@autoindex@escquote}{##1}{##2}{##3}%
+ }%
+}
+\GlsXtrSetEscChar{"}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrSetEscChar
+\ifdef\actualchar
+ {\expandafter\GlsXtrSetActualChar\expandafter{\actualchar}}
+ {}
+\ifdef\quotechar
+ {\expandafter\GlsXtrSetEscChar\expandafter{\quotechar}}
+ {}
+\ifdef\levelchar
+ {\expandafter\GlsXtrSetLevelChar\expandafter{\levelchar}}
+ {}
+\ifdef\encapchar
+ {\expandafter\GlsXtrSetEncapChar\expandafter{\encapchar}}
+ {}
+\def\@glsxtr@gobbleto@endescspch#1\@glsxtr@endescspch{}
+\newcommand*{\@@glsxtr@autoindex@escspch}[5]{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#3}%
+ \ifx\@nnil#3\relax
+ \def\@@glsxtr@checkspch{\@glsxtr@gobbleto@endescspch#5\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\@nnil#4\relax
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@glsxtr@checkspch{\@glsxtr@gobbleto@endescspch
+ #4#5\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@glsxtr@autoindex@esc#1}%
+ \def\@@glsxtr@checkspch{#2#5#1\@nnil#1\@glsxtr@endescspch}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@@glsxtr@checkspch
+}
+\renewcommand*{\Glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \Glsaccessdesc{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glossentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \glsaccesssymbol{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\Glossentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#1}}%
+ \Glsaccesssymbol{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging}{%
+ \@ifstar\s@glsxtr@enabletagging\@glsxtr@enabletagging
+}
+\@onlypreamble\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging
+\newcommand*{\s@glsxtr@enabletagging}[2]{%
+ \undef#2%
+ \@glsxtr@enabletagging{#1}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@enabletagging}[2]{%
+ \@for\@glsxtr@cat:=#1\do
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty\@glsxtr@cat
+ {}%
+ {\glssetcategoryattribute{\@glsxtr@cat}{tagging}{true}}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*#2[1]{##1}%
+ \def\@glsxtr@taggingcs{#2}%
+ \renewcommand*\@glsxtr@activate@initialtagging{%
+ \let#2\@glsxtr@tag
+ }%
+ \ifundef\@gls@preglossaryhook
+ {\GlossariesExtraWarning{Initial tagging requires at least
+ glossaries.sty v4.19 to work correctly}}%
+ {}%
+}
+\ifundef\mfu@checkword@do
+{
+ \newcommand*{\mfu@checkword@do}[1]{%
+ \ifdefstring{\mfu@checkword@arg}{#1}%
+ {%
+ \let\@mfu@domakefirstuc\@firstofone
+ \listbreak
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }
+ \ifundef\mfu@checkword
+ {
+ \newcommand{\@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn}{%
+ \GlossariesExtraWarning{mfirstuc.sty too old. Title Caps
+ support not available}%
+ \let\@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn\relax
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \renewcommand*{\mfu@checkword}[1]{%
+ \def\mfu@checkword@arg{#1}%
+ \let\@mfu@domakefirstuc\makefirstuc
+ \forlistloop\mfu@checkword@do\@mfu@nocaplist
+ }
+ }
+}
+{}% no patch required
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@do@titlecaps@warn}{}
+\newcommand*\@glsxtr@activate@initialtagging{}
+\newrobustcmd*{\@glsxtr@tag}[1]{%
+ \glsifattribute{\glscurrententrylabel}{tagging}{true}%
+ {\glsxtrtagfont{#1}}{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrtagfont}[1]{\underline{#1}}
+\ifdef\@gls@preglossaryhook
+{
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@preglossaryhook}{%
+ \@glsxtr@activate@initialtagging
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@postdescription\glspostdescription
+ \renewcommand*{\glspostdescription}{%
+ \glsxtrpostdescription
+ \@glsxtr@org@postdescription
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+{}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescription}{%
+ \csuse{glsxtrpostdesc\glscategory{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescterm}{}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescacronym}{}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescabbreviation}{}
+\renewcommand*{\glspostlinkhook}{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{\glslabel}{\glsxtrpostlinkhook}{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkhook}{%
+ \glsxtrdiscardperiod{\glslabel}%
+ {\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence}%
+ {\glsxtrpostlink}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlink}{%
+ \csuse{glsxtrpostlink\glscategory{\glslabel}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence}{%
+ \ifcsdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategory{\glslabel}}
+ {%
+ \csuse{glsxtrpostlink\glscategory{\glslabel}}%
+ .\spacefactor\sfcode`\. \relax
+ }%
+ {%
+ \spacefactor\sfcode`\. \relax
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse}{%
+ \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\space(\glsaccessdesc{\glslabel})}{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse}{%
+ \glsxtrifwasfirstuse
+ {%
+ \ifglshassymbol{\glslabel}{\space(\glsaccesssymbol{\glslabel})}{}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrdiscardperiod}[3]{%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{discardperiod}{true}%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{pluraldiscardperiod}{true}%
+ {\glsxtrifperiod{#2}{#3}}%
+ {#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrifperiod{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrifperiod}[1]{\new@ifnextchar.{\@firstoftwo{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@punclist}{.,:;?!}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtraddpunctuationmark}[1]{\appto\glsxtr@punclist{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsetpunctuationmarks}[1]{\def\glsxtr@punclist{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrifnextpunc}[2]{%
+ \def\reserved@a{#1}%
+ \def\reserved@b{#2}%
+ \futurelet\@glspunc@token\glsxtr@ifnextpunc
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@ifnextpunc}{%
+ \glsxtr@ifpunctoken{\@glspunc@token}{\let\reserved@b\reserved@a}{}%
+ \reserved@b
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@ifpunctoken}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\@glsxtr@ifpunctoken\expandafter#1\glsxtr@punclist\@nnil
+}
+\def\@glsxtr@ifpunctoken#1#2{%
+ \let\reserved@d=#2%
+ \ifx\reserved@d\@nnil
+ \let\glsxtr@next\@glsxtr@notfoundinlist
+ \else
+ \ifx#1\reserved@d
+ \let\glsxtr@next\@glsxtr@foundinlist
+ \else
+ \let\glsxtr@next\@glsxtr@ifpunctoken
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \glsxtr@next#1%
+}
+\def\@glsxtr@foundinlist#1\@nnil{\@firstoftwo}
+\def\@glsxtr@notfoundinlist#1{\@secondoftwo}
+\newcommand{\glsxtrdopostpunc}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrifnextpunc{\@glsxtr@swaptwo{#1}}{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand{\@glsxtr@swaptwo}[2]{#2#1}
+\define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{category}{%
+ \edef\glscategorylabel{#1}%
+ \ifcsdef{@glsabbrv@current@#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{\csname @glsabbrv@current@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{shortplural}{%
+ \def\@gls@shortpl{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glsxtrabbrv}{longplural}{%
+ \def\@gls@longpl{#1}%
+}
+\newtoks\glsshortpltok
+\newtoks\glslongpltok
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@insertdots}[2]{%
+ \def#1{}%
+ \@glsxtr@insert@dots#1#2\@nnil
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsxtr@insert@dots}[2]{%
+ \ifx\@nnil#2\relax
+ \let\@glsxtr@insert@dots@next\@gobble
+ \else
+ \ifx\relax#2\relax
+ \else
+ \appto#1{#2.}%
+ \fi
+ \let\@glsxtr@insert@dots@next\@glsxtr@insert@dots
+ \fi
+ \@glsxtr@insert@dots@next#1%
+}
+\newcommand*{\newabbreviation}[4][]{%
+ \glskeylisttok{#1}%
+ \glslabeltok{#2}%
+ \glsshorttok{#3}%
+ \glslongtok{#4}%
+ \def\glscategorylabel{abbreviation}%
+ \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{\@glsabbrv@current@abbreviation}%
+ \setkeys*{glsxtrabbrv}[shortplural,longplural]{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@longpl{#4\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{insertdots}{true}%
+ {%
+ \@glsxtr@insertdots\@gls@short{#3}%
+ \expandafter\glsshorttok\expandafter{\@gls@short\spacefactor1000 \relax}%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{aposplural}{true}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@gls@shortpl\expandafter{\@gls@short
+ '\abbrvpluralsuffix}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{noshortplural}{true}%
+ {%
+ \let\@gls@shortpl\@gls@short
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@gls@shortpl\expandafter{\@gls@short
+ \abbrvpluralsuffix}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{aposplural}{true}%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@shortpl{#3'\abbrvpluralsuffix}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifcategoryattribute{\glscategorylabel}{noshortplural}{true}%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@shortpl{#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@shortpl{#3\abbrvpluralsuffix}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \glsxtrnewabbrevpresetkeyhook{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \setkeys*{glsxtrabbrv}[category]{#1}%
+ \expandafter\glsshortpltok\expandafter{\@gls@shortpl}%
+ \expandafter\glslongpltok\expandafter{\@gls@longpl}%
+ \newabbreviationhook
+ \protected@edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\glsxtrabbrvtype,%
+ category=abbreviation,%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshortpltok},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongpltok},%
+ name={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ \CustomAbbreviationFields,%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrnewabbrevpresetkeyhook}[3]{}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{}
+\newcommand*{\newabbreviationhook}{}
+\newcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{#1}}#2\glsxtrfullsep{#1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{#1}})%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslong{#1}}#2\glsxtrfullsep{#1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{#1}})%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{#1}}#2\glsxtrfullsep{#1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#1}})%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{#1}}#2\glsxtrfullsep{#1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#1}})%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\space}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}{\glsxtrfullformat}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}{\Glsxtrfullformat}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}{\glsxtrfullplformat}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}{\Glsxtrfullplformat}
+\renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{\glsxtrinlinefullformat{#1}{}}
+\renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{#1}{}}
+\renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#1}{}}
+\renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#1}{}}
+\newcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont}[1]{\glsabbrvfont{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsabbrvdefaultfont}[1]{#1}
+\newcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{#1}
+\newcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrfull}
+\newcommand*\ns@glsxtrfull[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@glsxtr@full#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\glsxtrinlinefullformat{#2}{#3}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsetupfulldefs}{%
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@firstoftwo
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrfull}
+\newcommand*\ns@Glsxtrfull[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Glsxtr@full{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Glsxtr@full#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{#2}{#3}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrfull}
+\newcommand*\ns@GLSxtrfull[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtr@full{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@GLSxtr@full{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@GLSxtr@full#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsxtrinlinefullformat{#2}{#3}}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrfullpl}
+\newcommand*\ns@glsxtrfullpl[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@glsxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@glsxtr@fullpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#2}{#3}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrfullpl}
+\newcommand*\ns@Glsxtrfullpl[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Glsxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Glsxtr@fullpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#2}{#3}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrfullpl}
+\newcommand*\ns@GLSxtrfullpl[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@GLSxtr@fullpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@GLSxtr@fullpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{#2}{#3}}}%
+ \glsxtrsetupfulldefs
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrshort}
+\newcommand*{\ns@glsxtrshort}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}}{\@glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@glsxtrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrshort}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Glsxtrshort}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsxtrshort{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Glsxtrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrshort}
+\newcommand*{\ns@GLSxtrshort}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtrshort{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSxtrshort{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@GLSxtrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrlong}
+\newcommand*{\ns@glsxtrlong}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}}{\@glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@glsxtrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\glsaccesslong{#2}#3}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrlong}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Glsxtrlong}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsxtrlong{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Glsxtrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\Glsaccesslong{#2}#3}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrlong}
+\newcommand*{\ns@GLSxtrlong}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtrlong{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSxtrlong{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@GLSxtrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsaccesslong{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrshortpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@glsxtrshortpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}}{\@glsxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@glsxtrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrshortpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Glsxtrshortpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Glsxtrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrshortpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@GLSxtrshortpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSxtrshortpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@GLSxtrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \glssetabbrvfmt{\glscategory{#2}}%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@glsxtrlongpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@glsxtrlongpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}}{\@glsxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@glsxtrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\glsaccesslongpl{#2}#3}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Glsxtrlongpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Glsxtrlongpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Glsxtrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\Glsaccesslongpl{#2}#3}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSxtrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@GLSxtrlongpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@GLSxtrlongpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSxtrlongpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@GLSxtrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsxtrifwasfirstuse\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsaccesslongpl{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newcommand*{\glssetabbrvfmt}[1]{%
+ \ifcsdef{@glsabbrv@current@#1}%
+ {\glsxtr@applyabbrvfmt{\csname @glsabbrv@current@#1\endcsname}}%
+ {\glsxtr@applyabbrvfmt{\@glsabbrv@current@abbreviation}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt}{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{\glslabel}}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{\glslabel}}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \glsxtrfullplformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsxtrfullplformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsxtrfullplformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \glsxtrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsxtrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsxtrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscustomtext
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\setabbreviationstyle}[2][abbreviation]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@setup@#2}
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Undefined abbreviation style `#2'}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifcsstring{@glsabbrv@current@#1}{#2}%
+ {%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\@glsxtr@dostylewarn{}%
+ \glsforeachincategory{#1}{\@gls@type}{\@gls@label}%
+ {%
+ \def\@glsxtr@dostylewarn{\GlossariesWarning{Abbreviation
+ style has been switched \MessageBreak
+ for category `#1', \MessageBreak
+ but there have already been entries \MessageBreak
+ defined for this category. Unwanted \MessageBreak
+ side-effects may result}}%
+ \@endfortrue
+ }%
+ \@glsxtr@dostylewarn
+ \csdef{@glsabbrv@current@#1}{#2}%
+ \glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@applyabbrvstyle}[1]{%
+ \csuse{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@setup@#1}%
+ \csuse{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@fmts@#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtr@applyabbrvfmt}[1]{%
+ \csuse{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@fmts@#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\newabbreviationstyle}[3]{%
+ \ifcsdef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@#1}
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}{Abbreviation style `#1' already
+ defined}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csdef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@setup@#1}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{}%
+ #2}%
+ \csdef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@fmts@#1}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}{\glsxtrfullformat}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}{\Glsxtrfullformat}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}{\glsxtrfullplformat}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}{\Glsxtrfullplformat}%
+ #3}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@setup@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}%
+ {Unknown abbreviation style definitions `#1'}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csname @glsabbrv@dispstyle@setup@#1\endcsname
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsabbrv@dispstyle@fmts@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-extra}%
+ {Unknown abbreviation style formats `#1'}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csname @glsabbrv@dispstyle@fmts@#1\endcsname
+ }%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok})},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok})},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsxtrfullformat{\the\glslabeltok}{}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok})},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok})},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-long}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok})},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok})},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsxtrfullformat{\the\glslabeltok}{}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok})},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}%
+ \protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok})},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{footnote}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}%
+ \protect\footnote{\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}}},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}%
+ \protect\footnote{\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}}},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{postfootnote}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}%
+ \protect\footnote{\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}}},%
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}%
+ \protect\footnote{\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}}},%
+ plural={\protect\glsabbvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \csdef{glsxtrpostlink\glscategorylabel}{%
+ \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\glsxtrdopostpunc{\protect\footnote
+ {\glsfirstlongfont{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}}}}{}%
+ }%
+ \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+ {%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},
+ text={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},
+ description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+}
+\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{short}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-desc}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsextrinlinefullformat{\the\glslabeltok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},
+ text={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},
+ description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-desc}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}},
+ sort={\the\glslongtok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}},
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}},
+ text={\the\glslongtok},
+ plural={\the\glslongpltok}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslong{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\Glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+ (\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+ \glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}##2%
+ }%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
+ name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+ first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}},
+ firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}},
+ text={\the\glslongtok},
+ plural={\the\glslongpltok},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
+ \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{true}}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-desc}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrscfont}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-long}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sc-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-desc-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{footnote-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{postfootnote-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{postfootnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{postfootnote}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrscsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrscfont{##1}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrsmsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-sm-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-long}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-sm-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-desc-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{footnote-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{postfootnote-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{postfootnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{postfootnote}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\glsxtrsmfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\protect\glsxtrsmsuffix}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-short-em-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-em-long}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-em-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{short-em-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{long-desc-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-desc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-desc}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{footnote-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\newabbreviationstyle{postfootnote-em}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{postfootnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{postfootnote}%
+ \renewcommand*\glsabbrvfont[1]{\emph{##1}}%
+}
+\let\@glsxtr@org@markright\markright
+\renewcommand*{\markright}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrmarkhook
+ \@glsxtr@org@markright{#1}%
+ \glsxtrrestoremarkhook
+}
+\let\@glsxtr@org@markboth\markboth
+\renewcommand*{\markboth}[2]{%
+ \glsxtrmarkhook
+ \@glsxtr@org@markboth{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsxtrrestoremarkhook
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrRevertMarks}{%
+ \let\markright\@glsxtr@org@markright
+ \let\markboth\@glsxtr@org@markboth
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrmarkhook}{%
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@MakeUppercase\MakeUppercase
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleshort\glsxtrtitleshort
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleshortpl\glsxtrtitleshortpl
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleshort\Glsxtrtitleshort
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleshortpl\Glsxtrtitleshortpl
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitletext\glsxtrtitletext
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitletext\Glsxtrtitletext
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleplural\glsxtrtitleplural
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleplural\Glsxtrtitleplural
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitlefirst\glsxtrtitlefirst
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitlefirst\Glsxtrtitlefirst
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitlefirstplural\glsxtrtitlefirstplural
+ \let\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitlefirstplural\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural
+ \let\MakeUppercase\MakeTextUppercase
+ \let\glsxtrtitleshort\glsxtrheadshort
+ \let\glsxtrtitleshortpl\glsxtrheadshortpl
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleshort\Glsxtrheadshort
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleshortpl\Glsxtrheadshortpl
+ \let\glsxtrtitletext\glsxtrheadtext
+ \let\Glsxtrtitletext\Glsxtrheadtext
+ \let\glsxtrtitleplural\glsxtrheadplural
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleplural\Glsxtrheadplural
+ \let\glsxtrtitlefirst\glsxtrheadfirst
+ \let\Glsxtrtitlefirst\Glsxtrheadfirst
+ \let\glsxtrtitlefirstplural\glsxtrheadfirstplural
+ \let\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural\Glsxtrheadfirstplural
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrrestoremarkhook}{%
+ \let\MakeUppercase\@glsxtr@org@MakeUppercase
+ \let\glsxtrtitleshort\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleshort
+ \let\glsxtrtitleshortpl\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleshortpl
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleshort\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleshort
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleshortpl\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleshortpl
+ \let\glsxtrtitletext\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitletext
+ \let\Glsxtrtitletext\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitletext
+ \let\glsxtrtitleplural\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitleplural
+ \let\Glsxtrtitleplural\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitleplural
+ \let\glsxtrtitlefirst\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitlefirst
+ \let\Glsxtrtitlefirst\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitlefirst
+ \let\glsxtrtitlefirstplural\@glsxtr@org@glsxtrtitlefirstplural
+ \let\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural\@glsxtr@org@Glsxtrtitlefirstplural
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadshort}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitleshort}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadshortpl}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitleshortpl}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadshort}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitleshort}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrshort[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadshortpl}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitleshortpl}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrshortpl[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadtext}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLStext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glstext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitletext}[1]{%
+ \glstext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadtext}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLStext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glstext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitletext}[1]{%
+ \Glstext[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitleplural}[1]{%
+ \glsplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitleplural}[1]{%
+ \Glsplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadfirst}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitlefirst}[1]{%
+ \glsfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadfirst}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitlefirst}[1]{%
+ \Glsfirst[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrheadfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsxtrtitlefirstplural}[1]{%
+ \glsfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glsxtrheadfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \protect\NoCaseChange
+ {%
+ \glsifattribute{#1}{headuc}{true}%
+ {%
+ \GLSfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural}[1]{%
+ \Glsfirstplural[noindex,hyper=false]{#1}[]%
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtshort}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitleshort{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryshort{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtshort}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitleshort{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtshortpl}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitleshortpl{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryshortpl{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtshortpl}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitleshortpl{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtshort}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitleshort{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryshort{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtshort}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitleshort{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtshortpl}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitleshortpl{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryshortpl{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtshortpl}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitleshortpl{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmttext}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitletext{#1}}%
+ {\glsentrytext{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmttext}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitletext{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmttext}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitletext{#1}}%
+ {\glsentrytext{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmttext}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitletext{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtplural}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitleplural{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryplural{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtplural}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitleplural{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtplural}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitleplural{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryplural{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtplural}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitleplural{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtfirst}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitlefirst{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryfirst{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtfirst}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitlefirst{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtfirst}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitlefirst{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryfirst{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtfirst}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitlefirst{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtfirstpl}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\glsxtrtitlefirstplural{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsfmtfirstpl}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrtitlefirstplural{#1}}
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtfirstpl}[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\Glsxtrtitlefirstplural{#1}}%
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\Glsfmtfirstpl}[1]{%
+ \Glsxtrtitlefirstplural{#1}}
+}
+\newcommand*{\RequireGlossariesExtraLang}[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{ver@glossariesxtr-#1.ldf}{\input{glossariesxtr-#1.ldf}}{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang}[1]{%
+ \ProvidesFile{glossariesxtr-#1.ldf}%
+}
+\@ifpackageloaded{tracklang}
+{%
+ \AnyTrackedLanguages
+ {%
+ \ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{%
+ \IfTrackedLanguageFileExists{\this@dialect}%
+ {glossariesxtr-}% prefix
+ {.ldf}%
+ {%
+ \RequireGlossariesExtraLang{\CurrentTrackedTag}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `glossaries-extra.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check b/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
index 4621841cfc2..09bbd5328bb 100755
--- a/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
@@ -269,7 +269,8 @@ my @TLP_working = qw(
gfsporson gfssolomos
ghab ghsystem gillcm gillius gincltex ginpenc gitinfo gitinfo2 gitlog
gloss glossaries
- glossaries-danish glossaries-dutch glossaries-english glossaries-french
+ glossaries-danish glossaries-dutch glossaries-english glossaries-extra
+ glossaries-french
glossaries-german glossaries-irish glossaries-italian glossaries-magyar
glossaries-polish glossaries-portuges glossaries-serbian glossaries-spanish
gmdoc gmdoc-enhance
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexextra.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexextra.tlpsrc
index 90067614187..fadf1aa3ca8 100644
--- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexextra.tlpsrc
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexextra.tlpsrc
@@ -442,6 +442,7 @@ depend glossaries
depend glossaries-danish
depend glossaries-dutch
depend glossaries-english
+depend glossaries-extra
depend glossaries-french
depend glossaries-german
depend glossaries-irish
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/glossaries-extra.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/glossaries-extra.tlpsrc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e69de29bb2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/glossaries-extra.tlpsrc